2018 Chevrolet Tahoe and Suburban Owners Manual

18_CHEV_Tahoe_Suburban_COV_en_US_84016523B_2017NOV15.
ai 1 11/2/2017 9:40:26 AM
CM
MY
CY
CMY
84016523 B
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 30
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 131
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 191
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 200
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 387
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 404
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 414
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
2 Introduction
Introduction This manual describes features that Propriétaires Canadiens
may or may not be on the vehicle
On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
because of optional equipment that
ce guide en français auprès du
was not purchased on the vehicle,
concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
model variants, country
suivante:
specifications, features/applications
that may not be available in your Helm, Incorporated
region, or changes subsequent to Attention: Customer Service
the printing of this owner’s manual. 47911 Halyard Drive
The names, logos, emblems, Plymouth, MI 48170
Refer to the purchase
slogans, vehicle model names, and USA
documentation relating to your
vehicle body designs appearing in specific vehicle to confirm the
this manual including, but not limited features. Using this Manual
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, To quickly locate information about
the CHEVROLET Emblem, TAHOE, Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference. the vehicle, use the Index in the
SUBURBAN, and Z71 are back of the manual. It is an
trademarks and/or service marks of alphabetical list of what is in the
General Motors LLC, its Canadian Vehicle Owners
manual and the page number where
subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. A French language manual can be it can be found.
For vehicles first sold in Canada, obtained from your dealer, at
substitute the name “General www.helminc.com, or from:
Motors of Canada Company” for
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it
appears in this manual.
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 84016523 B Second Printing 2017 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Introduction 3
Danger, Warning, and Vehicle Symbol Chart
Caution Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
Warning messages found on vehicle and what they mean. See the
labels and in this manual describe features in this manual for
hazards and what to do to avoid or information.
reduce them. A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
9 : Airbag Readiness Light
{ Danger Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let # : Air Conditioning
this happen.” ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result Symbols $ : Brake System Warning Light
in serious injury or death. " : Charging System
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of I : Cruise Control
text. Symbols are shown along with ` : Do Not Puncture
{ Warning the text describing the operation or
^ : Do Not Service
information relating to a specific
Warning indicates a hazard that component, control, message, B : Engine Coolant Temperature
could result in injury or death. gauge, or indicator.
O : Exterior Lamps
M : Shown when the owner’s
manual has additional instructions _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
Caution or information. . : Fuel Gauge
* : Shown when the service + : Fuses
Caution indicates a hazard that manual has additional instructions
could result in property or vehicle or information. 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
damage. Changer
0 : Shown when there is more j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child
information on another page —
“see page.” Restraints
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
4 Introduction
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
O : Power
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Seat Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak
a : Under Pressure
M : Windshield Washer Fluid
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
In Brief 5
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
In Brief Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Roadside Assistance
Vehicle Features Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Instrument Panel Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . 6 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 22
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Initial Drive Information Driver Information
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Forward Automatic
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) (1500
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . 24
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 24
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 14 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 15 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Universal Remote System . . . . . 26
Passenger Sensing System . . . 15 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 17 Performance and Maintenance
Throttle and Brake Pedal Traction Control/Electronic
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 27
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 19 E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 28
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
6 In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel Overview
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
In Brief 7
1. Air Vents 0 197. 5. Favorite Switches (Out of 13. 110/120-Volt Power Outlet (If
2. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 165 View). See Steering Wheel Equipped). See Power Outlets
(If Equipped). Controls 0 133. 0 138.
Volume Switches (Out of View). 14. Power Outlets 0 138 (If
3. g Traction Control/Electronic See Steering Wheel Controls Equipped).
Stability Control 0 242. 0 133. 15. Rear Climate Control Buttons.
j Power Assist Steps 0 52 (If 6. Instrument Cluster 0 143. See Dual Automatic Climate
Equipped). 7. Hazard Warning Flashers Control System 0 192.
X Parking Assist Button (If 0 185. 16. Steering Wheel Controls 0 133.
Equipped). See Assistance 8. Shift Lever. See Automatic 17. Horn 0 133.
Systems for Parking or Backing Transmission 0 228. 18. Steering Wheel Adjustment
0 256.
Tow/Haul Selector Button. See 0 132.
A Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Tow/Haul Mode 0 233. 19. Hood Release. See Hood
(1500 Series) 0 265 (If Range Selection Mode (If 0 292.
Equipped). Equipped). See Manual Mode 20. Cruise Control 0 245.
0 Pedal Adjust Switch (If 0 231.
Adaptive Cruise Control 0 248
Equipped). See Adjustable 9. Light Sensor. See Automatic (If Equipped).
Throttle and Brake Pedal Headlamp System 0 184.
0 217. Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
10. Infotainment 0 191. System 0 258 (If Equipped).
4. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn 11. Dual Automatic Climate Control
and Lane-Change Signals Heated Steering Wheel 0 133
System 0 192. (If Equipped).
0 185.
12. Heated and Ventilated Front 21. Trailer Brake Control Panel (If
Windshield Wiper/Washer Seats 0 72 (If Equipped).
0 134. Equipped). See Towing
Equipment 0 278.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
8 In Brief
22. Data Link Connector (DLC) Initial Drive
(Out of View). See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp 0 153. Information
23. Four-Wheel Drive 0 234 (If This section provides a brief
Equipped). overview about some of the
24. Parking Brake 0 240. important features that may or may
not be on your specific vehicle.
25. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 181.
For more detailed information, refer
Fog Lamps 0 186 (If to each of the features which can be
Equipped). found later in this owner’s manual.
26. Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 187. Remote Keyless Entry Key Access RKE Transmitter with
(RKE) System Remote Start
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter is used to remotely lock
and unlock the doors and it may
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from
the vehicle.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
In Brief 9
7 : Press and release to initiate When the vehicle starts, the parking
vehicle locate. The turn signal lamps will turn on.
lamps flash and the horn sounds Remote start can be extended.
three times.
Canceling a Remote Start
Press 7 and hold for more than
three seconds to sound the panic To cancel a remote start, do one of
alarm. the following:
Press 7 again to cancel the panic

. Press and hold / until the
alarm. parking lamps turn off.
. Turn on the hazard warning
See Keys (Key Access) 0 30 or
Keys (Keyless Access) 0 33 and flashers.
Keyless Access RKE Transmitter
with Remote Start Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) . Turn the vehicle on and then off.
System 0 34. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 43.
K : Press to unlock the driver door.
Press K again within three seconds Remote Vehicle Start
to unlock all remaining doors.
Door Locks
If equipped, the engine can be To lock or unlock the doors from
Q : Press to lock all doors. started from outside of the vehicle. inside the vehicle:
Lock and unlock feedback can be Starting the Vehicle
personalized. See Vehicle . Press Q or K on a power door
Personalization 0 170. 1. Press and release Q on the lock switch.
b : Press twice to open or close RKE transmitter. . Pushing down the manual lock
the liftgate. Press once to stop the knob on the driver door will lock
2. Immediately press and hold /
liftgate from moving. all doors. Pushing down the lock
for at least four seconds or until
knob on a passenger door will
c : Press twice to open the the turn signal lamps flash.
lock that door only.
liftglass. Start the vehicle normally after
entering.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
10 In Brief
. Pulling the door handle once will See Door Locks 0 44. Liftgate
unlock that door. Pulling the
handle again will unlatch it. Keyless Access
To lock or unlock the doors from If equipped with Keyless Access,
the RKE transmitter must be within
outside the vehicle press Q or K on 1 m (3 ft) of the driver door.
the RKE transmitter. Pressing the button on the driver
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) door handle will unlock the driver
System Operation (Keyless Access) door. If the handle button is pressed
0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry again within five seconds, the
(RKE) System Operation (Key passenger doors and liftgate will
Access) 0 41. unlock.
Power Door Locks See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless Access)
0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Key To open the liftgate, press K on the
Access) 0 41. power door lock switch or press K
on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter twice to unlock all doors.
Press the touch pad on the
underside of the liftgate handle and
lift up.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless Access)
0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Key
Access) 0 41.
Q : Press to lock the doors.
K : Press to unlock the doors.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
In Brief 11
Use the pull cup to lower and close Windows Seat Adjustment
the liftgate. Do not press the touch
pad while closing the liftgate. This Manual Seats
will cause the liftgate to be
unlatched.
Power Liftgate Operation
If equipped with a power liftgate, the
switch is on the overhead console.
The vehicle must be in P (Park).
Choose the power liftgate mode by
selecting MAX or 3/4. Press 8 on
the overhead console. On the RKE
transmitter press b twice quickly.
Power windows work when the
Pressing and releasing b while the ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,
liftgate is moving stops the liftgate. or when Retained Accessory Power To adjust a manual seat:
Pressing again reverses the (RAP) is active. See Retained 1. Pull the handle at the front of
direction. Accessory Power (RAP) 0 224. the seat.
To close, press l on the bottom Using the window switch, press to 2. Slide the seat to the desired
of the liftgate next to the latch. open or pull to close the window. position and release the
The windows may be temporarily handle.
To disable the power liftgate
function, select OFF on the liftgate disabled if they are used repeatedly 3. Try to move the seat back and
switch. See Liftgate 0 47. within a short time. forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
See Seat Adjustment 0 66.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
12 In Brief
Power Seats Lumbar Adjustment Power Lumbar
Manual Lumbar
To adjust a power seat, if equipped: To adjust the power lumbar support,

. Move the seat forward or if equipped:
If equipped, move the lever up or
rearward by sliding the control down repeatedly to increase or . Press and hold the control
forward or rearward. decrease lumbar support. forward to increase or rearward
. If equipped, raise or lower the to decrease upper and lower
See Lumbar Adjustment 0 67. lumbar support at the same time.
front part of the seat cushion by
moving the front of the control . If equipped, press and hold the
up or down. control up to increase upper
. If equipped, raise or lower the lumbar support and decrease
lower lumbar support.
seat by moving the rear of the
control up or down. Press and hold the control down
to increase lower lumbar support
See Power Seat Adjustment 0 67.
and decrease upper lumbar
support.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
In Brief 13
See Lumbar Adjustment 0 67. Before storing, adjust all available Second Row Seats
memory feature positions. Turn the
Memory Features ignition on and then press and The second row seatbacks can be
release SET; a beep will sound. folded for additional cargo space,
Then immediately press and hold 1, or the seats can be folded and
tumbled for easy entry/exit to the
2, or B (Exit) on the driver door
third row seats (if equipped). The
until two beeps sound. To manually seatbacks also recline.
recall these positions, press and
hold 1, 2, or B until the saved See Second Row Seats 0 75.
position is reached.
Third Row Seats
When Auto Memory Recall is
enabled in vehicle personalization, If equipped, third row seatbacks can
positions previously stored to be folded.
memory buttons 1 and 2 are To fold the third row seatback:
recalled when the ignition is
changed from off to on or ACC/ 1. Open the liftgate.
If equipped, memory seats allow two ACCESSORY. 2. Make sure that there is nothing
drivers to store and recall their under, in front of, or on
unique seat positions for driving the When Easy Exit Options is enabled
in vehicle personalization, the the seat.
vehicle, and a shared exit position
for getting out of the vehicle. Other feature automatically recalls the 3. Make sure the second row
feature positions may also be set, previously stored exit position when seatbacks are in the upright
such as power mirrors, power exiting the vehicle. See Memory position.
steering wheel, and adjustable Seats 0 69.
4. Fully lower the head restraints.
pedals, if equipped. Memory See Head Restraints 0 65.
positions are linked to RKE
transmitter 1 or 2 for automatic
memory recalls.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
14 In Brief
8. Pull up on the lever on the
back of the seat to release the
seatback.
9. Push the seatback forward to
lay flat.
10. Repeat the steps for the other
seatback, if desired.
See Third Row Seats 0 79.
Heated and Ventilated

7. Stow the mini-latch in the
Seats
5. Disconnect the rear seat belt
mini-latch using a key in the holder in the headliner.
slot on the mini-buckle, and let
the belt retract into the
headliner.
The buttons are on the center stack

below the climate control system. To
operate, the engine must be
running.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
In Brief 15
Press I to heat the driver or Seat Belts Passenger Sensing
passenger seatback only. System
Press J to heat the driver or
passenger seat cushion and
seatback.
Press C to ventilate the driver or
passenger seat.
See Heated and Ventilated Front United States
Seats 0 72.
Head Restraint
Adjustment
Do not drive until the head restraints Refer to the following sections for
for all occupants are installed and important information on how to use
adjusted properly. seat belts properly: Canada and Mexico
To achieve a comfortable seating . Seat Belts 0 83. The passenger sensing system will
position, change the seatback . How to Wear Seat Belts Properly turn off the front outboard
recline angle as little as necessary 0 84. passenger frontal airbag under
while keeping the seat and the head certain conditions. No other airbag
. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 85.
restraint height in the proper is affected by the passenger
position. . Lower Anchors and Tethers for sensing system. See Passenger
See Head Restraints 0 65 and Seat Children (LATCH System) 0 112. Sensing System 0 99
Adjustment 0 66.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
16 In Brief
The passenger airbag status Exterior Mirrors Folding Mirrors
indicator will light on the overhead The outside mirrors can be folded
console when the vehicle is started. Power Mirrors
inward to prevent damage when
See Passenger Airbag Status going through an automatic car
Indicator 0 152. wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward
the vehicle. See Folding Mirrors
Mirror Adjustment 0 57.
Interior Mirror Power Folding Mirrors
Adjustment
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
view of the area behind the vehicle.
Manual Rearview Mirror
Push the tab forward for daytime
Shown with Power Folding
use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid glare of the Mirrors, Manual Folding Similar
headlamps from behind. To adjust the mirrors:
Automatic Dimming Rearview 1. Press (1) or (2) to select the
Mirror driver or passenger side mirror.
If equipped, the mirror automatically 2. Press the arrows on the control
dims to reduce the glare of pad to move each mirror in the To adjust power folding mirrors,
headlamps from behind. The desired direction. if equipped:
dimming feature comes on when the 3. Press either (1) or (2) again to 1. Press { to fold the mirrors
vehicle is started. deselect the mirror. inward.
See Power Mirrors 0 57. 2. Press { again to return the
mirrors to the driving position.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
In Brief 17
Steering Wheel Tilt and Telescoping Steering Power Tilt and Telescoping
Wheel Steering Wheel
Adjustment
To adjust the tilt and telescoping To adjust the power tilt and
To adjust the steering wheel: steering wheel, if equipped: telescoping steering wheel,
1. Hold the steering wheel and 1. Push the lever (1) down to if equipped:
pull the lever. move the steering wheel Press the control to move the
2. Move the steering wheel up forward or rearward. Lift the steering wheel up and down or
or down. lever (1) up to lock the wheel in forward and rearward.
place. Do not adjust the steering wheel
3. Release the lever to lock the
wheel in place. 2. Hold the steering wheel and while driving.
pull the lever (2) toward you to
move the steering wheel up or
down. Release the lever (2) to
lock the wheel into place.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
18 In Brief
Throttle and Brake Pedal The vehicle may have a memory DOOR : The lamps come on
function, which lets pedal settings automatically when a door is
Adjustment be saved and recalled. See Memory opened.
If equipped, the position of the Seats 0 69. ON : Turns all dome lamps on.
throttle and brake pedals can be
changed. Interior Lighting Reading Lamps
Dome Lamps
The switch used to adjust the There are reading lamps in the
pedals is to the left of the steering overhead console and the headliner,
wheel. There are dome lamps in the if equipped. To operate, the ignition
overhead console and the headliner, must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY
Press the switch to the left to move if equipped. or using Retained Accessory
the pedals closer to your body.
To change the dome lamp settings, Power (RAP).
Press the switch to the right to move
the pedals away. press the following:
See Adjustable Throttle and Brake OFF : Turns the lamps off, even
Pedal 0 217. when a door is open.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
In Brief 19
Exterior Lighting AUTO : Automatically turns on the
headlamps, parking lamps,
taillamps, instrument panel lights,
roof marker lamps (if equipped), and
license plate lamps.
; : Turns on the parking lamps
including all lamps, except the
headlamps.
Press m or n next to each reading

5 : Turns on the headlamps with
the parking lamps and instrument
lamp to turn it on or off. panel lights.
For more information about interior See:
lighting, see Instrument Panel
Illumination Control 0 187. . Exterior Lamp Controls 0 181
The exterior lamp control is on the . Fog Lamps 0 186
instrument panel to the left of the
steering wheel. Windshield Wiper/Washer
There are four positions.
O : Turns off the automatic
headlamps and Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp
control to O again to turn the
automatic headlamps or DRL
back on.
The windshield wiper control is on
For vehicles first sold in Canada,
the turn signal lever.
the off position will only work when
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
20 In Brief
The windshield wipers are controlled . Turn the band down to the lower
by turning the band with z INT setting for less sensitivity to
FRONT on it. moisture.
1 : Fast wipes. Move the band out of the 3 INT
w : Slow wipes. position to deactivate Rainsense.
OFF : Turns the windshield
wipers off.
8 : For a single wipe, turn to 8,
then release. For several wipes,
hold the band on 8 longer.
Lm : Push the paddle at the top of 1. Driver Temperature Control
3 INT : Use this setting for the lever to spray washer fluid on 2. A/C (Air Conditioning)
intermittent wipes or Rainsense™. the windshield.
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls
For intermittent wipes, turn the z See Windshield Wiper/Washer
FRONT band up for more frequent 0 134. 4. Fan Control
wipes or down for less frequent 5. Defrost
wipes. Climate Controls 6. Passenger Temperature
To turn on Rainsense, press z This system controls the heating, Control
AUTO on the lever, then turn the cooling, and ventilation.
7. SYNC (Synchronized
z FRONT band on the wiper Temperature)
lever to adjust the sensitivity.
8. Rear Window Defogger
. Turn the band up to a higher INT
setting for more sensitivity to 9. RCTRL (Rear Climate Control
moisture. Lockout)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
In Brief 21
10. Rear Temperature Control The Range Selection Mode switch, Four-Wheel Drive
11. Rear Air Delivery Mode Control if equipped, is on the shift lever.
If equipped, the engine's driving
12. Rear Fan Control 1. To enable the Range Selection power can be sent to all four wheels
feature, move the shift lever to for extra traction.
13. Front Climate Control Power the L (Manual Mode) position.
Button The current range will appear Automatic Transfer Case
14. Rear AUTO (Automatic next to the L. This is the
Operation) highest attainable range with
all lower gears accessible. As
15. Rear Climate Control Power an example, when 5 (Fifth)
Button gear is selected, 1 (First)
16. Air Recirculation through 5 (Fifth) gears are
available.
17. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
2. Press the plus/minus buttons
See Dual Automatic Climate Control on the shift lever to select the
System 0 192 and Rear Climate desired range of gears for
Control System 0 196 (if equipped). current driving conditions. See
Manual Mode 0 231.
Transmission Two Speed Transfer Case
While using Range Selection Mode,
Range Selection Mode cruise control and the Tow/Haul
Mode can be used.
Grade Braking is not available when
Range Selection Mode is active.
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 233.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
22 In Brief
4 n : Vehicles with a two speed Vehicle Features
automatic transfer case have a
Four-Wheel Drive Low position. This Infotainment System
setting sends maximum power to all
four wheels. You might choose 4 n if See the infotainment manual for
you are driving off-road in deep information on the radio, audio
sand, mud, or snow, and while players, phone, navigation system,
climbing or descending steep hills. Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE),
and voice or speech recognition,
N (Neutral) : Vehicles with a two if equipped. It also includes
speed automatic transfer case have information on settings.
an N (Neutral) position. Shift the
Single Speed Transfer Case transfer case to N (Neutral) only Steering Wheel Controls
when towing the vehicle.
The transfer case knob is to the left See Recreational Vehicle Towing The infotainment system can be
of the steering wheel. Use this knob 0 372 or Towing the Vehicle 0 372. operated by using the steering
to shift into and out of the different wheel controls. See "Steering
four-wheel drive modes. See Four-Wheel Drive 0 234. Wheel Controls" in the infotainment
manual.
2 m : This setting is used for driving
in most street and highway
situations.
AUTO : This setting is ideal for use
when road surface traction
conditions are variable.
4 m : Use the Four-Wheel Drive High
position when extra traction is
needed, such as on snowy or icy
roads or in most off-road situations.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
In Brief 23
Cruise Control accelerate. If cruise control is
already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.
* : Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
See Cruise Control 0 245 or
Adaptive Cruise Control 0 248 (if
equipped).
Driver Information
Center (DIC)
The DIC display is in the instrument
w or x : Press to move up or
down in a list.
cluster. It shows the status of many
5 : Press to turn the system on or vehicle systems. o or p : Press to move between
off. The indicator light is white when the interactive display zones in the
cruise control is on and turns off If the vehicle has the base level
cluster.
when cruise control is off. instrument cluster, the trip odometer
reset stem is used to operate V : Press to open a menu or select
SET− : Press briefly to set the the DIC. a menu item. Press and hold to
speed and activate cruise control. reset values on certain screens.
If cruise control is already active, If the vehicle has the uplevel
instrument cluster, the right steering See Driver Information Center (DIC)
use to decrease vehicle speed.
wheel controls are used to operate (Base Level) 0 161 or Driver
+RES : If there is a set speed in the DIC. Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
memory, press to resume that 0 162.
speed or press and hold to
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
24 In Brief
Forward Collision Alert vehicle. This can help avoid or Lane Change Alert (LCA)
lessen the severity of crashes when
(FCA) System driving in a forward gear. If equipped, the LCA system is a
If equipped, FCA may help avoid or lane-changing aid that assists
See Forward Automatic Braking drivers with avoiding lane change
reduce the harm caused by (FAB) 0 261.
front-end crashes. FCA provides a crashes that occur with moving
vehicles in the side blind zone (or
green indicator, V, when a vehicle Lane Keep Assist (LKA) spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly
is detected ahead. This indicator
displays amber if you follow a
(1500 Series) approaching these areas from
behind. The LCA warning display
vehicle too closely. When If equipped, LKA may help avoid will light up in the corresponding
approaching a vehicle ahead too crashes due to unintentional lane outside mirror and will flash if the
quickly, FCA provides a flashing red departures. It may assist by gently turn signal is on. The Side Blind
alert on the windshield and rapidly turning the steering wheel if the Zone Alert (SBZA) system is
beeps or pulses the driver seat. vehicle approaches a detected lane included as part of the LCA system.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) marking without using a turn signal
in that direction. It may also provide See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
System 0 258. 0 262 and Lane Change Alert (LCA)
a Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
alert as the lane marking is crossed. 0 263.
Forward Automatic The system will not assist or alert if
Braking (FAB) it detects that you are actively Rear Vision
If the vehicle has Forward Collision steering. Override LKA by turning Camera (RVC)
Alert (FCA), it also has FAB, which the steering wheel. LKA uses a
camera to detect lane markings If equipped, RVC shows a view of
includes Intelligent Brake the area behind the vehicle on the
Assist (IBA). When the system between 60 km/h (37 mph) and
180 km/h (112 mph). infotainment display when the
detects a vehicle ahead in your path vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to
that is traveling in the same See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) aid with parking and low-speed
direction that you may be about to 0 264 and Lane Keep Assist (LKA) backing maneuvers.
crash into, it can provide a boost to (1500 Series) 0 265.
braking or automatically brake the
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
In Brief 25
See Assistance Systems for Parking The vehicle may also have the Front Vehicles with Bench Seats
or Backing 0 256. Parking Assist system. . One on the center stack below
See Assistance Systems for Parking the climate control system
Rear Cross Traffic Alert or Backing 0 256. . One in the storage area on the
(RCTA) System bench seat
If equipped, the RCTA system Power Outlets
. One on the rear of the center
shows a triangle with an arrow on Power Outlets 12-Volt Direct armrest storage
the infotainment display to warn of Current
traffic behind your vehicle that may . One in the third row seat area on
cross your vehicle's path while in Accessory power outlets can be the driver side
R (Reverse). In addition, beeps will used to plug in electrical equipment, . One in the rear cargo area on
sound, or the driver seat will pulse. such as a cell phone, MP3 the passenger side
player, etc.
See Assistance Systems for Parking Lift the cover to access and replace
or Backing 0 256. The vehicle may have up to five when not in use.
accessory power outlets:
See Power Outlets 0 138.
Parking Assist Vehicles with a Center Console
If equipped, Rear Parking . One in front of the cupholders on
Assist (RPA) uses sensors on the the center console
rear bumper to assist with parking
and avoiding objects while in . One inside the center storage
R (Reverse). It operates at speeds console
less than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may . One on the rear of the center
show a warning triangle on the storage console
infotainment display and a graphic . One in the third row seat on the
on the instrument cluster to provide
driver side
the object distance. In addition,
multiple beeps or seat pulses may . One in the rear cargo area on
occur if very close to an object. the passenger side
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
26 In Brief
Universal Remote System Sunroof press and release K (1). Press
the switch again to stop the
movement.
Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To
open the sunroof, press and hold I
(1). Release the switch at the
desired position. Press and hold
K (1) to close the sunroof.
Release the switch at the desired
position.
Tilt Switch
Vent : From the closed position,
press J (2) to vent the sunroof.
If equipped with the Universal 1. SLIDE Switch
Remote system, these buttons will Press K (2) to close the
2. TILT Switch
be in the front overhead console. sunroof vent.
If equipped, the sunroof only
This system provides a way to When the sunroof is opened, an air
operates when the ignition is on or
replace up to three remote control deflector will automatically raise.
in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when
transmitters used to activate The air deflector will retract when
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is
devices such as garage door the sunroof is closed.
active. See Retained Accessory
openers, security systems, and Power (RAP) 0 224. The sunroof also has a sunshade
home automation devices. which can be pulled forward to block
Slide Switch sun rays. The sunshade must be
See Universal Remote System
0 178. Express-Open/Express-Close : To opened and closed manually.
express-open the sunroof, fully
press and release I (1). To
express-close the sunroof, fully
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
In Brief 27
If an object is in the path of the Performance and instrument cluster and the
sunroof while it is closing, the appropriate DIC message
automatic reversal system will Maintenance displays.
detect the object and stop the
. Press and release g again to
sunroof. Traction Control/ turn on both systems.
See Sunroof 0 62. Electronic Stability
StabiliTrak will automatically turn on
Control if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h
The vehicle has a traction control (35 mph). Traction control will
system that limits wheel spin and remain off.
the StabiliTrak system that assists See Traction Control/Electronic
with directional control of the vehicle Stability Control 0 242.
in difficult driving conditions. Both
systems come on automatically Tire Pressure Monitor
when the vehicle is started and
begins to move. This vehicle may have a Tire
. To turn off traction control, press Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
and release g on the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
wheel. The traction off light i
displays in the instrument
cluster. The appropriate DIC
message displays.
. To turn off both traction control The low tire pressure warning light
and StabiliTrak, press and hold alerts to a significant loss in
g until i and g illuminate in the pressure of one of the vehicle's
tires. If the warning light comes on,
stop as soon as possible and inflate
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
28 In Brief
the tires to the recommended Fuel Engine Oil Life System
pressure shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See The engine oil life system calculates
Vehicle Load Limits 0 212. The engine oil life based on vehicle use
warning light will remain on until the and, on most vehicles, displays a
tire pressure is corrected. DIC message when it is necessary
to change the engine oil and filter.
The low tire pressure warning light The oil life system should be reset
may come on in cool weather when to 100% only following an oil
the vehicle is first started, and then Regular Fuel change.
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
Use only unleaded gasoline rated Resetting the Oil Life System
may be an early indicator that the
87 octane or higher in your vehicle.
tire pressures are getting low and To reset the engine oil life system:
Do not use gasoline with an octane
the tires need to be inflated to the
rating lower as it may result in 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING
proper pressure.
vehicle damage and lower fuel on the DIC.
The TPMS does not replace normal economy. See Fuel 0 266. See Driver Information Center
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain (DIC) (Base Level) 0 161 or
the correct tire pressures. E85 or FlexFuel Driver Information Center (DIC)
See Tire Pressure Monitor System (Uplevel) 0 162. If the vehicle
0 345. does not have DIC buttons, the
vehicle must be in P (Park) to
Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped) access this display.
This feature provides visual and
2. Press and hold V on the DIC,
audible alerts outside the vehicle to
help when inflating an underinflated or the trip odometer reset stem
tire to the recommended cold tire if the vehicle does not have
FlexFuel Possible
pressure. See “Tire Fill Alert (If DIC buttons, for several
Certain models are compatible with seconds. The oil life will
Equipped)” under Tire Pressure
E85 fuel. See E85 or FlexFuel change to 100%.
Monitor Operation 0 346.
0 268.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
In Brief 29
The oil life system can also be reset . Avoid idling the engine for long New Chevrolet owners are
as follows: periods of time. automatically enrolled in the
1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING . When road and weather Roadside Assistance Program.
on the DIC. conditions are appropriate, use See Roadside Assistance Program
See Driver Information Center cruise control. 0 408.
(DIC) (Base Level) 0 161 or . Always follow posted speed
Driver Information Center (DIC) limits or drive more slowly when
(Uplevel) 0 162. conditions require.
2. Fully press the accelerator . Keep vehicle tires properly
pedal slowly three times within inflated.
five seconds.
. Combine several trips into a
3. If the display changes to 100%, single trip.
the system is reset.
. Replace the vehicle's tires with
See Engine Oil Life System 0 299. the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
Driving for Better Fuel near the size.
Economy . Follow recommended scheduled
Driving habits can affect fuel maintenance.
mileage. Here are some driving tips
to get the best fuel economy Roadside Assistance
possible. Program
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate
U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
smoothly.
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
. Brake gradually and avoid
1-888-889-2438
abrupt stops.
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 55
Keys and Locks
Windows Exterior Mirrors Keys (Key Access)
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Keys and Locks
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
57
57
{ Warning
Keys (Key Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Keys (Keyless Access) . . . . . . . . 33 Leaving children in a vehicle with
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 an ignition key or Remote
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Interior Mirrors dangerous and children or others
System Operation (Keyless Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 59 could be seriously injured or
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 59 killed. They could operate the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Automatic Dimming Rearview power window or other controls or
System Operation (Key Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 make the vehicle move. The
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Child-View Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 windows will function with the key
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 43 in the ignition or with the RKE
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Windows transmitter in the vehicle, and
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
children or others could be caught
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 in the path of a closing window.
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 46 Do not leave children in a vehicle
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Roof with the ignition key or an RKE
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 transmitter.
Doors
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 53
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

reduce the risk of unintentionally
Warning (Continued) moving the key out of the RUN
position. Do not add any additional
impacted, and airbags may not items to the ring attached to the
deploy. To reduce the risk of ignition key. Attach additional items
unintentional rotation of the only to the second ring, and limit
ignition key, do not change the added items to a few essential keys
way the ignition key and Remote or small, light items no larger than
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, an RKE transmitter.
if equipped, are connected to the
provided key rings.
The ignition key and key rings, and

{ Warning RKE transmitter, if equipped, are
designed to work together as a
If the key is unintentionally
system to reduce the risk of
rotated while the vehicle is unintentionally moving the key out
running, the ignition could be of the RUN position. The ignition
moved out of the RUN position. key has a small hole to allow
This could be caused by heavy attachment of the provided key ring.
items hanging from the key ring, It is important that any replacement
or by large or long items attached ignition keys have a small hole. See
to the key ring that could be your dealer if a replacement key is
contacted by the driver or required.
steering wheel. If the ignition The combination and size of the
moves out of the RUN position, rings that came with your keys were
the engine will shut off, braking specifically selected for your
and steering power assist may be vehicle. The rings are connected to
(Continued) the key like two links of a chain to
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Programming Keys to the 5. Insert the new key to be
Vehicle programmed, and within
five seconds, turn the ignition
For the Tahoe Police and Tahoe on without starting the engine.
Special Service Packages, see the
Tahoe Police and Tahoe and The security light will turn off
Sliverado Special Service Packages once the key has been
Supplement. programmed.
Follow these procedures to program 6. Repeat Steps 1–5 if additional
up to eight keys to the vehicle. keys are to be programmed.
Programming with Two If a key is lost or damaged, see your
Recognized Keys (Key dealer to have a new key made.
Interference from radio-frequency Vehicles Only) Programming without Two
identification (RFID) tags may To program a new key: Recognized Keys (Key
prevent the key from starting the Vehicles Only)
vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from 1. Insert the original, already
the key when starting the vehicle. programmed key in the ignition Program a new key to the vehicle
and turn the ignition on without when a recognized key is not
The key is used for the driver door, starting the engine. available. Canadian regulations
ignition, and glove box. require that Canadian owners see
2. Turn the ignition off and their dealer.
If equipped with memory seats, remove the key.
keys 1 and 2 are linked to seating If two currently recognized keys are
positions of memory 1 or 2. See 3. Quickly, within five seconds, not available, follow this procedure
Memory Seats 0 69. insert the second original to program the first key.
already programmed key in the
ignition and turn the ignition on This procedure will take
without starting the engine. approximately 30 minutes to
complete for the first key. The
4. Turn the ignition off and vehicle must be off and all of the
remove the key. keys must be with you.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

1. Insert the new vehicle key into The key has a bar-coded key tag
the ignition. that the dealer or qualified locksmith Warning (Continued)
2. Turn the ignition on without can use to make new keys. Store
this information in a safe place, not dangerous and children or others
starting the engine. The could be seriously injured or
security light will come on. in the vehicle.
killed. They could operate the
3. Wait 10 minutes until the See your dealer if a replacement power window or other controls or
security light turns off. key or additional key is needed. make the vehicle move. The
4. Turn the ignition off. If it becomes difficult to turn a key, windows will function with the key
inspect the key blade for debris. in the ignition or with the RKE
5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more Periodically clean with a brush transmitter in the vehicle, and
times. After the third time, turn or pick. children or others could be caught
the ignition on; the key is in the path of a closing window.
learned and all previously If locked out of the vehicle, see
Roadside Assistance Program Do not leave children in a vehicle
known keys will no longer work with the ignition key or an RKE
with the vehicle. 0 408.
transmitter.
6. To learn the second key, turn With an active OnStar service plan,
the ignition off and insert the an OnStar Advisor may remotely
second key to be learned and unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
turn the ignition on without Overview 0 418.
starting the engine.
Keys (Keyless Access)
After two keys are learned, the
remaining keys can be learned by
following the procedure in { Warning
“Programming with Two Recognized
Leaving children in a vehicle with
Keys (Key Vehicles Only).”
an ignition key or Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

This key is used for the driver door With an active OnStar service plan,
and glove box. an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
Overview 0 418.
If locked out of the vehicle, see
Roadside Assistance Program
0 408.
If equipped with memory seats, RKE
transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to
seating positions of memory 1 or 2.
See Memory Seats 0 69.
Remote Keyless Entry

(RKE) System
If the vehicle has the Keyless See Radio Frequency Statement
Access system, the transmitter has 0 414.
a button on the side of the
transmitter used to remove the key. If there is a decrease in the Remote
Do not pull the key out without Keyless Entry (RKE) operating
pressing the button. range:
. Check the distance. The
See your dealer if a replacement
key or additional key is needed. transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle.
If it becomes difficult to turn a key,
. Check the location. Other
If the vehicle has the Keyless inspect the key blade for debris.
Access system, there is a key in the Periodically clean with a brush vehicles or objects may be
transmitter. or pick. blocking the signal.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

. Check the transmitter's battery. is pressed again within
See “Battery Replacement” later three seconds. See Vehicle
in this section. Personalization 0 170.
. If the transmitter is still not If the driver door is open when Q is
working correctly, see your pressed, all doors will lock and then
dealer or a qualified technician the driver door will immediately
for service. unlock, if enabled. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 170.
Remote Keyless Entry If the passenger door is open when
(RKE) System Operation Q is pressed, all doors lock.
(Keyless Access)
Pressing Q arms the alarm system.
The Keyless Access system allows With Remote Start (without
See Vehicle Alarm System 0 53.
for vehicle entry when the Remote Start Similar)
transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See If equipped with auto mirror folding,
/ : If equipped, press and release pressing and holding Q for
“Keyless Access Operation” later in Q, then immediately press and hold
this section. one second will fold the mirrors,
/ until the turn signal lamps flash if enabled. See Vehicle
The RKE transmitter functions may or for at least four seconds. The Personalization 0 170.
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from engine may be started from outside
the vehicle. the vehicle using the RKE K : Press once to unlock only the
Other conditions can affect the transmitter. See Remote Vehicle driver door. If K is pressed again
performance of the transmitter. See Start 0 43. within three seconds, all remaining
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Q : Press to lock all doors. doors unlock. The interior lamps
System 0 34. may come on and stay on for
If enabled, the turn signal lamps 20 seconds or until the ignition is
flash once on the second press to turned on.
indicate locking has occurred.
If enabled, the horn chirps when Q
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

If enabled, the turn signal lamps Press and hold 7 for more than Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
flash twice to indicate unlocking has three seconds to activate the panic the Driver Door
occurred. If enabled, the exterior alarm. The turn signal lamps flash When the doors are locked and the
lamps may turn on. See Vehicle and the horn sounds repeatedly for RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)
Personalization 0 170. 30 seconds. The alarm turns off of the door handle, pressing the
Pressing K on the RKE transmitter when the ignition is turned on or 7 lock/unlock button on the driver door
disarms the alarm system. See is pressed again. The ignition must handle will unlock the driver door.
Vehicle Alarm System 0 53. be off for the panic alarm to work. If the lock/unlock button is pressed
again within five seconds, all
If equipped with auto mirror folding, Keyless Access Operation passenger doors and the liftgate will
pressing and holding K for The Keyless Access system allows unlock.
one second will unfold the mirrors, for doors and the liftgate to be
if enabled. See Vehicle accessed without pressing the RKE
Personalization 0 170. transmitter button. The RKE
Press and hold K until the windows transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft)
of the liftgate or door being opened.
fully open, if remote window
If the vehicle has this feature, there
operation is enabled. See Vehicle
will be a button on the outside door
handles.
b : Press twice to open or close Keyless Access can be
the liftgate. Press once to stop the
programmed to unlock all doors on
liftgate from moving.
the first lock/unlock press from the
c : Press twice to open the driver door. See Vehicle
liftglass. Personalization 0 170. Driver Side Shown, Passenger
7 : Press and release to initiate If equipped with memory seats, RKE Side Similar
vehicle locate. The turn signal transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to
lamps flash and the horn sounds seating positions of memory 1 or 2.
three times. See Memory Seats 0 69.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Pressing the lock/unlock button will Passive Locking for at least four seconds, or until
cause all doors to lock if any of the If equipped with Keyless Access, three chimes are heard. Passive
following occur: this feature will lock the vehicle locking will then remain disabled
. It has been more than several seconds after all doors are until Q on the interior door is
five seconds since the first lock/ closed, if the vehicle is off and at pressed, or until the vehicle is
unlock button press. least one RKE transmitter has been turned on.
. Two lock/unlock button presses removed from the interior, or none Remote Left In Vehicle Alert
were used to unlock all doors. remain in the interior.
When the vehicle is turned off and
. Any vehicle door has been If other electronic devices interfere an RKE transmitter is left in the
opened and all doors are now with the RKE transmitter signal, the vehicle, the horn will chirp three
closed. vehicle may not detect the RKE times after all doors are closed. To
transmitter inside the vehicle. turn on or off see Vehicle
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from If passive locking is enabled, the Personalization 0 170.
the Passenger Doors doors may lock with the RKE
When the doors are locked and the transmitter inside the vehicle. Do Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) not leave the RKE transmitter in an If the vehicle is on with a door open,
of the door handle, pressing the unattended vehicle. and then all doors are closed, the
lock/unlock button on a passenger To customize the doors to vehicle will check for RKE
door handle will unlock all doors. automatically lock when exiting the transmitters inside. If an RKE
Pressing the lock/unlock button will vehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock, transmitter is not detected, the DIC
cause all doors to lock if any of the Start” under Vehicle Personalization will display NO REMOTE
following occur: 0 170. DETECTED and the horn will chirp
. The lock/unlock button was used three times. This occurs only once
Temporary Disable of Passive each time the vehicle is driven. To
to unlock all doors. Locking turn on or off see Vehicle
. Any vehicle door has been Temporarily disable passive locking Personalization 0 170.
opened and all doors are now by pressing and holding K on the
closed. interior door switch with a door open
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Keyless Liftgate Opening longer work. Each vehicle can have The Driver Information Center
Press the touch pad on the up to eight transmitters matched (DIC) displays READY FOR
underside of the liftgate handle to to it. REMOTE#2, 3, 4, ETC.
open the liftgate when all doors are Programming with Two
unlocked, or when the transmitter is Recognized Transmitters (Keyless
within 1 m (3 ft). Access Vehicles Only)
Keyless Liftglass Opening A new transmitter can be
programmed to the vehicle when
Press the exterior liftglass button to
open the liftglass when all doors are there are two recognized
unlocked, or when the transmitter is transmitters.
within 1 m (3 ft). To program, the vehicle must be off
See Liftgate 0 47. and all transmitters, both currently
recognized and new, must be
Key Access with you.
To access a vehicle with a dead 1. Remove the key from the
transmitter battery, see Door Locks recognized transmitter. 4. Place the new transmitter in
0 44. the transmitter pocket/insert.
2. Place the two recognized
Programming Transmitters to transmitters in the cupholder or Open the center console
on the passenger seat. storage area and the storage
the Vehicle tray. The transmitter pocket/
Only RKE transmitters programmed 3. Insert the vehicle key into the insert is in front of the storage
to the vehicle will work. If a key lock cylinder on the driver area next to the center console
transmitter is lost or stolen, a door handle. Then turn the key storage area between the
replacement can be purchased and counterclockwise, to the unlock driver and front passenger
programmed through your dealer. position, five times within seats.
The vehicle can be reprogrammed 10 seconds.
so that lost or stolen transmitters no
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

5. Press ENGINE START/STOP. 30 minutes to complete. The vehicle vehicle. Remaining transmitters
When the transmitter is must be off and all transmitters to can be relearned during the
learned, the DIC display will be programmed must be with you. next steps.
show that it is ready to program 1. Remove the vehicle key from The DIC display should now
the next transmitter. the transmitter. show READY FOR REMOTE
6. Remove the transmitter from 2. Insert the vehicle key into the # 1.
the transmitter pocket and key lock cylinder on the driver
press K or Q on the door handle; then turn the key
transmitter. counterclockwise, to the unlock
To program additional position, five times within
transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6. 10 seconds.
When all additional transmitters The Driver Information Center
are programmed, press and (DIC) displays REMOTE
hold ENGINE START/STOP for LEARN PENDING,
approximately 12 seconds to PLEASE WAIT.
exit programming mode. 3. Wait for 10 minutes until the
7. Return the key back into the DIC displays PRESS ENGINE
transmitter. START BUTTON TO LEARN,
then press ENGINE 5. Place the new transmitter in
Programming without Two START/STOP. the transmitter pocket/insert.
Recognized Transmitters (Keyless
Access Vehicles Only) The DIC will again display Open the center console
REMOTE LEARN PENDING, storage area and the storage
If two currently recognized PLEASE WAIT. tray. The transmitter pocket/
transmitters are not available, follow
4. Repeat Step 3 two additional insert is in front of the storage
this procedure to program up to
times. After the third time all area next to the center console
eight transmitters. This feature is
previously known transmitters storage area between the
not available in Canada. This
will no longer work with the driver and front passenger
procedure will take approximately
seats.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

6. Press ENGINE START/STOP. TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN Battery Replacement
When the transmitter is START YOUR VEHICLE when
Replace the battery in the
learned, the DIC display will starting the vehicle.
transmitter soon if the REPLACE
show that it is ready to program To start the vehicle: BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
the next transmitter.
1. Open the center console message displays in the DIC.
7. Remove the transmitter from storage area and the
the transmitter pocket/insert storage tray. Caution
and press K or Q on the
transmitter. When replacing the battery, do
not touch any of the circuitry on
To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 5–7. the transmitter. Static from your
body could damage the
When all additional transmitters transmitter.
are programmed, press and
hold ENGINE START/STOP for
approximately 12 seconds to To replace the battery:
exit programming mode.
8. Return the key back into the
transmitter.
Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery 2. Place the transmitter in the
transmitter pocket/insert.
If the transmitter battery is weak or if
there is interference with the signal, 3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or
the DIC may display NO REMOTE N (Neutral) press the brake
DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY pedal and ENGINE
WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN START/STOP.
Replace the transmitter battery
as soon as possible.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

1. With the key removed, insert a Remote Keyless Entry or for at least four seconds. The
flat, thin object in the center of engine may be started from outside
the transmitter to separate and
(RKE) System Operation the vehicle using the RKE
remove the back cover. (Key Access) transmitter. See Remote Vehicle
The RKE transmitter functions may Start 0 43.
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from Q : Press to lock all doors.
the vehicle.
If enabled in vehicle personalization,
Other conditions can affect the the turn signal lamps flash once to
performance of the transmitter. See indicate locking has occurred.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) If enabled through vehicle
System 0 34. personalization, the horn chirps
when Q is pressed again within
three seconds. See Vehicle
Pressing Q arms the alarm system.
See Vehicle Alarm System 0 53.
2. Lift the battery with a flat
object. If equipped with auto mirror folding,
pressing and holding Q for
3. Remove the battery.
one second will fold the mirrors,
4. Insert the new battery, positive if enabled. See Vehicle
side toward the back cover. Personalization 0 170.
Replace with a CR2032 or
equivalent battery. With Remote Start (without
K : Press once to unlock only the
Remote Start Similar) driver door. If K is pressed again
5. Push together the transmitter. within three seconds, all remaining
/ : If equipped, press and release doors unlock. The interior lamps
Q, then immediately press and hold
/ until the turn signal lamps flash
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

may come on and stay on for c : Press twice to open the For the Tahoe Police and Tahoe
20 seconds or until the ignition is liftglass. Special Service Packages, see the
turned on. Tahoe Police and Tahoe Special
7 : Press and release to initiate Service Packages Supplement.
If enabled in vehicle personalization, vehicle locate. The turn signal
the turn signal lamps flash twice to lamps flash and the horn sounds Battery Replacement
indicate unlocking has occurred. three times.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 170. Replace the battery in the
If enabled through vehicle Press and hold 7 for more than transmitter soon if the REPLACE
personalization, the exterior lamps three seconds to activate the panic BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
may turn on. See Vehicle alarm. The turn signal lamps flash message displays in the DIC.
Personalization 0 170. and the horn sounds repeatedly for
30 seconds. The alarm turns off Caution
Pressing K on the RKE transmitter
when the ignition is turned on or 7
disarms the alarm system. See When replacing the battery, do
is pressed again. The ignition must
Vehicle Alarm System 0 53. not touch any of the circuitry on
be off for the panic alarm to work.
If equipped with auto mirror folding, the transmitter. Static from your
pressing and holding K for
Programming Transmitters to body could damage the
one second will unfold the mirrors,
the Vehicle transmitter.
if enabled. See Vehicle Only RKE transmitters programmed
Personalization 0 170. to this vehicle will work. If a To replace the battery:
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
Press and hold K until the windows replacement can be purchased and
fully open, if remote window programmed through your dealer.
operation is enabled. See Vehicle Each vehicle can have up to
Personalization 0 170. eight transmitters programmed to it.
b : Press twice to open or close See your dealer for transmitter
the liftgate. Press once to stop the programming.
liftgate from moving.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

2. Press and slide the battery Laws in some communities may
down toward the pocket of the restrict the use of remote starters.
transmitter in the direction of Check local regulations for any
the key ring. Do not use a requirements on remote starting of
metal object vehicles.
3. Remove the battery. Do not use remote start if the
4. Insert the new battery, positive vehicle is low on fuel.
side facing up. Replace with a The vehicle cannot be remote
CR2032 or equivalent battery. started if:
5. Push together the transmitter . The key is in the ignition (Key
back cover top side first, and Access) or the transmitter is in
1. Separate and remove the back then the bottom toward the the vehicle (Keyless Access).
cover of the transmitter with a key ring. . The hood is not closed.
flat, thin object, such as a coin. .
Remote Vehicle Start There is an emission control
system malfunction and the
If equipped with the remote start malfunction indicator lamp is on.
feature, the climate control system
will come on when the vehicle is The engine will turn off during a
started remotely depending on the remote vehicle start if:
outside temperature. . The coolant temperature gets
The rear defog and heated and too high.
ventilated seats, if equipped, may . The oil pressure gets low.
also come on.
The RKE transmitter range may be
See Heated and Ventilated Front
reduced while the vehicle is running.
Seats 0 72 and Vehicle
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Other conditions can affect the 10 minutes Steps 1 and 2 are Door Locks
performance of the transmitter. repeated while the engine is still
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) running. An extension can be
System 0 34 or Vehicle requested, 30 seconds after { Warning
Personalization 0 170. starting. Unlocked doors can be
Starting the Engine Using Remote A maximum of two remote starts, dangerous.
Start or a single start with an extension, . Passengers, especially
is allowed between ignition cycles.
1. Press and release Q. children, can easily open
The vehicle's ignition must be the doors and fall out of a
2. Immediately press and hold / turned on and then back off to use moving vehicle. The doors
until the turn signal lamps flash remote start again. can be unlocked and
or for at least four seconds. opened while the vehicle is
Canceling a Remote Start
moving. The chance of
When the vehicle starts, the To cancel a remote start, do one of being thrown out of the
parking lamps will turn on. The the following: vehicle in a crash is
doors will be locked and the
increased if the doors are
climate control system may . Press and hold / until the not locked. So, all
come on. parking lamps turn off. passengers should wear
The engine will continue to run . Turn on the hazard warning seat belts properly and the
for 10 minutes. Repeat flashers. doors should be locked
Steps 1 and 2 for a 10-minute whenever the vehicle is
. Turn the ignition on and then off.
time extension. driven.
Turn the ignition on to operate the . Young children who get into
vehicle. unlocked vehicles may be
unable to get out. A child
Extending Engine Run Time
can be overcome by
The engine run time can be extreme heat and can suffer
extended by 10 minutes, for a total (Continued)
of 20 minutes, if during the first
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

manual lock knob on a does not reset the lock, turn the key
Warning (Continued) passenger door will lock only halfway around in the cylinder and
that door. repeat the reset procedure.
permanent injuries or even
death from heat stroke. . Pulling an interior door handle
Always lock the vehicle will unlock the door. Pulling the Power Door Locks
whenever leaving it. door handle again unlatches it. Press Q or K on the Remote
. Outsiders can easily enter Keyless Access Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
through an unlocked door See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
If equipped, the RKE transmitter
when you slow down or stop System Operation (Keyless Access)
must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the
the vehicle. Locking the 0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry
liftgate or door being opened. Press
doors can help prevent this (RKE) System Operation (Key
the button on the door handle to
from happening. Access) 0 41.
open. See “Keyless Access
Operation” in Remote Keyless Entry
To lock or unlock the doors from (RKE) System Operation (Keyless
outside the vehicle: Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key
. Press Q or K on the Remote Access) 0 41.
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
Free-Turning Locks
. Use the key in the driver door.
The door key lock cylinder turns
To lock or unlock the doors from freely when either the wrong key is
inside the vehicle: used, or the correct key is not fully
. Press Q or K on the power door inserted. The free-turning door lock
lock switch. feature prevents the lock from being
forced open. To reset the lock, turn
. Pushing down the manual lock it to the vertical position with the
knob on the driver door will lock correct key fully inserted. Remove Q : Press to lock the doors.
all doors. Pushing down the the key and insert it again. If this K : Press to unlock the doors.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Delayed Locking Automatic Door Locks Lockout Protection
This feature delays the locking of The doors will lock automatically For the Tahoe Police and Tahoe
the doors until five seconds after all when all doors are closed, the Special Service Packages, see the
doors are closed. ignition is on, and the vehicle is Tahoe Police and Tahoe and
Delayed locking can only be turned shifted out of P (Park). Silverado Special Service Packages
on when the Unlocked Door If a vehicle door is unlocked, and Supplement.
Anti-Lockout feature has been then opened and closed, the doors Key Access : When locking is
turned off. will lock either when your foot is requested with the driver door open
removed from the brake or the and the key in the ignition, all the
When Q is pressed on the power vehicle speed becomes faster than doors will lock and then the driver
door lock switch while the door is 13 km/h (8 mph). door will unlock.
open, a chime will sound three
times indicating delayed locking is To unlock the doors: This can be manually overridden by
active. . Press K on the power door lock pressing and holding Q on the
The doors will lock automatically switch. power door lock switch.
five seconds after all doors are . Shift the transmission into Keyless Access : When locking is
closed. If a door is reopened before P (Park). requested with the driver door open
that time, the five-second timer will and the ignition is on or in ACC/
reset when all doors are closed Automatic door locking cannot be ACCESSORY, all the doors will lock
again. disabled. Automatic door unlocking and then the driver door will unlock.
can be programmed. See Vehicle
Press Q on the door lock switch Personalization 0 170. If the vehicle is off and locking is
requested while a door is open,
again or press Q on the RKE
when all doors are closed the
transmitter to lock the doors vehicle will check for RKE
immediately. transmitters inside. If an RKE
This feature can be programmed. transmitter is detected and the
See “Delayed Door Lock” under number of RKE transmitters inside
Vehicle Personalization 0 170.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

has not reduced, the driver door will Doors
unlock and the horn will sound three
times.
Liftgate
This can be manually overridden by
pressing and holding Q on the { Warning
power door lock switch.
Exhaust gases can enter the
Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout
vehicle if it is driven with the
If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout is liftgate or trunk/hatch open,
turned on and the vehicle is off, the or with any objects that pass
driver door is open, and locking is through the seal between the
requested, all the doors will lock and body and the trunk/hatch or
the driver door will remain open. Press { to activate the safety locks liftgate. Engine exhaust contains
Press the button again to lock the on the rear doors. The indicator light carbon monoxide (CO) which
driver door. The Unlocked Door comes on when activated. cannot be seen or smelled. It can
Anti-Lockout feature can be turned
on or off. See Vehicle Press { again to deactivate the cause unconsciousness and even
Personalization 0 170. safety locks. death.
If the vehicle must be driven with
Safety Locks the liftgate or trunk/hatch open:
The rear door safety locks prevent . Close all of the windows.
passengers from opening the rear . Fully open the air outlets on
doors from inside the vehicle. or under the instrument
panel.
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Manual Liftgate There will be a delay in the release
Warning (Continued) of the liftglass if there is an attempt
to open it while the rear wiper is in
. Adjust the climate control motion.
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air Use the pull cup to lower and close
and set the fan speed to the the liftgate. Do not press the touch
highest setting. See pad while closing the liftgate. This
“Climate Control Systems” will cause the liftgate to be
in the Index. unlatched.
. If the vehicle is equipped If equipped with Keyless Access,
with a power liftgate, disable the RKE transmitter must be within
the power liftgate function. 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate to
automatically unlock it.
See Engine Exhaust 0 227. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
To open the liftgate, press K on the System Operation (Keyless Access)
power door lock switch or press K 0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry
Caution (RKE) System Operation (Key
on the RKE transmitter twice to
Access) 0 41.
unlock all doors. Press the touch
To avoid damage to the liftgate or pad (1) on the underside of the The liftgate has an electric latch.
liftgate glass, make sure the area liftgate handle and lift up. If the battery is disconnected or has
above and behind the liftgate is low voltage, the liftgate will not
Press the button (2) above the
clear before opening it. open. The liftgate will resume
license plate to open the liftglass,
operation when the battery is
or press c twice quickly on the reconnected and charged.
RKE transmitter. Do not leave the
liftglass open when raising the
liftgate.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Power Liftgate Operation To open or close the liftgate, select
MAX or 3/4 mode and then:
{ Warning . Press b twice quickly on the
RKE transmitter until the liftgate
You or others could be injured if
moves.
caught in the path of the power
liftgate. Make sure there is no one . Press 8 on the overhead
in the way of the liftgate as it is console. The driver door must
opening and closing. be unlocked.
. Press the touch pad on the
underside of the liftgate handle
Caution after unlocking all doors.
If equipped, the switch is on the If equipped with Keyless Access,
Driving with an open and overhead console. The vehicle must a locked vehicle can be opened
be in P (Park). if the RKE transmitter is within
unsecured liftgate may result in
damage to the power liftgate The modes are: 1 m (3 ft) of the touch pad.
components. MAX : Opens to maximum height.
3/4 : Opens to a reduced height that
can be set from 3/4 to fully open.
Use to prevent the liftgate from
opening into overhead objects such
as a garage door or roof-mounted
cargo. The liftgate can be opened
all the way manually.
OFF : Opens manually only.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

. Press l on the bottom edge of time. If this occurs, the liftgate can opening may resemble a support
the liftgate next to the latch to still be operated manually. Select strut failure. This could also activate
close. OFF on the liftgate switch. the falling liftgate detection feature.
If the vehicle is shifted out of Allow the liftgate to complete its
Press any liftgate button, the touch operation and wait a few seconds
P (Park) while the power function is
pad, or b on the RKE transmitter before manually closing the liftgate.
in progress, the liftgate will continue
while the liftgate is moving to stop it. to completion. If the vehicle is
Pressing any liftgate button or Obstacle Detection Features
accelerated before the liftgate has
pressing b twice quickly on the completed moving, the liftgate may If the liftgate encounters an obstacle
RKE transmitter restarts the stop or reverse direction. Check for during a power open or close cycle,
operation in the reverse direction. Driver Information Center (DIC) the liftgate will automatically reverse
Pressing the touch pad on the messages and make sure the direction and move a short distance
liftgate handle will restart the liftgate is closed and latched before away from the obstacle. After
motion, but only in the opening driving. removing the obstruction, the power
direction. liftgate operation can be used again.
Falling Liftgate Detection If the liftgate encounters multiple
If the power liftgate automatically obstacles on the same power cycle,
Caution the power function will deactivate.
closes after a power opening cycle,
Manually forcing the liftgate to it indicates that the system is After removing the obstructions,
open or close during a power reacting to excess weight on the manually close the liftgate. This will
cycle can damage the vehicle. liftgate or a possible support strut allow normal power operation
failure. Remove any excess weight. functions to resume.
Allow the power cycle to
complete. If the liftgate continues to If the vehicle is locked while the
automatically close after opening, liftgate is closing, and an obstacle
see your dealer for service before prevents the liftgate from completely
The power liftgate may be using the power liftgate. closing, the horn will sound as an
temporarily disabled in extremely alert that the liftgate did not close.
low temperatures, or after repeated Interfering with the power liftgate
power cycling over a short period of motion or manually closing the
liftgate too quickly after power
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Pinch sensors are on the side The liftgate cannot be set below a Hands-Free Operation
edges of the liftgate. If an object is minimum programmable height.
If equipped with Hands-Free Vehicle
caught between the liftgate and the If there is no light flash or sound,
Access, the liftgate may be
vehicle and presses against a then the height adjustment may be
operated with a kicking motion
sensor, the liftgate will reverse too low.
under the rear bumper.
direction and stop at a partially open
position. The liftgate will remain Manual Operation The liftgate will not operate if the
open until it is activated again or Select OFF to manually operate the RKE transmitter is not within
closed manually. liftgate. See “Manual Liftgate” at the 1 m (3 ft).
beginning of this section. The hands-free feature will not work
Setting the 3/4 Mode
while the liftgate is moving. To stop
To change the position the liftgate Caution the liftgate while in motion use one
stops at when opening: of the liftgate switches.
1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode and Attempting to move the liftgate
open the liftgate. too quickly and with excessive
force may result in damage to the
2. Stop the liftgate movement at vehicle.
the desired height by pressing
any liftgate button. Manually
adjust the liftgate position if Operate the liftgate manually with a
needed. smooth motion and moderate
speed. The system includes a
3. Press and hold l on the feature which limits the manual
bottom edge of the liftgate next closing speed to protect the
to the latch on the outside of components.
the liftgate until the turn signals
flash and a beep sounds. This
indicates the setting has been
recorded.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

To operate, move your foot in a liftgate by another method or
forward kicking motion under the start the vehicle. The feature will
center of the rear bumper, then pull be re-enabled.
it back. When closing the liftgate using this
feature, there will be a short delay.
Caution The rear lights will flash and a
chime will sound. Step away from
Splashing water may cause the the liftgate before it starts moving.
liftgate to open. Keep the RKE
transmitter away from the rear Power Assist Steps
bumper detection area or turn the
liftgate mode to OFF when
Length of Kick Zone cleaning or working near the rear { Warning
bumper to avoid accidental Never place hands or other body
opening. parts between the deployed
power assist steps and the
. Do not sweep your foot side vehicle. You or others could be
to side. seriously injured.
. Do not keep your foot under the
bumper; the liftgate will not
activate. { Warning
. Do not touch the liftgate until it
has stopped moving. Never step on a moving assist
step. You or others could be
. This feature may be temporarily seriously injured.
disabled under some conditions.
If the liftgate does not respond to
the kick, open or close the
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

If equipped, the power assist steps Vehicle Security
will deploy when the door is opened
and automatically retract This vehicle has theft-deterrent
three seconds after the door is features; however, they do not make
closed. The power assist steps will the vehicle impossible to steal.
retract immediately if the vehicle
starts moving. Vehicle Alarm System
Disable the power assist steps
before jacking or placing any object
under the vehicle. Too much ice
buildup may prevent deployment of
the power assist steps. Check the
step position before exiting the To extend both power assist steps
power assist steps, clear the ice, for cleaning, press j while the
then enable the assist steps and
vehicle is in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
confirm normal function prior to use.
Press j again to retract them.
Keep hands, children, pets, objects, The DIC will display a message. The indicator light, on the
and clothing clear of the power
Enable/Disable instrument panel near the
assist steps when in motion. The
windshield, indicates the status of
steps will reverse direction if they
encounter an obstruction when Press and hold j for four seconds the system.
opening or closing. Remove the to lock and disable the power assist Off : Alarm system is disarmed.
obstruction, then open and close the steps. Press and hold j for
On Solid : Vehicle is secured
door on the same side to complete four seconds again to enable them. during the delay to arm the system.
the motion of the assist steps. If the The DIC will display a message.
obstruction is not cleared, the assist Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.
steps remain extended while driving. A door, liftgate, or the hood is open.
Slow Flash : Alarm system is
armed.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Arming the Alarm System by pressing K on the RKE . Always unlock a door with the
transmitter during the 10-second RKE transmitter, or use the
1. Turn off the vehicle.
pre-alarm, the alarm will be Keyless Access system.
2. Lock the vehicle in one of activated. Unlocking the driver door with
three ways:
The alarm will also be activated if a the key will not disarm the
. Use the RKE transmitter. passenger door, the liftgate, or the system or turn off the alarm.
. Use the Keyless Access hood is opened without first How to Detect a Tamper
system. disarming the system. When the Condition
alarm is activated, the turn signals
. With a door open, press Q flash and the horn sounds for about If K is pressed on the RKE
on the interior of the door. 30 seconds. The alarm system will transmitter and the horn chirps three
3. After 30 seconds the alarm then re-arm to monitor for the next times, an alarm occurred previously
system will arm, and the unauthorized event. while the alarm system was armed.
indicator light will begin to Disarming the Alarm System If the alarm has been activated, a
slowly flash. Pressing Q on the message will appear on the DIC.
RKE transmitter a second time To disarm the alarm system or turn
will bypass the 30-second off the alarm if it has been activated: Power Sounder, Inclination
delay and immediately arm the . Press K on the RKE transmitter. Sensor, and Intrusion Sensor
alarm system. In addition to the standard
. Unlock the vehicle using the
The vehicle alarm system will not Keyless Access system. theft-deterrent system features, this
arm if the doors are locked with system may also have a power
the key. . Start the vehicle. sounder, inclination sensor, and
To avoid setting off the alarm by intrusion sensor.
If the driver door is opened without
first unlocking with the RKE accident: The power sounder provides an
transmitter, the horn will chirp and . Lock the vehicle after all audible alarm which is distinct from
the lights will flash to indicate occupants have exited. the vehicle’s horn. It has its own
pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
started, or the door is not unlocked
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

power source, and can sound an Intrusion and Inclination Immobilizer
alarm if the vehicle’s battery is Sensors Disable Switch
compromised. See Radio Frequency Statement
0 414.
The inclination sensor can set off
the alarm if it senses movement of Immobilizer Operation
the vehicle, such as a change in
vehicle orientation.
The intrusion sensor monitors the
vehicle interior, and can activate the
alarm if it senses unauthorized entry
into the vehicle’s interior. Do not
allow passengers or pets to remain
in the vehicle when the intrusion
This vehicle has a passive
sensor is activated.
theft-deterrent system.
Before arming the theft-deterrent
It is recommended that the intrusion The system does not have to be
system and activating the intrusion
and inclination sensors be manually armed or disarmed.
sensor:
deactivated if pets are left in the The vehicle is automatically
. Make sure all doors and vehicle or the vehicle is being immobilized when the vehicle is
windows are completely closed. transported. turned off.
. Secure any loose items such as With the vehicle off, press o in The system is automatically
a sunshades. the front overhead console to turn disarmed when the ignition is turned
. Make sure there are no off the feature. from off to on.
obstructions blocking the The indicator light will come on The security light, in the instrument
sensors in the front overhead momentarily, indicating that these cluster, comes on if there is a
console. sensors have been disabled until problem with arming or disarming
. Close DVD screens before the next time the alarm system is the theft-deterrent system.
leaving the vehicle. armed.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

When trying to start the vehicle, the Do not leave the key or device that Exterior Mirrors
security light comes on briefly when disarms or deactivates the vehicle
the ignition is turned on. theft system in the vehicle.
Convex Mirrors
If the engine does not start and the See your dealer to get a new key
security light stays on, there is a blank cut exactly as the ignition key
problem with the system. Turn the that operates the system. { Warning
ignition off and try again. A convex mirror can make things,
If the engine still does not start, and like other vehicles, look farther
the key appears to be undamaged, away than they really are. If you
try another ignition key. It may be cut too sharply into the right lane,
necessary to check the fuse. See you could hit a vehicle on the
Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 325. right. Check the inside mirror or
If the engine still does not start with glance over your shoulder before
the other key, the vehicle needs changing lanes.
service. If the vehicle does start, the
first key may be faulty. See your
dealer. The passenger side mirror is convex
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
It is possible for the immobilizer curved so more can be seen from
system to learn new or replacement the driver seat.
keys. Up to eight keys can be
programmed for the vehicle. To
program additional keys, see Keys
(Key Access) 0 30 or Keys (Keyless
Access) 0 33. To program additional
transmitters, see your dealer.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Power Mirrors 4. Press either (1) or (2) again to Folding Mirrors
deselect the mirror. The
indicator light goes off. Power Folding
Exterior Automatic Dimming
Mirror
If equipped, the driver outside mirror
automatically adjusts for the glare of
headlamps behind. This feature
comes on when the vehicle is
started. See Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror 0 60.
Turn Signal Indicator
Shown with Power Folding The vehicle may also have a turn
Mirrors, Manual Folding Similar signal indicator on the mirror. An
To adjust the mirrors: arrow on the mirror flashes in the To adjust power folding mirrors,
direction of the turn or lane change. if equipped:
1. Press (1) or (2) to select the
driver or passenger side mirror. 1. Press { to fold the mirrors
The indicator light comes on. inward.
2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move the mirror up, 2. Press { again to return the
down, right, or left. mirrors to the driving position.
3. Adjust the outside mirror so
that the side of the vehicle and
the area behind are seen.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Resetting the Power Folding Heated Mirrors Driving with the Blind Spot
Mirrors Mirror
K : Press to heat the mirrors.
Reset the power folding mirrors if:
See “Rear Window Defogger” under
. The mirrors are accidentally Dual Automatic Climate Control
obstructed while folding. System 0 192.
. They are accidentally manually
folded/unfolded. Blind Spot Mirrors
. The mirrors will not stay in the If equipped, there is a small convex
unfolded position. mirror built into the upper and outer
. The mirrors vibrate at normal corner of the driver outside mirror.
driving speeds. It can show objects that may be in
the vehicle's blind zone.
Fold and unfold the mirrors one time
using the mirror controls to reset
them to their normal position.
A popping noise may be heard
during the resetting of the power
folding mirrors. This sound is normal
after a manual folding operation.
Manual Folding
Fold the mirrors inward to prevent
damage when going through an
automatic car wash. To fold, pull the
mirror toward the vehicle. Push the
mirror outward, to return to its Actual Mirror View
original position.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

1. When the approaching vehicle mirror for a vehicle in the blind Interior Mirrors
is a long distance away, the zone. Then, glance over your
image in the main mirror is shoulder to double check
small and near the inboard before moving slowly into the Interior Rearview Mirrors
edge of the mirror. adjacent lane. Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
2. As the vehicle gets closer, the view of the area behind your
image in the main mirror gets Reverse Tilt Mirrors vehicle.
larger and moves outboard. If equipped with memory seats, the If equipped with OnStar, there are
3. As the vehicle enters the blind passenger and/or driver mirror tilts three buttons at the bottom of the
zone, the image transitions to a preselected position when the mirror. See your dealer for more
from the main mirror to the vehicle is in R (Reverse). This information on the system and how
blind spot mirror. allows the curb to be seen when to subscribe to OnStar. See OnStar
parallel parking. Overview 0 418.
4. When the vehicle is in the blind
zone, the image only appears The mirror(s) return to the original To avoid accidental OnStar calls,
in the blind spot mirror. position when: clean the mirror with the ignition off.
. The vehicle is shifted out of Do not spray glass cleaner directly
Using the Outside Mirror with on the mirror. Use a soft towel
R (Reverse), or remains in
the Blind Spot Mirror R (Reverse) for about
dampened with water.
1. Set the main mirror so that the 30 seconds.
side of the vehicle can just be Manual Rearview Mirror
. The ignition is turned off.
seen and the blind spot mirror Push the tab forward for daytime
has an unobstructed view. . The vehicle is driven in use and pull it rearward for
R (Reverse) above a set speed. nighttime use to avoid glare of the
2. When checking for traffic or
before changing a lane, look at To turn this feature on or off, see headlamps from behind.
the main driver/passenger side Vehicle Personalization 0 170.
mirror to observe traffic in the
adjacent lane, behind your
vehicle. Check the blind spot
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Automatic Dimming Windows The vehicle aerodynamics are
designed to improve fuel economy
Rearview Mirror performance. This may result in a
If equipped, automatic dimming { Warning pulsing sound when either rear
reduces the glare of headlamps window is down and the front
from behind. The dimming feature Never leave a child, a helpless windows are up. To reduce the
comes on when the vehicle is adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, sound, open either a front window
started. especially with the windows or the sunroof, if equipped.
closed in warm or hot weather.
Child-View Mirror They can be overcome by the Power Windows
extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke. { Warning
Children could be seriously
injured or killed if caught in the
path of a closing window. Never
leave the Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) transmitter or keys in a
vehicle with children. When there
are children in the rear seat, use
the window lockout button to
prevent operation of the windows.
See Keys (Key Access) 0 30 or
If equipped, the child-view mirror is Keys (Keyless Access) 0 33.
on the overhead console. Press the
fixed button on the cover to release.
Push the mirror back up when not
in use.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Briefly press or pull the window
switch in the same direction to stop
that window’s express movement.
Window Automatic Reversal
System
The express-close feature will
reverse window movement if it
comes in contact with an object.
Extreme cold or ice could cause the
window to auto-reverse. The
window will operate normally after
The power windows work when the . Press Z to engage the rear the object or condition is removed.
ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, window lockout feature. The Automatic Reversal System
or when Retained Accessory Power indicator light is on when Override
(RAP) is active. See Retained engaged.
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 224.
Using the window switch, press to
. Press Z again to disengage. { Warning
open or pull to close the window. Window Express Movement If automatic reversal system
The windows may be temporarily All windows can be opened without override is active, the window will
disabled if they are used repeatedly holding the window switch. Press not reverse automatically. You or
within a short time. the switch down fully and quickly others could be injured and the
release to express open the window could be damaged.
Window Lockout window. Before using automatic reversal
This feature stops the rear system override, make sure that
If equipped, pull the window switch
passenger window switches from all people and obstructions are
up fully and quickly release to
working. express close the window. clear of the window path.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

When the engine is on, override the Sun Visors Roof
automatic reversal system by pulling
and holding the window switch if
conditions prevent it from closing. Sunroof
Programming the Power
Windows
Programming may be necessary if
the vehicle battery has been
disconnected or discharged. If the
window is unable to express-up,
program each express-close Pull the sun visor down to block
window: glare. Detach the sun visor from the
1. Close all doors. center mount to pivot to the side
window and, if equipped, extend
2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/
along the rod.
ACCESSORY.
3. Partially open the window to be 1. SLIDE Switch
programmed. Then close it and 2. TILT Switch
continue to pull the switch
If equipped, the sunroof only
briefly after the window has
operates when the ignition is on or
fully closed.
in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when
4. Open the window and continue Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is
to press the switch briefly after active. See Retained Accessory
the window has fully opened. Power (RAP) 0 224.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Slide Switch The sunroof also has a sunshade
Express-Open/Express-Close : To which can be pulled forward to block
express-open the sunroof, fully sun rays. The sunshade must be
opened and closed manually when
press and release I (1). To the sunroof is in the vent or fully
express-close the sunroof, fully closed position.
press and release K (1). Press
the switch again to stop the Automatic Reversal System
movement. The sunroof has an automatic
Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To reversal system that is only active Dirt and debris may collect on the
when the sunroof is operated in sunroof seal or in the track. This
open the sunroof, press and hold I express-close mode. could cause an issue with sunroof
(1). Release the switch at the operation or noise. It could also plug
desired position. Press and hold If an object is in the path while
express closing, the reversal system the water drainage system.
K (1) to close the sunroof. Periodically open the sunroof and
Release the switch at the desired will detect an object, stop, and open
the sunroof again. remove any obstacles or loose
position. debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
Tilt Switch If frost or other conditions prevent roof sealing area using a clean
closing, override the feature by cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
Vent : From the closed position, closing the sunroof in manual mode. remove grease from the sunroof.
press J (2) to vent the sunroof. To stop movement, release the
switch. If water is seen dripping into the
Press K (2) to close the water drainage system, this is
sunroof vent. normal.
When the sunroof is opened, an air
deflector will automatically raise.
The air deflector will retract when
the sunroof is closed.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
64 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Seat Belt Use During
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Infants and Young Children . . . 107
Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . 109
Restraints Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . .
90
91
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 111
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 91 Children (LATCH System) . . . 112
Head Restraints Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Replacing LATCH System
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Replacing Seat Belt System Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 120
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Securing Child Restraints (With
Front Seats the Seat Belt in the
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Airbag System Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Securing Child Restraints (With
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 67 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 94 the Seat Belt in the Center
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 When Should an Airbag Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Securing Child Restraints (With
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 What Makes an Airbag the Seat Belt in the Front
Heated and Ventilated Front Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Passenger Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Rear Seats What Will You See after an
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Heated Rear Seats (If Passenger Sensing System . . . 99
Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . 103
Seat Belts Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 104
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Replacing Airbag System Parts
How to Wear Seat Belts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Seats and Restraints 65

Head Restraints
Front Seats
The vehicle’s front seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.
{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/ Adjust the head restraint so that the The height of the head restraint can
spinal injury in a crash. Do not top of the restraint is at the same be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
drive until the head restraints for height as the top of the occupant's up to raise it. Try to move the head
all occupants are installed and head. This position reduces the restraint to make sure that it is
chance of a neck injury in a crash. locked in place.
adjusted properly.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the head
restraint down. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not removable.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Second Row Seats To lower the head restraint, press Front Seats
the button located on the top of the
The vehicle's second row seats
seatback and push the head
have head restraints in the outboard
restraint down. Seat Adjustment
seating positions that cannot be
adjusted. Return the lowered head restraint to
the upright position until it locks into { Warning
The second row seat outboard head
place. Push and pull on the head You can lose control of the
restraints are not removable.
restraint to make sure it is locked. vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
Third Row Seats If you are installing a child restraint seat while the vehicle is moving.
in the third row seat, see “Securing Adjust the driver seat only when
a Child Restraint Designed for the the vehicle is not moving.
LATCH System” under Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 112.
The third row seat head restraint

can be lowered for better visibility
when the rear seat is unoccupied.
To adjust a manual seat:
1. Pull the handle at the front of
the seat.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

2. Slide the seat to the desired Power Seat Adjustment To adjust the lumbar support, see
position and release the Lumbar Adjustment 0 67.
handle. Some vehicles are equipped with a
3. Try to move the seat back and feature that activates a vibrating
forth to be sure it is locked in pulse alert in the driver seat to help
place. the driver avoid crashes. See Driver
To adjust the seatback, see Assistance Systems 0 255.
Reclining Seatbacks 0 68.
Lumbar Adjustment
To adjust the lumbar support,
if equipped, see Lumbar Adjustment Manual Lumbar
0 67.
Center Seat
If equipped, the center front To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
seatback doubles as an armrest and . Move the seat forward or
cupholder/storage area for the driver rearward by sliding the control
and passenger when the center forward or rearward.
front seat is not used. Do not use it
as a seating position when the . If equipped, raise or lower the
seatback is folded down. front part of the seat cushion by
moving the front of the control
up or down.
. If equipped, raise or lower the
seat by moving the rear of the If equipped, move the lever up or
control up or down. down repeatedly to increase or
decrease lumbar support.
To adjust the seatback, see
Reclining Seatbacks 0 68.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Power Lumbar Reclining Seatbacks
{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the seat belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you Do not have a seatback reclined if
could go into it, receiving neck or the vehicle is moving.
To adjust the power lumbar support, other injuries.
if equipped:
Manual Reclining Seatbacks
The lap belt could go up over
. Press and hold the control your abdomen. The belt forces
forward to increase or rearward would be there, not at your pelvic { Warning
to decrease upper and lower bones. This could cause serious
If either seatback is not locked, it
lumbar support at the same time. internal injuries.
could move forward in a sudden
. If equipped, press and hold the For proper protection when the stop or crash. That could cause
control up to increase upper vehicle is in motion, have the injury to the person sitting there.
lumbar support and decrease seatback upright. Then sit well Always push and pull on the
lower lumbar support. back in the seat and wear the seatbacks to be sure they are
Press and hold the control down seat belt properly. locked.
to increase lower lumbar support
and decrease upper lumbar
support.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

To return the seatback to the upright . Tilt the top of the control forward
position: to raise.
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the Memory Seats
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
Power Reclining Seatbacks
To adjust a manual seatback:

1. Lift the lever.
The seatback will automatically
fold forward.
2. To recline, move the seatback If equipped, memory seats allow two
rearward to the desired drivers to store and recall their
position, then release the lever unique seat positions for driving the
to lock the seatback in place. vehicle, and a shared exit position
for getting out of the vehicle. Other
feature positions may also be set,
to make sure it is locked.
To recline a power seatback, such as power mirrors, power
if equipped: steering wheel, and adjustable
pedals, if equipped. Memory
. Tilt the top of the control positions are linked to RKE
rearward to recline. transmitter 1 or 2 for automatic
memory recalls.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Before storing, adjust all available DIC welcome message. Carry the Identifying Driver Number
memory feature positions. Turn the linked RKE transmitter when To identify the driver number:
ignition on and then press and entering the vehicle.
release SET; a beep will sound. 1. Start the vehicle with the other
Then immediately press and hold 1, Vehicle Personalization Settings key or RKE transmitter. The
2, or B (Exit) on the driver door . To have the Auto Memory Recall DIC should display the driver
until two beeps sound. To manually movement begin when the number; 1 or 2. Turn the
recall these positions, press and vehicle is started, select the ignition off and remove the key
Settings menu, then Vehicle, or RKE transmitter from the
hold 1, 2, or B until the saved vehicle.
then Comfort and Convenience,
position is reached. and then Auto Memory Recall. 2. Start the vehicle with the initial
The vehicle identifies the current Select On or Off. See “Auto key or RKE transmitter. The
driver’s RKE transmitter number (1– Memory Recall” later in this DIC should display the other
8). section. driver number not shown in
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) . To begin Easy Exit Recall step 1.
System Operation (Keyless Access) movement when the ignition is
0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry Saving Memory Positions
turned off and the driver door is
(RKE) System Operation (Key opened, or when the ignition is Read these instructions completely
Access) 0 41. Only RKE turned off with the driver door before saving memory positions.
transmitters 1 and 2 can be used for already opened, select the
automatic memory recalls. A Driver To save preferred driving positions
Settings menu, then Vehicle, 1 and 2:
Information Center (DIC) welcome then Comfort and Convenience,
message indicating the transmitter and then Easy Exit Options. 1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/
number may display for the first few Select On or Off. See “Easy Exit ACCESSORY.
ignition cycles following a Recall” later in this section. A DIC welcome message may
transmitter change. For Auto
. See Vehicle Personalization be displayed indicating number
Memory Recall to work properly,
0 170 for additional setting 1 or 2 for memory recalls.
save the positions to the memory
button (1 or 2) matching the RKE information.
transmitter number displayed in the
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

2. Adjust all available memory Save preferred memory feature programmed on in vehicle
features to the desired driving positions to both 1 and 2 if you are personalization, the positions saved
position. the only driver. to the same memory button number
3. Press and release SET; a beep 1 or 2 are automatically recalled
Manually Recalling Memory when the ignition is turned on,
will sound. Positions or turned from off to ACC/
4. Immediately press and hold the Press and hold 1, 2, or B to recall ACCESSORY. RKE transmitters 3–8
1 or 2 memory button matching the previously stored memory will not provide automatic memory
the above DIC welcome positions. recalls.
message until two beeps
sound. To stop manual recall movement, To turn Auto Memory Recall on or
off, see "Vehicle Personalization
If too much time passes release 1, 2, or B. Recall can also
Settings" previously in this section
between releasing SET and be stopped by pressing a power and Vehicle Personalization 0 170.
pressing 1, the memory seat, SET, power mirror control,
position will not be saved and power steering wheel control, The transmission must be in
two beeps will not sound. or adjustable pedal control, P (Park) to initiate Auto Memory
Repeat Steps 3 and 4. if memory equipped. The driver or Recall. Auto Memory Recall will
passenger side mirror must be complete if the vehicle is shifted out
1 or 2 corresponds to the driver selected. of P (Park) prior to reaching the
number. See “Identifying Driver stored memory position.
Number” in this section. Auto Memory Recall
To stop Auto Memory Recall
5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second The vehicle identifies the number of movement, turn the ignition off or
driver using 1 or 2. the current driver’s RKE transmitter press any of the following memory
(1–8). controls:
To save positions for B and easy See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
exit features, repeat Steps 1–4 System Operation (Keyless Access) . Power seat
using B. This stores the positions 0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry . Memory SET, 1, 2, or B
for getting out of the vehicle. (RKE) System Operation (Key
Access) 0 41. If the RKE transmitter . Power mirror, with the driver or
is 1 or 2, and Auto Memory Recall is passenger side mirror selected
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

. Power steering wheel, . The vehicle is turned off with the Heated and Ventilated
if equipped driver door open.
Front Seats
. Adjustable pedals, if equipped To stop Easy Exit Recall movement,
press any of the following memory
If the stored memory seat position
controls:
{ Warning
does not automatically recall or
recalls to the wrong positions, the . Power seat If temperature change or pain to
driver’s RKE transmitter number (1 the skin cannot be felt, the seat
or 2) may not match the memory . Memory SET, 1, 2, or B heater may cause burns. To
button number that positions were . Power mirror, with the driver or reduce the risk of burns, use care
saved to. Try storing the position to passenger side mirror selected when using the seat heater,
the other memory button or try the especially for long periods of
. Power steering wheel,
other RKE transmitter. time. Do not place anything on
if equipped
Easy Exit Recall the seat that insulates against
. Adjustable pedals, if equipped heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
Easy Exit Recall is not linked to an cover, or similar item. This may
RKE transmitter. The position stored Obstructions
cause the seat heater to
to B is used for all drivers. To turn If something has blocked the driver overheat. An overheated seat
Easy Exit Recall on or off, see seat and/or power steering wheel
heater may cause a burn or may
"Vehicle Personalization Settings" while recalling a memory position,
damage the seat.
previously in this section and the recall may stop. Remove the
Vehicle Personalization 0 170. obstruction and try the recall again.
If the memory position still does not
If turned on, the positions saved to recall, see your dealer for service.
B are automatically recalled when
one of the following occurs:
. The vehicle is turned off and the
driver door is opened within a
short time.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Press the button once for the The heated or ventilated seat
highest setting. With each press of indicator lights do not turn on during
the button, the seat will change to a remote start.
the next lower setting, and then to The temperature performance of an
the off setting. The indicator lights unoccupied seat may be reduced.
next to the buttons indicate three for This is normal.
the highest setting and one for the
lowest. If the heated seats are on The heated or ventilated seats will
high for an extended time, their level not turn on during a remote start
may automatically be lowered. unless they are enabled in the
vehicle personalization menu.
The passenger seat may take See Remote Vehicle Start 0 43 and
longer to heat up. Vehicle Personalization 0 170.
The buttons are on the center stack Remote Start Auto Heated and
below the climate control system. To Ventilated Seats
operate, the engine must be
running. During a remote start, the heated or
ventilated seats can be turned on
Press I to heat the driver or automatically. When it is cold
passenger seatback only. outside, the heated seats turn on,
and when it is hot outside the
Press J to heat the driver or ventilated seats turn on. The heated
passenger seat cushion and or ventilated seats are canceled
seatback. when the ignition is turned on. Press
Press C to ventilate the driver or the heated or ventilated seat button
passenger seat. to use the heated or ventilated seats
after the vehicle is started.
The indicator light on the button
comes on when this feature is on.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Rear Seats the vehicle through the rear door
and left the vehicle without the
Rear Seat Reminder vehicle being shut off.
If equipped, the message REAR The feature can be turned on or off.
SEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REAR See Vehicle Personalization 0 170.
SEAT displays under certain
conditions indicating there may be Heated Rear Seats (If
an item or passenger in the rear Equipped)
seat. Check before exiting the
vehicle.
This feature will activate when a
{ Warning
second row door is opened while If you cannot feel temperature
the vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes The buttons are on the rear of the
change or pain to the skin, the
before the vehicle is turned on. center console.
seat heater may cause burns.
There will be an alert when the See the Warning under Heated Press M or L to heat the left
vehicle is turned off. The alert does and Ventilated Front Seats 0 72. outboard or right outboard seat
not directly detect objects in the rear cushion.
seat; instead, under certain
conditions, it detects when a rear Press the button once for the
door is opened and closed, highest setting. With each press of
indicating that there may be the button, the heated seat changes
something in the rear seat. to the next lower setting, and then
the off setting. Indicator lights on the
The feature is active only once each button show the setting: three for
time the vehicle is turned on and off, high, two for medium, and one
and will require reactivation by for low.
opening and closing the second row
doors. There may be an alert even If the heated seats are on high for
when there is nothing in the rear an extended time, their level may
seat; for example, if a child entered automatically be lowered.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Second Row Seats To return the seatback to the upright Manual Fold and Tumble
position: Feature
Reclining Seatbacks
To recline the seatback: { Warning { Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it Do not leave the second row seat
could move forward in a sudden in a tumbled position while the
stop or crash. That could cause vehicle is in motion. A tumbled
injury to the person sitting there. seat is not locked. It can move
Always push and pull on the when the vehicle is in motion.
seatbacks to be sure they are People in the vehicle could be
locked. injured in a sudden stop or crash.
Be sure to return the seat to the
1. Lift the lever fully while passenger seating position before
applying pressure to the driving the vehicle. Push and pull
seatback, and the seatback will on the seat to make sure it is
return to the upright position. locked into place.
1. Lift the lever on the outboard If the lever is lifted without
side of the seat. applying pressure, the seat will
2. Move the seatback to the release to a folded position. Caution
desired position, and then 2. Push and pull on the seatback
release the lever to lock the to make sure it is locked. Folding a rear seat with the seat
seatback in place. belts still fastened may cause
The second row seats can be folded damage to the seat or the seat
3. Push and pull on the seatback for additional cargo space or folded
to make sure it is locked. belts. Always unbuckle the seat
and tumbled for easy entry and exit
belts and return them to their
to the third row seat, if equipped.
normal stowed position before
folding a rear seat.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Folding and Tumbling the Seat
To fold and tumble the seat:
1. Make sure that there is nothing
under, in front of, or on
the seat.
The seatback will fold forward 3. Lift the lever again to release
to create a flat load floor. the rear of the seat from the
If the seatback cannot fold flat, floor. The seat will tumble
try moving the front seat forward.
forward and/or put the front 4. The rear pull strap can also be
seatback in the upright used to fold or fold and tumble
2. Lift the lever, on the outboard position. the seat. It is easier to tumble
the seat from the rear pull strap
side of the seat, to release the
once the seat is already
seatback.
folded flat.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Folding and Tumbling the Seat 3. Pull the strap again to release
from the Third Row Seat the rear of the seat from the
floor. The seat will tumble
{ Warning forward.
Using the third row seating Automatic Fold and Tumble

position while the second row is Feature (If Equipped)
folded, or folded and tumbled,
could cause injury in a sudden { Warning
stop or crash. Be sure to return
Do not leave the second row seat
the seat to the passenger seating
in a tumbled position while the
position. Push and pull on the
vehicle is in motion. A tumbled
seat to make sure it is locked into 2. Pull the strap on the bottom seat is not locked. It can move
place. rear of the second row seat to
when the vehicle is in motion.
release the seatback. The
People in the vehicle could be
To fold and tumble the seat from the seatback will fold forward.
injured in a sudden stop or crash.
third row seat, if equipped: Be sure to return the seat to the
1. Make sure that there is nothing passenger seating position before
under, in front of, or on driving the vehicle. Push and pull
the seat. on the seat to make sure it is
locked into place.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Folding and Tumbling the Seat Folding and Tumbling the Seat
{ Warning To fold and tumble the seat: from the Cargo Area
Automatically folding and 1. Make sure that there is nothing
tumbling the seat when someone under, in front of, or on
is sitting in the seat, could cause the seat.
injury to the person sitting there.
Always make sure there is no one
sitting in the seat before pressing
the automatic seat release switch.
Caution
Folding a rear seat with the seat
belts still fastened may cause 1. Second Row Power Seat
damage to the seat or the seat switches
belts. Always unbuckle the seat 2. Third Row Power Seat
belts and return them to their Driver Side Rear Panel Switch switches
normal stowed position before 2. Press the automatic seat To fold and tumble the seat from the
folding a rear seat. release switch on the panel cargo area:
behind the rear doors. The
seatback automatically 1. Make sure that there is nothing
The transmission must be in under, in front of, or on
P (Park) for this feature to work. folds flat.
the seat.
Fold the seat to load cargo. Fold 3. Press the switch again to
release the rear of the seat 2. Press the switch (1) on the side
and tumble the seat to gain entry to trim of the cargo area to fold
the third row. from the floor. The seat will
tumble forward. the seatback.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

The left switch folds the left To return the seat to the sitting On third row seats (if equipped), the
seatback, and the right switch position from the tumbled position: seatbacks can be folded to increase
folds the right seatback. 1. Pull the seat down until both cargo space.
3. Press the switch again to sides of the seat are latched to Manual Operation
release the rear of the seat the floor. Make sure the seat is
from the floor. The seat will securely latched to the floor To fold the seatback (if equipped):
tumble forward. before raising the seatback. 1. Open the liftgate.
The switches (2) can be used to fold If both sides are not latched to 2. Make sure that there is nothing
or fold and unfold the third row the floor, the seatback will not under, in front of, or on
seatbacks from the cargo area. See raise. the seat.
Third Row Seats 0 79. 2. Lift the seatback and push it 3. Make sure the second row
rearward. Push and pull on the seatbacks are in the upright
Returning the Seat to the seatback to make sure it is
Sitting Position position.
locked.
{ Warning Third Row Seats See Head Restraints 0 65.
If either seatback is not locked, it Folding the Seatback

could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause Caution
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the Folding a rear seat with the seat
seatbacks to be sure they are belts still fastened may cause
locked. damage to the seat or the seat
belts. Always unbuckle the seat
belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before
folding a rear seat.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

5. Disconnect the rear seat belt
mini-latch using a key in the
slot on the mini-buckle, and let
the belt retract into the
headliner.
8. Pull up on the lever on the 1. If equipped, Second Row

back of the seat to release the Power Seat Switches
seatback.
2. If equipped, Third Row
9. Push the seatback forward to Power Seat Switches
lay flat.
To fold the seatback (if equipped):
7. Stow the mini-latch in the 10. Repeat the steps for the other
1. Open the liftgate to access the
holder in the headliner. seatback, if desired.
controls for the seat.
Automatic Operation 2. Make sure that there is nothing
The transmission must be in under, in front of, or on
P (Park) for this feature to work. the seat.
See Head Restraints 0 65. Put
the second row seatbacks in
the upright position. See
Second Row Seats 0 75.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

The switches (1) can be used to fold
or fold and tumble the second row
seats from the cargo area. See
Second Row Seats 0 75.
Returning the Seatback to the
Upright Position
Manual Operation
{ Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
4. Disconnect the rear seat belt 5. Stow the mini-latch in the could move forward in a sudden
mini-latch, using a key in the holder in the headliner. stop or crash. That could cause
slot on the mini-buckle, and let 6. Press and hold the switch (2) injury to the person sitting there.
the belt retract into the on the side trim of the cargo Always push and pull on the
headliner. area to fold the seatback. seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
The left switch folds the left
seatback, and the right switch
folds the right seatback.
7. Repeat the steps for the other
seatback, if desired.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

To return the seatback to the upright Automatic Operation
position: { Warning
A seat belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the
rear seatback, always check to be
sure that the seat belts are
properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.
3. Reconnect the center seat belt 1. Second Row Power Seat

1. From the rear of the vehicle, mini-latch to the mini-buckle. Switches
raise the seatback using the Do not let it twist. 2. Third Row Power Seat
strap on the back of the seat, 4. Pull on the seat belt to be sure Switches
or lift the seatback and push it the mini-latch is secure.
into place from inside the To return the seatback to the upright
vehicle. 5. Repeat the steps for the other position:
seatback, if desired. 1. Open the liftgate to access the
to make sure it is locked. controls for the seat.
2. Press and hold the switch (2)
on the side trim of the cargo
area to raise the seatback.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

The left switch raises the left Seat Belts
seatback, and the right switch Warning (Continued)
raises the right seatback. This section describes how to use
seat belts properly, and some things passengers to ride in any area of
the vehicle that is not equipped
{ Warning not to do.
with seats and seat belts.
A seat belt that is improperly { Warning Always wear a seat belt, and
routed, not properly attached, check that all passenger(s) are
or twisted will not provide the Do not let anyone ride where a restrained properly too.
protection needed in a crash. The seat belt cannot be worn properly.
person wearing the belt could be In a crash, if you or your
passenger(s) are not wearing This vehicle has indicators as a
seriously injured. After raising the reminder to buckle the seat belts.
rear seatback, always check to be seat belts, injuries can be much
See Seat Belt Reminders 0 151.
sure that the seat belts are worse than if you are wearing
properly routed and attached, and seat belts. You can be seriously Why Seat Belts Work
are not twisted. injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by
being ejected from the vehicle. In
3. Reconnect the center seat belt
addition, anyone who is not
mini-latch to the mini-buckle.
buckled up can strike other
Do not let it twist.
passengers in the vehicle.
4. Pull on the seat belt to be sure
the mini-latch is secure. It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
5. Repeat the steps for the other of a vehicle. In a collision,
seatback, if desired. passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

When riding in a vehicle, you travel Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why It is very important for all occupants
as fast as the vehicle does. If the should I have to wear seat to buckle up. Statistics show that
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep belts? unbelted people are hurt more often
going until something stops you. A: Airbags are supplemental in crashes than those who are
It could be the windshield, the systems only. They work with wearing seat belts.
instrument panel, or the seat belts! seat belts — not instead of them. There are important things to know
When you wear a seat belt, you and Whether or not an airbag is about wearing a seat belt properly.
the vehicle slow down together. provided, all occupants still have
There is more time to stop because to buckle up to get the most
you stop over a longer distance and, protection.
when worn properly, your strongest Also, in nearly all states and in
bones take the forces from the seat all Canadian provinces, the law
belts. That is why wearing seat belts requires wearing seat belts.
makes such good sense.
Questions and Answers About How to Wear Seat Belts
Seat Belts Properly
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle This section is only for people of
after a crash if I am wearing a adult size.
seat belt?
There are special things to know
A: You could be — whether you are about seat belts and children, and . Sit up straight and always keep
wearing a seat belt or not. Your there are different rules for smaller your feet on the floor in front
chance of being conscious children and infants. If a child will be of you.
during and after a crash, so you riding in the vehicle, see Older . Always use the correct buckle
can unbuckle and get out, is Children 0 105 or Infants and Young for your seating position.
much greater if you are belted. Children 0 107. Follow those rules . Wear the lap part of the belt low
for everyone's protection.
and snug on the hips, just
touching the thighs. In a crash,
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

this applies force to the strong Lap-Shoulder Belt
pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap All seating positions in the vehicle
belt. If you slid under it, the belt have a lap-shoulder belt except for
would apply force on your the center front passenger position,
abdomen. This could cause if equipped, which has a lap belt.
serious or even fatal injuries. See Lap Belt 0 90.
. Wear the shoulder belt over the If you are using a rear seating
shoulder and across the chest. position with a detachable seat belt,
These parts of the body are best and the seat belt is not attached,
able to take belt restraining see Third Row Seats 0 79 for
forces. The shoulder belt locks if instructions on reconnecting the
there is a sudden stop or crash. seat belt to the mini-buckle. 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
The following instructions explain the belt across you. Do not let
{ Warning how to wear a lap-shoulder belt it get twisted.
properly. The lap-shoulder belt may lock
You can be seriously injured,
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is if you pull the belt across you
or even killed, by not wearing adjustable, so you can sit up very quickly. If this happens, let
your seat belt properly. straight. To see how, see the belt go back slightly to
. Never allow the lap or “Seats” in the Index. unlock it. Then pull the belt
shoulder belt to become across you more slowly.
loose or twisted. If the shoulder portion of a
. Never wear the shoulder passenger belt is pulled out all
belt under both arms or the way, the child restraint
behind your back. locking feature may be
. Never route the lap or engaged. If this happens, let
the belt go back all the way
shoulder belt over an
and start again.
armrest.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Engaging the child restraint “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
locking feature in the front in this section for instructions
outboard seating position may on use and important safety
affect the passenger sensing information.
system. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 99.
3. Push the latch plate into the

buckle until it clicks. If the latch
plate will not go fully into the
buckle, check if the correct
buckle is being used.
Pull up on the latch plate to 5. To make the lap part tight, pull
make sure it is secure. If the up on the shoulder belt.
For front seating positions, belt is not long enough, see For third row seats, it may be
if the webbing locks in the latch Seat Belt Extender 0 91. necessary to pull stitching on
plate before it reaches the the seat belt through the latch
buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to Position the release button on
the buckle so that the seat belt plate to fully tighten the lap belt
unlock. on smaller occupants.
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt
height adjuster, move it to the
height that is right for you. See
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Before a door is closed, be sure the
seat belt is out of the way. If a door
is slammed against a seat belt,
damage can occur to both the seat
belt and the vehicle.
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
height adjuster for the driver and
front outboard passenger positions.
Adjust the height so the shoulder
portion of the belt is on the shoulder
To unlatch the belt, push the button and not falling off of it. The belt Push down on the release button to
on the buckle. The belt should should be close to, but not move the height adjuster to the
return to its stowed position. contacting, the neck. Improper desired position.
shoulder belt height adjustment
For third row seats, slide the latch Move the adjuster up by pushing up
could reduce the effectiveness of
plate up the safety webbing when on the shoulder belt guide.
the seat belt in a crash. See How to
the seat belt is not in use. The latch After the adjuster is set to the
Wear Seat Belts Properly 0 84.
plate should rest on the stitching on desired position, try to move it down
the seat belt. without pushing the release button
Always stow the seat belt slowly. to make sure it has locked into
If the seat belt webbing returns position.
quickly to the stowed position, the
retractor may lock and cannot be Seat Belt Pretensioners
pulled out. If this happens, pull the This vehicle has seat belt
seat belt straight out firmly to unlock pretensioners for front outboard
the webbing, and then release it. occupants. Although the seat belt
If the webbing is still locked in the pretensioners cannot be seen, they
retractor, see your dealer.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

are part of the seat belt assembly. Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides Second Row Outboard Seating
They can help tighten the seat belts Positions
during the early stages of a
moderate to severe frontal, near
{ Warning The vehicle has comfort guides for
the second row outboard seating
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold A seat belt that is not properly positions. The comfort guides are
conditions for pretensioner worn may not provide the stored on a clip on the interior trim
activation are met. Seat belt protection needed in a crash. The next to the outboard seatback.
pretensioners can also help tighten person wearing the belt could be
the seat belts in a side crash or a To install:
seriously injured. The shoulder
rollover event.
belt should go over the shoulder
Pretensioners work only once. If the and across the chest. These parts
pretensioners activate in a crash, of the body are best able to take
the pretensioners and probably belt restraining forces.
other parts of the vehicle's seat belt
system will need to be replaced.
See Replacing Seat Belt System Rear seat belt comfort guides may
Parts after a Crash 0 91. provide added seat belt comfort for
older children who have outgrown
Do not sit on the outboard seat belt booster seats and for some adults.
while entering or exiting the vehicle When installed on a shoulder belt,
or at any time while sitting in the the comfort guide positions the
seat. Sitting on the seat belt can shoulder belt away from the neck
damage the webbing and hardware. and head. 1. Remove the guide from its
storage clip on the interior trim
next to the outboard seatback.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

3. Be sure that the belt is not To remove and store the comfort
twisted and it lies flat. The guide, squeeze the belt edges
elastic cord must be behind the together so that the seat belt can be
belt with the plastic guide on removed from the guide. Slide the
the front. guide onto its storage clip.
Third Row Seating Positions
Comfort guides are available
through your dealer for third row
seating positions. Instructions are
included with the guides.
2. Place the guide over the belt,

Seat Belt Use During
and insert the two edges of the Pregnancy
belt into the slots of the guide. Seat belts work for everyone,
including pregnant women. Like all
occupants, they are more likely to
be seriously injured if they do not
4. Buckle, position, and release wear seat belts.
the seat belt as described
previously in this section. Make
sure the shoulder portion of the
belt is on the shoulder and not
falling off of it. The belt should
be close to, but not contacting,
the neck.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Lap Belt
This section is only for the lap belt.
To learn how to wear a lap-shoulder
belt, see Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 85.
The vehicle may have a center
seating position with a lap seat belt.
The lap seat belt does not have a
retractor.
A pregnant woman should wear a To make the belt shorter, pull its free
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap end as shown until the belt is snug.
portion should be worn as low as If the belt is not long enough, see
possible, below the rounding, Seat Belt Extender 0 91.
throughout the pregnancy.
Make sure the release button on the
The best way to protect the fetus is buckle is positioned so you would
to protect the mother. When a seat be able to unbuckle the seat belt
belt is worn properly, it is more likely quickly if necessary.
that the fetus will not be hurt in a
crash. For pregnant women, as for If you find that the latch plate will
anyone, the key to making seat To make the belt longer, tilt the latch not go fully into the buckle, see if
belts effective is wearing them plate and pull it along the belt. you are using the correct buckle. Be
properly. Buckle, position, and release it the sure that the latch plate clicks when
same way as the lap part of a inserted into the buckle.
lap-shoulder belt.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Seat Belt Extender seat belt system from performing Seat belts should be properly cared
properly. See your dealer to have it for and maintained.
If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten repaired. Torn or frayed seat belts
around you, you should use it. Seat belt hardware should be kept
may not protect you in a crash. dry and free of dust or debris. As
But if a seat belt is not long enough, They can rip apart under impact necessary exterior hard surfaces
your dealer will order you an forces. If a belt is torn or frayed, and seat belt webbing may be lightly
extender. When you go in to order it, have it replaced immediately. cleaned with mild soap and water.
take the heaviest coat you will wear, Make sure the seat belt reminder Ensure there is not excessive dust
so the extender will be long enough light is working. See Seat Belt or debris in the mechanism. If dust
for you. To help avoid personal Reminders 0 151. or debris exists in the system please
injury, do not let someone else use see the dealer. Parts may need to
it, and use it only for the seat it is Keep seat belts clean and dry. See
Seat Belt Care 0 91. be replaced to ensure proper
made to fit. The extender has been functionality of the system.
designed for adults. Never use it for
securing child restraints. For more Seat Belt Care Replacing Seat Belt
information on the proper use and fit Keep belts clean and dry.
of seat belt extenders see the System Parts after a
instruction sheet that comes with Crash
the extender. { Warning
Safety System Check
Do not bleach or dye seat belt { Warning
webbing. It may severely weaken
Periodically check the seat belt the webbing. In a crash, they A crash can damage the seat belt
reminder, seat belts, buckles, latch might not be able to provide system in the vehicle. A damaged
plates, retractors, shoulder belt adequate protection. Clean and seat belt system may not properly
height adjusters (if equipped), and rinse seat belt webbing only with protect the person using it,
seat belt anchorages to make sure mild soap and lukewarm water. resulting in serious injury or even
they are all in working order. Look Allow the webbing to dry. death in a crash. To help make
for any other loose or damaged seat sure the seat belt systems are
belt system parts that might keep a (Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Airbag System All vehicle airbags have the word
Warning (Continued) AIRBAG on the trim or on an
The vehicle has the following attached label near the deployment
working properly after a crash, airbags: opening.
have them inspected and any
necessary replacements made as . A frontal airbag for the driver For frontal airbags, the word
soon as possible. . A frontal airbag for the front AIRBAG is on the center of the
outboard passenger steering wheel for the driver and on
the instrument panel for the front
After a minor crash, replacement of . A seat-mounted side impact outboard passenger.
seat belts may not be necessary. airbag for the driver
But the seat belt assemblies that For the front center airbag, the word
. A seat-mounted side impact AIRBAG is on the inboard side of
were used during any crash may airbag for the front outboard
have been stressed or damaged. the driver seatback.
passenger
See your dealer to have the seat For seat-mounted side impact
belt assemblies inspected or . A roof-rail airbag for the driver airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
replaced. and for the second and third row side of the seatback closest to
passengers seated directly the door.
New parts and repairs may be behind the driver
necessary even if the seat belt For roof-rail airbags, the word
system was not being used at the . A roof-rail airbag for the front AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
time of the crash. outboard passenger and the
second and third row Airbags are designed to supplement
Have the seat belt pretensioners passengers seated directly the protection provided by seat
checked if the vehicle has been in a behind the front outboard belts. Even though today's airbags
crash, or if the airbag readiness light passenger are also designed to help reduce
stays on after you start the vehicle the risk of injury from the force of an
or while you are driving. See Airbag The vehicle may have the following inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
Readiness Light 0 151. airbag: very quickly to do their job.
. A front center airbag for the
driver and front outboard
passenger
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system: { Warning Warning (Continued)
Because airbags inflate with great Occupants should not lean on or
{ Warning force and faster than the blink of sleep against the front center
You can be severely injured or an eye, anyone who is up armrest or console in vehicles
killed in a crash if you are not against, or very close to any with a front center airbag.
wearing your seat belt, even with airbag when it inflates can be Occupants should not lean on or
airbags. Airbags are designed to seriously injured or killed. Do not sleep against the door or side
work with seat belts, not replace sit unnecessarily close to any windows in seating positions with
them. Also, airbags are not airbag, as you would be if sitting seat-mounted side impact airbags
designed to inflate in every crash. on the edge of the seat or leaning and/or roof-rail airbags.
In some crashes seat belts are forward. Seat belts help keep you
the only restraint. See When in position before and during a
Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 96. crash. Always wear a seat belt,
Wearing your seat belt during a

even with airbags. The driver { Warning
should sit as far back as possible
crash helps reduce your chance while still maintaining control of Children who are up against,
of hitting things inside the vehicle the vehicle. The seat belts and or very close to, any airbag when
or being ejected from it. Airbags the front outboard passenger it inflates can be seriously injured
are “supplemental restraints” to airbags are most effective when or killed. Always secure children
the seat belts. Everyone in the you are sitting well back and properly in the vehicle. To read
vehicle should wear a seat belt upright in the seat with both feet how, see Older Children 0 105 or
properly, whether or not there is on the floor. Infants and Young Children
an airbag for that person. 0 107.
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Where Are the Airbags?
There is an airbag readiness light

on the instrument cluster, which
shows the airbag symbol.
The system checks the airbag
electrical system for malfunctions.
The light tells you if there is an
electrical problem. See Airbag The front outboard passenger
Readiness Light 0 151. frontal airbag is in the passenger
The driver frontal airbag is in the side instrument panel.
center of the steering wheel.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

If the vehicle has a front center
airbag, it is in the inboard side of the Warning (Continued)
driver seatback.
or even death. The path of an
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Do not use seat or console
Driver Side Shown, Passenger accessories that block the
Side Similar inflation path of a seat-mounted
The roof-rail airbags for the driver, side impact airbag or the front
Driver Side Shown, Passenger front outboard passenger, and center airbag, if equipped.
Side Similar second and third row outboard Never secure anything to the roof
The driver and front outboard seating positions are in the ceiling of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
passenger seat-mounted side above the side windows. by routing a rope or tie-down
impact airbags are in the side of the through any door or window
seatbacks closest to the door. { Warning opening. If you do, the path of an
inflating roof-rail airbag will be
If something is between an blocked.
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

When Should an Airbag It depends on what is hit, the upon the location of the impact,
direction of the impact, and how when either side of the vehicle is
Inflate? quickly the vehicle slows down. struck. In addition, the front center
This vehicle is equipped with Frontal airbags may inflate at airbag is designed to inflate when
airbags. See Airbag System 0 92. different crash speeds depending on the sensing system predicts that the
Airbags are designed to inflate if the whether the vehicle hits an object vehicle is about to roll over on its
impact exceeds the specific airbag straight on or at an angle, and side. The front center airbag is not
system's deployment threshold. whether the object is fixed or designed to inflate in frontal
Deployment thresholds are used to moving, rigid or deformable, narrow impacts, near frontal impacts,
predict how severe a crash is likely or wide. or rear impacts.
to be in time for the airbags to Seat-mounted side impact airbags
inflate and help restrain the Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear are designed to inflate in moderate
occupants. The vehicle has to severe side crashes depending
electronic sensors that help the impacts, or many side impacts.
on the location of the impact.
airbag system determine the In addition, the vehicle has Seat-mounted side impact airbags
severity of the impact. Deployment advanced technology frontal are not designed to inflate in frontal
thresholds can vary with specific airbags. Advanced technology impacts, near frontal impacts,
vehicle design. frontal airbags adjust the restraint rollovers, or rear impacts.
Frontal airbags are designed to according to crash severity. A seat-mounted side impact airbag
inflate in moderate to severe frontal The vehicle also has a seat position is designed to inflate on the side of
or near frontal crashes to help sensor that enables the sensing the vehicle that is struck.
reduce the potential for severe system to monitor the position of the Roof-rail airbags are designed to
injuries, mainly to the driver's or driver seat. The seat position sensor inflate in moderate to severe side
front outboard passenger's head provides information that is used to crashes depending on the location
and chest. adjust the deployment of the driver of the impact. In addition, these
Whether the frontal airbags will or frontal airbag. roof-rail airbags are designed to
should inflate is not based primarily The front center airbag, if equipped, inflate during a rollover or in a
on how fast the vehicle is traveling. is designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal impact. Roof-rail
severe side crashes depending airbags are not designed to inflate in
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags How Does an Airbag But airbags would not help in many
will inflate when either side of the types of collisions, primarily
vehicle is struck, if the sensing
Restrain? because the occupant's motion is
system predicts that the vehicle is In moderate to severe frontal or not toward those airbags. See When
about to roll over on its side, or in a near frontal collisions, even belted Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 96.
severe frontal impact. occupants can contact the steering Airbags should never be regarded
In any particular crash, no one can wheel or the instrument panel. In as anything more than a supplement
say whether an airbag should have moderate to severe side collisions, to seat belts.
inflated simply because of the even belted occupants can contact
the inside of the vehicle.
vehicle damage or the repair costs. What Will You See after
Airbags supplement the protection an Airbag Inflates?
What Makes an Airbag provided by seat belts by
distributing the force of the impact After frontal and seat-mounted side
Inflate? more evenly over the impact airbags inflate, they quickly
In a deployment event, the sensing occupant's body. deflate, so quickly that some people
system sends an electrical signal may not even realize the airbags
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
triggering a release of gas from the inflated. The front center airbag and
are designed to help contain the
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the roof-rail airbags may still be at least
head and chest of occupants in the
airbag causing the bag to break out partially inflated for some time after
outboard seating positions in the
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, they inflate. Some components of
first, second, and third rows. The
and related hardware are all part of the airbag module may be hot for
rollover capable roof-rail airbags are
the airbag module. several minutes. For location of the
designed to help reduce the risk of
For airbag locations, see Where Are airbags, see Where Are the
full or partial ejection in rollover
the Airbags? 0 94. Airbags? 0 94.
events, although no system can
prevent all such ejections. The parts of the airbag that come
into contact with you may be warm,
but not too hot to touch. There may
be some smoke and dust coming
from the vents in the deflated
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

airbags. Airbag inflation does not fuel system after the airbags inflate.
prevent the driver from seeing out of The feature may also activate, Warning (Continued)
the windshield or being able to steer without airbag inflation, after an
the vehicle, nor does it prevent event that exceeds a predetermined Use caution if you should attempt
people from leaving the vehicle. threshold. After turning the ignition to restart the engine after a crash
off and then on again, the fuel has occurred.
{ Warning system will return to normal
operation; the doors can be locked, In many crashes severe enough to
When an airbag inflates, there the interior lamps can be turned off, inflate the airbag, windshields are
may be dust in the air. This dust and the hazard warning flashers can broken by vehicle deformation.
could cause breathing problems be turned off using the controls for Additional windshield breakage may
for people with a history of those features. If any of these also occur from the front outboard
asthma or other breathing trouble. systems are damaged in the crash passenger airbag.
To avoid this, everyone in the they may not operate as normal.
. Airbags are designed to inflate
vehicle should get out as soon as only once. After an airbag
it is safe to do so. If you have { Warning inflates, you will need some new
breathing problems but cannot parts for the airbag system.
get out of the vehicle after an A crash severe enough to inflate
If you do not get them, the
airbag inflates, then get fresh air the airbags may have also
airbag system will not be there
by opening a window or a door. damaged important functions in to help protect you in another
If you experience breathing the vehicle, such as the fuel crash. A new system will include
problems following an airbag system, brake and steering airbag modules and possibly
deployment, you should seek systems, etc. Even if the vehicle other parts. The service manual
medical attention. appears to be drivable after a for the vehicle covers the need
moderate crash, there may be to replace other parts.
concealed damage that could
The vehicle has a feature that may . The vehicle has a crash sensing
make it difficult to safely operate
automatically unlock the doors, turn and diagnostic module which
the vehicle.
on the interior lamps and hazard records information after a
warning flashers, and shut off the (Continued) crash.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

See Vehicle Data Recording and determine if the front outboard
Privacy 0 416 and Event Data passenger frontal airbag should be
Recorders 0 416. allowed to inflate or not.
. Let only qualified technicians According to accident statistics,
work on the airbag systems. children are safer when properly
Improper service can mean that secured in a rear seat in the correct
an airbag system will not work Canada and Mexico child restraint for their weight
properly. See your dealer for The words ON and OFF, or the and size.
service. symbols for on and off, will be Whenever possible, children aged
visible during the system check. 12 and under should be secured in
Passenger Sensing When the system check is a rear seating position.
System complete, either the word ON or
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will the front. This is because the risk to
The vehicle has a passenger be visible. See Passenger Airbag
sensing system for the front the rear-facing child is so great,
Status Indicator 0 152.
outboard passenger position. The if the airbag inflates.
passenger airbag status indicator The passenger sensing system
will light on the overhead console
when the vehicle is started.
turns off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag under
{ Warning
certain conditions. No other airbag A child in a rear-facing child
is affected by the passenger restraint can be seriously injured
sensing system. or killed if the passenger frontal
The passenger sensing system airbag inflates. This is because
works with sensors that are part of the back of the rear-facing child
the front outboard passenger seat restraint would be very close to
United States and seat belt. The sensors are the inflating airbag. A child in a
designed to detect the presence of forward-facing child restraint can
a properly seated occupant and be seriously injured or killed if the
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

The passenger sensing system is When the passenger sensing
Warning (Continued) designed to turn off the front system has allowed the airbag to be
outboard passenger frontal airbag if: enabled, the on indicator will light
passenger frontal airbag inflates and stay lit as a reminder that the
and the passenger seat is in a . The front outboard passenger
seat is unoccupied. airbag is active.
forward position.
. The system determines an infant For some children, including
Even if the passenger sensing children in child restraints, and for
system has turned off the is present in a child restraint.
very small adults, the passenger
passenger frontal airbag, no . A front outboard passenger sensing system may or may not turn
system is fail-safe. No one can takes his/her weight off of the off the front outboard passenger
guarantee that an airbag will not seat for a period of time. frontal airbag, depending upon the
deploy under some unusual . There is a critical problem with person's seating posture and body
circumstance, even though the the airbag system or the build. Everyone in the vehicle who
airbag is turned off. passenger sensing system. has outgrown child restraints should
wear a seat belt properly — whether
Never put a rear-facing child When the passenger sensing or not there is an airbag for that
restraint in the front seat, even if system has turned off the front person.
the airbag is off. If securing a outboard passenger frontal airbag,
forward-facing child restraint in the off indicator will light and stay lit
the front outboard passenger as a reminder that the airbag is off. { Warning
seat, always move the seat as far See Passenger Airbag Status If the airbag readiness light ever
back as it will go. It is better to Indicator 0 152. comes on and stays on, it means
secure child restraints in the rear The passenger sensing system is that something may be wrong
seat. Consider using another designed to turn on the front with the airbag system. To help
vehicle to transport the child outboard passenger frontal airbag avoid injury to yourself or others,
when a rear seat is not available. anytime the system senses that a have the vehicle serviced right
person of adult size is sitting
(Continued)
properly in the front outboard
passenger seat.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

manufacturer and refer to sure that the vehicle seatback
Warning (Continued) Securing Child Restraints (With is not pushing the child
the Seat Belt in the Center restraint into the seat cushion.
away. See Airbag Readiness Front Seat) 0 123 or Securing Also make sure the child
Light 0 151 for more information, Child Restraints (With the Seat restraint is not trapped under
including important safety Belt in the Front Passenger the vehicle head restraint.
information. Seat) 0 123 or Securing Child If this happens, adjust the head
Restraints (With the Seat Belt restraint. See Head Restraints
in the Rear Seat) 0 121. 0 65.
If the On Indicator Is Lit for a
Child Restraint Make sure the seat belt 6. Restart the vehicle.
retractor is locked by pulling
The passenger sensing system is the shoulder belt all the way The passenger sensing system may
designed to turn off the front out of the retractor when or may not turn off the airbag for a
outboard passenger frontal airbag if installing the child restraint, child in a child restraint depending
the system determines that an infant even if the child restraint is upon the child’s size. It is better to
is present in a child restraint. If a equipped with a seat belt lock secure the child restraint in a rear
child restraint has been installed off. When the retractor lock is seat. Never put a rear-facing child
and the on indicator is lit: set, the belt can be tightened restraint in the front seat, even if the
1. Turn the vehicle off. but not pulled out of the on indicator is not lit.
retractor.
2. Remove the child restraint from
the vehicle. 5. If, after reinstalling the child
restraint and restarting the
3. Remove any additional items vehicle, the on indicator is still
from the seat such as blankets, lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
cushions, seat covers, seat slightly recline the vehicle
heaters, or seat massagers. seatback and adjust the seat
4. Reinstall the child restraint cushion, if adjustable, to make
following the directions
provided by the child restraint
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 2. Remove any additional material
Adult-Sized Occupant from the seat, such as { Warning
blankets, cushions, seat
covers, seat heaters, or seat If the front outboard passenger
massagers. airbag is turned off for an
adult-sized occupant, the airbag
3. Place the seatback in the fully will not be able to inflate and help
upright position. protect that person in a crash,
4. Have the person sit upright in resulting in an increased risk of
the seat, centered on the seat serious injury or even death. An
cushion, with legs comfortably adult-sized occupant should not
extended. ride in the front outboard
5. If the shoulder portion of the passenger seat, if the passenger
belt is pulled out all the way, airbag off indicator is lit.
the child restraint locking
feature will be engaged. This Additional Factors Affecting
If a person of adult size is sitting in
may unintentionally cause the
the front outboard passenger seat, System Operation
passenger sensing system to
but the off indicator is lit, it could be Seat belts help keep the passenger
turn the airbag off for some
because that person is not sitting in position on the seat during
adult-sized occupants. If this
properly in the seat or that the child vehicle maneuvers and braking,
happens, unbuckle the belt, let
restraint locking feature is engaged. which helps the passenger sensing
the belt go back all the way,
Use the following steps to allow the system maintain the passenger
and then buckle the belt again
system to detect that person and airbag status. See “Seat Belts” and
without pulling the belt out all
enable the front outboard passenger “Child Restraints” in the Index for
the way.
frontal airbag: additional information about the
6. Restart the vehicle and have
1. Turn the vehicle off. importance of proper restraint use.
the person remain in this
position for two to three minutes
after the on indicator is lit.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

A thick layer of additional material,
such as a blanket or cushion, Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
or aftermarket equipment such as
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat seatback may interfere with the are close to an airbag when it
massagers can affect how well the proper operation of the passenger inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
passenger sensing system sensing system. They are probably part of the
operates. We recommend that you airbag system. Be sure to follow
not use seat covers or other proper service procedures, and
aftermarket equipment except when
Servicing the make sure the person performing
approved by GM for your specific Airbag-Equipped Vehicle work for you is qualified to do so.
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to Airbags affect how the vehicle
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 103 should be serviced. There are parts
for more information about Adding Equipment to the
of the airbag system in several
modifications that can affect how places around the vehicle. Your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
the system operates. dealer and the service manual have Adding accessories that change the
The on indicator may be lit if an information about servicing the vehicle's frame, bumper system,
object, such as a briefcase, vehicle and the airbag system. To height, front end, or side sheet
handbag, grocery bag, laptop, purchase a service manual, see metal may keep the airbag system
or other electronic device, is put on Service Publications Ordering from working properly.
an unoccupied seat. If this is not Information 0 413.
The operation of the airbag system
desired, remove the object from
can also be affected by changing
the seat. { Warning any parts of the front seats, seat
belts, airbag sensing and diagnostic
{ Warning For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the
module, steering wheel, instrument
panel, inner door seals including the
Stowing articles under the battery is disconnected, an airbag speakers, any of the airbag
passenger seat or between the can still inflate during improper modules, ceiling or pillar garnish
passenger seat cushion and service. You can be injured if you trim, overhead console, front
(Continued) (Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

sensors, side impact sensors, turning off the passenger airbag(s).
airbag wiring, or front center See Passenger Sensing System Caution
console. 0 99.
If an airbag covering is damaged,
Your dealer and the service manual If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail opened, or broken, the airbag
have information about the location airbags, see Different Size Tires may not work properly. Do not
of the airbag sensors, sensing and and Wheels 0 353 for additional open or break the airbag
diagnostic module, and airbag important information. coverings. If there are any
wiring. If you have to modify your vehicle opened or broken airbag
In addition, the vehicle has a because you have a disability and coverings, have the airbag
passenger sensing system for the you have questions about whether covering and/or airbag module
front outboard passenger position, the modifications will affect the replaced. For the location of the
which includes sensors that are part vehicle's airbag system, or if you airbags, see Where Are the
of the passenger's seat. The have questions about whether the Airbags? 0 94. See your dealer
passenger sensing system may not airbag system will be affected if the for service.
operate properly if the original seat vehicle is modified for any other
trim is replaced with non-GM reason, call Customer Assistance.
covers, upholstery, or trim, or with See Customer Assistance Offices Replacing Airbag System
GM covers, upholstery, or trim 0 406. Parts after a Crash
designed for a different vehicle. Any
object, such as an aftermarket seat Airbag System Check
heater or a comfort enhancing pad { Warning
or device, installed under or on top The airbag system does not need
regularly scheduled maintenance or A crash can damage the airbag
of the seat fabric, could also
interfere with the operation of the replacement. Make sure the airbag systems in the vehicle.
passenger sensing system. This readiness light is working. See A damaged airbag system may
could either prevent proper Airbag Readiness Light 0 151. not properly protect you and your
deployment of the passenger passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger in serious injury or even death. To
sensing system from properly (Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

.
Warning (Continued) Child Restraints Sit all the way back on the seat.
Do the knees bend at the seat
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
help make sure the airbag Older Children return to the booster seat.
systems are working properly
after a crash, have them . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.
inspected and any necessary Does the shoulder belt rest on
replacements made as soon as the shoulder? If yes, continue.
possible. If no, try using the rear seat belt
comfort guide, if available. See
“Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”
If an airbag inflates, you will need to under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 85.
replace airbag system parts. See If a comfort guide is not
your dealer for service. available, or if the shoulder belt
If the airbag readiness light stays on still does not rest on the
after the vehicle is started or comes shoulder, then return to the
on when you are driving, the airbag booster seat.
system may not work properly. Have . Does the lap belt fit low and
the vehicle serviced right away. See Older children who have outgrown
snug on the hips, touching the
Airbag Readiness Light 0 151. booster seats should wear the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
vehicle’s seat belts.
return to the booster seat.
The manufacturer instructions that . Can proper seat belt fit be
come with the booster seat state the
maintained for the length of the
weight and height limitations for that
trip? If yes, continue. If no,
booster. Use a booster seat with a
return to the booster seat.
lap-shoulder belt until the child
passes the fit test below:
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

If you have the choice, a child In a crash, children who are not
should sit in a position with a buckled up can strike other people
lap-shoulder belt and get the who are buckled up, or can be
additional restraint a shoulder thrown out of the vehicle. Older
belt can provide. children need to use seat belts
Q: What is the proper way to properly.
wear seat belts?
A: An older child should wear a
{ Warning
lap-shoulder belt and get the Never allow more than one child
additional restraint a shoulder to wear the same seat belt. The
belt can provide. The shoulder seat belt cannot properly spread
belt should not cross the face or the impact forces. In a crash, they
neck. The lap belt should fit
snugly below the hips, just
can be crushed together and { Warning
seriously injured. A seat belt must
touching the top of the thighs. Never allow a child to wear the
be used by only one person at
This applies belt force to the seat belt with the shoulder belt
child's pelvic bones in a crash. a time.
behind their back. A child can be
It should never be worn over the seriously injured by not wearing
abdomen, which could cause the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
severe or even fatal internal crash, the child would not be
injuries in a crash. restrained by the shoulder belt.
Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort The child could move too far
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt forward increasing the chance of
0 85. head and neck injury. The child
According to accident statistics, might also slide under the lap
children are safer when properly belt. The belt force would then be
restrained in a rear seating position. applied right on the abdomen.
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

need, for everyone, to use safety
Warning (Continued) restraints. In fact, the law in every Warning (Continued)
state in the United States and in
That could cause serious or fatal every Canadian province says Never leave children unattended
injuries. The shoulder belt should children up to some age must be in a vehicle and never allow
go over the shoulder and across restrained while in a vehicle. children to play with the seat
the chest. belts.
{ Warning
Every time infants and young
Children can be seriously injured children ride in vehicles, they should
or strangled if a shoulder belt is have the protection provided by
wrapped around their neck. The appropriate child restraints. Neither
shoulder belt can tighten but the vehicle's seat belt system nor its
cannot be loosened if it is locked. airbag system is designed for them.
The shoulder belt locks when it is Children who are not restrained
pulled all the way out of the properly can strike other people,
retractor. It unlocks when the or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
the way back into the retractor,
but it cannot do this if it is
{ Warning
wrapped around a child’s neck. Never hold an infant or a child
Infants and Young If the shoulder belt is locked and while riding in a vehicle. Due to
Children tightened around a child’s neck, crash forces, an infant or a child
the only way to loosen the belt is will become so heavy it is not
Everyone in a vehicle needs to cut it. possible to hold it during a crash.
protection! This includes infants and For example, in a crash at only
(Continued)
all other children. Neither the 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
distance traveled nor the age and
size of the traveler changes the (Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Child restraints are devices used to
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) restrain, seat, or position children in
the vehicle and are sometimes
infant will suddenly become a or killed. Never put a rear-facing called child seats or car seats.
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's child restraint in the front
arms. An infant or child should be outboard seat. Secure a There are three basic types of
secured in an appropriate rear-facing child restraint in a rear child restraints:
restraint. seat. It is also better to secure a . Forward-facing child restraints
forward-facing child restraint in a
. Rearward-facing child restraints
rear seat. If you must secure a
forward-facing child restraint in . Belt-positioning booster seats
the front outboard seat, always The proper child restraint for your
move the front passenger seat as child depends on their size, weight,
far back as it will go. and age, and also on whether the
child restraint is compatible with the
vehicle in which it will be used.
For each type of child restraint,
there are many different models
available. When purchasing a child
restraint, be sure it is designed to be
used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the
restraint will have a label saying that
{ Warning it meets federal motor vehicle safety
standards. The restraint
Children who are up against, manufacturer's instructions that
or very close to, any airbag when come with the restraint state the
it inflates can be seriously injured weight and height limitations for a
particular child restraint. In addition,
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

there are many kinds of restraints The harness system holds the infant
available for children with special Warning (Continued) in place and, in a crash, acts to
needs. keep the infant positioned in the
injuries. To reduce the risk of restraint.
serious or fatal injuries during a
{ Warning crash, young children should
To reduce the risk of neck and always be secured in appropriate
head injury in a crash, infants and child restraints.
toddlers should be secured in a
rear-facing child restraint until age Child Restraint Systems
two, or until they reach the
maximum height and weight limits
of their child restraint.
{ Warning Forward-Facing Child Restraint

A young child's hip bones are still A forward-facing child restraint
so small that the vehicle's regular provides restraint for the child's
seat belt may not remain low on body with the harness.
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash, Rear-Facing Infant Restraint
the belt would apply force on a
A rear-facing child restraint provides
body area that is unprotected by restraint with the seating surface
any bony structure. This alone against the back of the infant.
could cause serious or fatal
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Securing an Add-On Child When securing an add-on child
Restraint in the Vehicle restraint, refer to the instructions
that come with the restraint which
may be on the restraint itself or in a
{ Warning booklet, or both, and to this manual.
A child can be seriously injured or The child restraint instructions are
killed in a crash if the child important, so if they are not
restraint is not properly secured in available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle Keep in mind that an unsecured
using the vehicle’s seat belt or child restraint can move around in a
LATCH system, following the collision or sudden stop and injure
Booster Seats instructions that came with that people in the vehicle. Be sure to
A belt-positioning booster seat is child restraint and the instructions properly secure any child restraint in
used for children who have in this manual. the vehicle — even when no child is
outgrown their forward-facing child in it.
restraint. Boosters are designed to To help reduce the chance of injury, In some areas of the United States
improve the fit of the vehicle's seat the child restraint must be secured and Canada, Certified Child
belt system until the child is large in the vehicle. Child restraints must Passenger Safety Technicians
enough for the vehicle seat belts to be secured in vehicle seats by lap (CPSTs) are available to inspect
fit properly without a booster seat. belts or the lap belt portion of a and demonstrate how to correctly
See the seat belt fit test in Older lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH use and install child restraints. In
Children 0 105. system. See Lower Anchors and the U.S., refer to the National
Tethers for Children (LATCH Highway Traffic Safety
System) 0 112 for more information. Administration (NHTSA) website to
Children can be endangered in a locate the nearest child safety seat
crash if the child restraint is not inspection station. For CPST
properly secured in the vehicle.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

availability in Canada, check with The vehicle may be equipped with a
Transport Canada or the Provincial front center airbag in the inboard Warning (Continued)
Ministry of Transportation office. side of the driver seat. Even with a
front center airbag, a child restraint Even if the passenger sensing
Securing the Child Within the can be installed in any second row system has turned off the front
Child Restraint seating position. passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
Never put a rear-facing child
{ Warning restraint in the front. This is because
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
A child can be seriously injured or the risk to the rear-facing child is so
circumstance, even though it is
great if the airbag deploys.
killed in a crash if the child is not turned off.
properly secured in the child
restraint. Secure the child { Warning Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
properly following the instructions
A child in a rear-facing child is off. If you secure a
that came with that child restraint.
restraint can be seriously injured forward-facing child restraint in
or killed if the front passenger the front seat, always move the
Where to Put the airbag inflates. This is because front passenger seat as far back
the back of the rear-facing child as it will go. It is better to secure
Restraint restraint would be very close to the child restraint in a rear seat.
According to accident statistics, the inflating airbag. A child in a
children and infants are safer when See Passenger Sensing System
forward-facing child restraint can 0 99 for additional information.
properly restrained in an appropriate be seriously injured or killed if the
child restraint secured in a rear front passenger airbag inflates
seating position. and the passenger seat is in a
Whenever possible, children aged forward position.
12 and under should be secured in (Continued)
a rear seating position.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

passengers or child restraints. vehicle. The LATCH system is
{ Warning Adjacent seating positions should designed to make installation of a
not be used if the child restraint child restraint easier.
A child in a child restraint in the prevents access to or interferes with
center front seat can be badly In order to use the LATCH system in
the routing of the seat belt. your vehicle, you need a child
injured or killed by the frontal
airbags if they inflate. Never Wherever a child restraint is restraint that has LATCH
secure a child restraint in the installed, be sure to follow the attachments. LATCH-compatible
center front seat. It is always instructions that came with the child rear-facing and forward-facing child
restraint system and secure the seats can be properly installed
better to secure a child restraint in
child restraint system properly. using either the LATCH anchors or
a rear seat.
Keep in mind that an unsecured the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not use
child restraint can move around in a both the seat belts and the LATCH
Do not use child restraints in the collision or sudden stop and injure anchorage system to secure a
center front seat position. people in the vehicle. Be sure to rear-facing or forward-facing
properly secure any child restraint in child seat.
When securing a child restraint with
the seat belts in a rear seat position, the vehicle — even when no child is Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat
study the instructions that came with in it. belts to secure the child and the
the child restraint to make sure it is booster seat. If the manufacturer
compatible with this vehicle. Lower Anchors and recommends that the booster seat
be secured with the LATCH system,
Child restraints and booster seats Tethers for Children this can be done as long as the
vary considerably in size, and some (LATCH System) booster seat can be positioned
may fit in certain seating positions
The LATCH system secures a child properly and there is no interference
better than others.
restraint during driving or in a crash. with the proper positioning of the
Depending on where you place the LATCH attachments on the child lap-shoulder belt on the child.
child restraint and the size of the restraint are used to attach the child Make sure to follow the instructions
child restraint, you may not be able restraint to the anchors in the that came with the child restraint,
to access adjacent seat belts or
and also the instructions in this
LATCH anchors for additional
manual.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

When installing a child restraint with The following explains how to attach Lower Anchors
a top tether, you must also use a child restraint with these
either the lower anchors or the seat attachments in the vehicle.
belts to properly secure the child Not all vehicle seating positions
restraint. A child restraint must have lower anchors. In this case,
never be installed using only the top the seat belt must be used (with top
tether and anchor. tether where available) to secure
The LATCH anchorage system can the child restraint.
be used until the combined weight See Securing Child Restraints (With
of the child plus the child restraint is the Seat Belt in the Center Front
29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the seat belt Seat) 0 123 or Securing Child
alone instead of the LATCH Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the
anchorage system once the Front Passenger Seat) 0 123 or
combined weight is more than Securing Child Restraints (With the
29.5 kg (65 lbs). Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 121. Lower anchors (1) are metal bars
See Securing Child Restraints (With built into the vehicle. There are two
the Seat Belt in the Center Front lower anchors for each LATCH
Seat) 0 123 or Securing Child seating position that will
Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the accommodate a child restraint with
Front Passenger Seat) 0 123 or lower attachments (2).
Securing Child Restraints (With the
Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 121.
Child restraints built after March
2014 will be labeled with the
specific child weight up to which the
LATCH system can be used to
install the restraint.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Top Tether Anchor Some child restraints with top I : Seating positions with top
tethers are designed for use with or tether anchors.
without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations
A top tether (3,4) is used to secure Second Row — Bucket
the top of the child restraint to the
vehicle. A top tether anchor is built H : Seating positions with two
into the vehicle. The top tether lower anchors.
attachment hook (2) on the child I : Seating positions with top
restraint connects to the top tether tether anchors.
anchor in the vehicle in order to
reduce the forward movement and
rotation of the child restraint during
driving or in a crash.
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Second Row — 60/40
Either will have a single attachment
hook (2) to secure the top tether to H : Seating positions with two
the anchor. lower anchors.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
To assist in locating the top tether

anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is near the top tether
anchors for second row seats. For
third row seats (if equipped), the top
tether anchor symbol is on the
Third Row Seat flipper panel. Second Row Seat — Bucket
I : Seating positions with top For models with bucket second row
tether anchors. seating, the top tether anchors are
at the bottom rear of the seat
cushion for each seating position in
the second row. Be sure to use an
anchor on the same side of the
vehicle as the seating position
where the child restraint will be
placed.
To assist in locating the lower
anchors, each seating position with
lower anchors has two labels, near
the crease between the seatback
and the seat cushion.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint 0 111 for additional
information.
Securing a Child Restraint
Designed for the LATCH
System
Second Row Seat — 60/40 Third Row Seat
For models with 60/40 second row For models with a third row seat, the
{ Warning
seating, the top tether anchors are top tether anchors are on the back A child could be seriously injured
at the bottom rear of the seat of the seatback. Move the flipper or killed in a crash if the child
cushion for each seating position in panel rearward to access the restraint is not properly attached
the second row. Be sure to use a anchors. Be sure to use a top tether to the vehicle using either the
top tether anchor directly behind the anchor directly behind the seating LATCH anchors or the vehicle
seating position where the child position where the child restraint will seat belt. Follow the instructions
restraint will be placed. be placed.
that came with the child restraint
Do not secure a child restraint in a and the instructions in this
position without a top tether anchor manual.
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
{ Warning Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued)

To reduce the risk of serious or but it cannot do this if it is Do not fold the rear seatback
fatal injuries during a crash, do wrapped around a child’s neck. when the seat is occupied. Do not
not attach more than one child If the shoulder belt is locked and fold the empty rear seat with a
restraint to a single anchor. tightened around a child’s neck, seat belt buckled. This could
Attaching more than one child the only way to loosen the belt is damage the seat belt or the seat.
restraint to a single anchor could to cut it. Unbuckle and return the seat belt
cause the anchor or attachment Buckle any unused seat belts to its stowed position, before
to come loose or even break behind the child restraint so folding the seat.
during a crash. A child or others children cannot reach them. Pull
could be injured. the shoulder belt all the way out The vehicle may be equipped with a
of the retractor to set the lock, front center airbag in the inboard
and tighten the belt behind the side of the driver seat. Even with a
{ Warning child restraint after the child
restraint has been installed.
front center airbag, a child restraint
can be installed in any second row
Children can be seriously injured seating position.
or strangled if a shoulder belt is If you need to secure more than one
wrapped around their neck. The child restraint in the rear seat, see
shoulder belt can tighten but Caution Where to Put the Restraint 0 111.
cannot be loosened if it is locked. Do not let the LATCH This system is designed to make
The shoulder belt locks when it is attachments rub against the installation of child restraints easier.
pulled all the way out of the vehicle’s seat belts. This may When using lower anchors, do not
retractor. It unlocks when the damage these parts. If necessary, use the vehicle's seat belts. Instead
shoulder belt is allowed to go all move buckled seat belts to avoid use the vehicle's anchors and child
the way back into the retractor, rubbing the LATCH attachments. restraint attachments to secure the
(Continued) (Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

restraints. Some restraints also use 1.1. Find the lower anchors 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten
another vehicle anchor to secure a for the desired seating the top tether according
top tether. position. to your child restraint
1. Attach and tighten the lower 1.2. Put the child restraint on instructions and the
attachments to the lower the seat. following instructions:
anchors. If the child restraint 1.3. Attach and tighten the
does not have lower lower attachments on the
attachments or the desired child restraint to the lower
seating position does not have anchors.
lower anchors, secure the child
restraint with the seat belts and 2. If the child restraint
top tether when recommended manufacturer recommends that
by the child restraint the top tether be attached,
manufacturer. Refer to your attach and tighten the top
child restraint manufacturer tether to the top tether anchor.
instructions and the Refer to the child restraint If the position you are
instructions in this manual. For instructions and the following using does not have a
the third row outboard seating steps: headrest or head restraint
positions, if the head restraint and you are using a
2.1. Find the top tether
interferes with the proper single tether, route the
anchor.
installation of the child tether over the seatback.
restraint, then the head For models with a third
restraint may be removed. See row seat, move the flipper
“Head Restraint Removal and panel rearward to access
Reinstallation under Lower the top tether anchors.
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System)
0 112.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

headrest or head restraint
and route the tether
under the headrest or
head restraint and in
between the headrest or
head restraint posts.
If the position you are If the position you are

using does not have a using has a fixed or an
headrest or head restraint adjustable head restraint
and you are using a dual and you are using a dual
tether, route the tether tether, route the tether
over the seatback. around the head restraint.
3. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
If the position you are at the LATCH path and attempt
using has a fixed to move it side to side and
headrest or head restraint back and forth. There should
and you are using a be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
single tether, route the movement, for proper
tether around the inboard installation.
If the position you are or outboard side of the
using has an adjustable headrest or head
headrest or head restraint restraint.
and you are using a
single tether, raise the
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Head Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation { Warning
1. Partially fold the seatback With head restraints that are not
forward. See Third Row Seats installed and adjusted properly,
0 79 for additional information. there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
4. With the head restraint facing Replacing LATCH System

rearward, insert the head Parts After a Crash
restraint posts into the holes in
the top of the seatback.
5. Push the head restraint down.
{ Warning
6. Try to move the head restraint A crash can damage the LATCH
2. Press the buttons on the head to make sure that it is locked in system in the vehicle. A damaged
restraint posts, and pull up on place. LATCH system may not properly
the head restraint. secure the child restraint,
7. When the child restraint is
3. Route the tether of the child resulting in serious injury or even
removed, reinstall the head
restraint under the head restraint before the seating death in a crash. To help make
restraint. position is used. sure the LATCH system is
working properly after a crash,
see your dealer to have the
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

install the child restraint using For the third row outboard
Warning (Continued) LATCH. If a child restraint is seating positions, if the head
secured in the vehicle using a seat restraint interferes with the
system inspected and any belt and it uses a top tether, see proper installation of the child
necessary replacements made as Lower Anchors and Tethers for restraint, the head restraint
soon as possible. Children (LATCH System) 0 112 for may be removed. See “Head
top tether anchor locations. Restraint Removal and
If the vehicle has the LATCH system Do not secure a child seat in a Reinstallation” under Lower
and it was being used during a position without a top tether anchor Anchors and Tethers for
crash, new LATCH system parts if a national or local law requires Children (LATCH System)
may be needed. that the top tether be anchored, or if 0 112.
New parts and repairs may be the instructions that come with the 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
necessary even if the LATCH child restraint say that the top strap the lap and shoulder portions
system was not being used at the must be anchored. of the vehicle's seat belt
time of the crash. If the child restraint or vehicle seat through or around the restraint.
position does not have the LATCH The child restraint instructions
Securing Child Restraints system, you will be using the seat will show you how.
(With the Seat Belt in the belt to secure the child restraint. Be
sure to follow the instructions that
Rear Seat) came with the child restraint.
When securing a child restraint with If more than one child restraint
the seat belts in a rear seat position, needs to be installed in the rear
study the instructions that came with seat, be sure to read Where to Put
the child restraint to make sure it is the Restraint 0 111.
compatible with this vehicle.
1. Put the child restraint on
If the child restraint has the LATCH the seat.
system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 112 for how and where to
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
3. Push the latch plate into the 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the 5. To tighten the belt, push down
buckle until it clicks. way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the
If the latch plate will not go fully the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to
into the buckle, check to see if lock is set, the belt can be tighten the lap portion of the
the correct buckle is tightened but not pulled out of belt and feed the shoulder belt
being used. the retractor. back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
Position the release button on restraint, it may be helpful to
the buckle, away from the child use your knee to push down on
restraint system, so that the the child restraint as you
seat belt could be quickly tighten the belt.
unbuckled if necessary.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

6. If the child restraint has a top seating position is used. See “Head Securing Child Restraints
tether, follow the child restraint Restraint Removal and
manufacturer’s instructions Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
(With the Seat Belt in the
regarding the use of the top and Tethers for Children (LATCH Front Passenger Seat)
tether. Refer to the instructions System) 0 112 for additional This vehicle has airbags. A rear
that came with the child information on reinstalling the head seat is a safer place to secure a
restraint and see Lower restraint properly. forward-facing child restraint. See
Anchors and Tethers for Where to Put the Restraint 0 111.
Children (LATCH System) Securing Child Restraints
0 112. In addition, the vehicle has a
(With the Seat Belt in the passenger sensing system which is
7. Before placing a child in the Center Front Seat) designed to turn off the front
child restraint, make sure it is outboard passenger frontal airbag
check, grasp the child restraint { Warning under certain conditions.
See Passenger Sensing System
at the seat belt path and 0 99 and Passenger Airbag Status
A child in a child restraint in the
attempt to move it side to side Indicator 0 152 for more information,
and back and forth. When the center front seat can be badly
injured or killed by the frontal including important safety
child restraint is properly information.
installed, there should be no airbags if they inflate. Never
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of secure a child restraint in the Never put a rear-facing child seat in
movement. center front seat. It is always the front. This is because the risk to
better to secure a child restraint in the rear-facing child is so great if the
To remove the child restraint, a rear seat. airbag deploys.
unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top Do not use child restraints in the
tether anchor, disconnect it. center front seat position.
If the head restraint was removed
for a third row outboard seating
position, reinstall it before the
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

When using the lap-shoulder belt to
{ Warning Warning (Continued) secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
A child in a rear-facing child forward-facing child restraint in came with the child restraint and the
restraint can be seriously injured the front outboard passenger following instructions:
or killed if the front outboard seat, always move the seat as far
passenger frontal airbag inflates. back as it will go. It is better to 1. Move the seat as far back as it
This is because the back of the secure the child restraint in a will go before securing the
rear-facing child restraint would rear seat. forward-facing child restraint.
Move the seat upward or the
be very close to the inflating See Passenger Sensing System seatback to an upright position,
airbag. A child in a forward-facing 0 99 for additional information. if needed, to get a tight
child restraint can be seriously installation of the child
injured or killed if the front restraint.
outboard passenger frontal airbag If the child restraint uses a top
inflates and the passenger seat is tether, see Lower Anchors and When the passenger sensing
in a forward position. Tethers for Children (LATCH system has turned off the front
System) 0 112 for top tether anchor outboard passenger frontal
Even if the passenger sensing locations. airbag, the off indicator on the
system has turned off the front passenger airbag status
Do not secure a child seat in a
outboard passenger frontal indicator should light and stay
position without a top tether anchor
airbag, no system is fail-safe. No lit when you start the vehicle.
if a national or local law requires
one can guarantee that an airbag See Passenger Airbag Status
that the top tether be anchored, or if
will not deploy under some Indicator 0 152.
the instructions that come with the
unusual circumstance, even child restraint say that the top strap 2. Put the child restraint on
though it is turned off. must be anchored. the seat.
Secure rear-facing child restraints In Canada, the law requires that 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
in a rear seat, even if the airbag forward-facing child restraints have the lap and shoulder portions
is off. If you secure a a top tether, and that the tether be of the vehicle's seat belt
(Continued) attached.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the
buckle until it clicks. way out of the retractor to set
Position the release button on the lock. When the retractor
the buckle, away from the child lock is set, the belt can be
Tilt the latch plate to adjust the restraint system, so that the tightened but not pulled out of
belt, if needed. seat belt could be quickly the retractor.
unbuckled if necessary.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
check, grasp the child restraint
at the seat belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
If the airbag is off, the off indicator in
6. To tighten the belt, push down the passenger airbag status
on the child restraint, pull the indicator will come on and stay on
shoulder portion of the belt to when the vehicle is started.
tighten the lap portion of the If a child restraint has been installed
belt, and feed the shoulder belt and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
back into the retractor. When On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
installing a forward-facing child Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
restraint, it may be helpful to System 0 99.
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you To remove the child restraint,
tighten the belt. unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Storage 127
Storage Storage If equipped with storage behind the
radio, press and hold P to open.
Compartments There is a USB port inside. See the
Storage Compartments infotainment manual.
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 127 { Warning Press and hold P again to close.
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . 127
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Do not store heavy or sharp Keep the storage area closed when
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 objects in storage compartments. not in use.
Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . 128 In a crash, these objects may
cause the cover to open and The storage area cannot be
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 could result in injury. operated with P when valet mode
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 128 is enabled. See the infotainment
manual.
Additional Storage Features Instrument Panel Storage The storage area can be operated
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
manually.
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Roof Rack System Glove Box
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Lift up on the glove box lever to
open it.
Cupholders
The cupholders are immediately in
front of the center console storage
bin. Press the button to open. The
door will retract rearward.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
128 Storage
If the cupholder door is closed, it will If equipped, sunglasses storage is Center Console Storage
lock if the vehicle is in a crash. See on the overhead console. Press the
your dealer to have the door fixed button on the cover and
unlocked. release to access.
Press the button on the forward bin
to open. The door will retract Armrest Storage
forward. For vehicles with a rear seat
If equipped, cupholders may be in armrest, pull the loop at the top of
the second and third row seat the armrest down to access the
armrest areas. cupholders.
Sunglasses Storage Rear Storage
If equipped, pull the handle and lift

to access the console. There are
USB ports, an auxiliary jack, an
accessory power outlet, a tote
compartment, and a device holder.
On the rear of the console, there are
auxiliary jacks, a 110/120 – volt
power outlet, and an open
storage area.
See Power outlets Power Outlets
0 138 and the infotainment manual.
There is storage in the floor of the
rear cargo area. Lift the handle to
access. There is a removable
divider to help organize.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Storage 129
Additional Storage Roof Rack System Caution
Features
{ Warning Loading cargo on the roof rack
that weighs more than 100 kg
Cargo Tie-Downs If something is carried on top of (220 lb) or hangs over the rear or
the vehicle that is longer or wider sides of the vehicle may damage
than the roof rack — like paneling, the vehicle. Load cargo so that it
plywood, or a mattress — the rests evenly between the
wind can catch it while the vehicle crossrails, making sure to fasten
is being driven. The item being cargo securely.
carried could be violently torn off,
and this could cause a collision
To prevent damage or loss of cargo
and damage the vehicle. Never when driving, check to make sure
carry something longer or wider crossrails and cargo are securely
than the roof rack on top of the fastened. Loading cargo on the roof
vehicle unless using a GM rack will make the vehicle’s center
certified accessory carrier. of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,
There are four cargo tie-downs in sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden
the rear cargo area. These can be If equipped, the roof rack can be braking, or abrupt maneuvers,
used to strap cargo down and keep used to load items. For roof racks otherwise it may result in loss of
it from moving inside the vehicle. that do not have crossrails included, control. If driving for a long distance,
GM Certified crossrails can be on rough roads, or at high speeds,
purchased as an accessory. See occasionally stop the vehicle to
Convenience Net make sure the cargo remains in its
your dealer for additional
Use the convenience net, located in information. place.
the rear, to store small loads as far
forward as possible. The net should
not be used to store heavy loads.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
130 Storage
Do not exceed the maximum vehicle
capacity when loading the vehicle.
For more information on vehicle
capacity and loading, see Vehicle
Load Limits 0 212.
A Center High-Mounted Stoplamp
(CHMSL) is located above the rear
window glass. Make sure items
loaded on the roof of the vehicle do
not block or damage the CHMSL.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Instruments and Controls 131

Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Instruments and Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Information Displays
Controls Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . 151 Driver Information Center (DIC)
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 151 (Base Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Passenger Airbag Status Driver Information Center (DIC)
Controls (Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 132 Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Charging System Light . . . . . . . 153 Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . 165
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 133
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 133 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . 153 Vehicle Messages
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Brake System Warning Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 134 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Engine Power Messages . . . . . 169
Rear Window Wiper/ Antilock Brake System (ABS) Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 169
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Four-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . 156 Vehicle Personalization
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 156 Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 170
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Hill Descent Control Light . . . . 157
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light Universal Remote System
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Universal Remote System . . . . 178
(1500 Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 157 Universal Remote System
Indicators Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Warning Lights, Gauges, and StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . 158 Universal Remote System
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Traction Control System (TCS)/ Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 159
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 159
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 160
Engine Oil Pressure Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 160
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 160
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
132 Instruments and Controls

Controls Tilt and Telescoping Steering Power Tilt and Telescoping
Wheel Steering Wheel
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
To adjust the tilt and telescoping To adjust the power tilt and
steering wheel, if equipped: telescoping steering wheel,
1. Push the lever (1) down to if equipped:
To adjust the steering wheel: move the steering wheel Press the control to move the
1. Hold the steering wheel and forward or rearward. Lift the steering wheel up and down or
pull the lever. lever (1) up to lock the wheel in forward and rearward.
place. Do not adjust the steering wheel
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down. 2. Hold the steering wheel and while driving.
pull the lever (2) toward you to
3. Release the lever to lock the
move the steering wheel up or
wheel in place.
down. Release the lever (2) to
lock the wheel into place.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Steering Wheel Controls o or p : Press to go to the 2. Volume: Press to increase or
previous or next menu option. decrease the volume.
w or x : Press to go to the next or Heated Steering Wheel
previous selection.
V : Press to select a highlighted
menu option.
If equipped, some audio controls

can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.
g : For vehicles with OnStar or a ( : If equipped, press to turn it on or
Bluetooth system, press to interact off. A light next to the button
with those systems. See OnStar The favorite and volume switches displays when the feature is
Overview 0 418 or “Bluetooth are on the back of the steering turned on.
(Overview)” in the infotainment wheel.
manual. The steering wheel takes about
1. Favorite: When on a radio three minutes to start heating.
i : Press to reject an incoming source, press to select the next
call or end a current call. Press to or previous favorite. When on a Horn
mute or unmute the infotainment media source, press to select
system when not on a call. the next or previous track. To sound the horn, press a on the
steering wheel.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Windshield Wiper/Washer Clear ice and snow from the wiper Rainsense
blades before using them. If frozen
With Rainsense, a sensor near the
to the windshield, carefully loosen or
top center of the windshield detects
thaw them. Damaged wiper blades
the amount of water on the
should be replaced. See Wiper
windshield and controls the
Blade Replacement 0 318.
frequency of the windshield wiper.
Heavy snow or ice can overload the
Keep this area of the windshield
wiper motor. An internal circuit
clear of debris to allow for best
breaker to the motor will stop the
The windshield wiper control is on system performance.
motor until it cools down.
the turn signal lever. 3 INT : Turn the z FRONT
The windshield wipers are controlled Wiper Parking band on the wiper lever to adjust the
by turning the band with z If the ignition is turned off while the sensitivity when Rainsense is
FRONT on it. wipers are on w, 1, or 3 INT, turned on.
1 : Fast wipes. they will immediately stop.
w : Slow wipes. If z FRONT is then moved to

OFF before the driver door is
3 INT : If Rainsense is turned off, opened or within 10 minutes, the
turn the z FRONT band up for wipers will restart and move to the
more frequent wipes or down for base of the windshield.
less frequent wipes. If Rainsense is .
If the ignition is turned off while the Turn the band up for more
turned on, see Rainsense later in
wipers are performing wipes due to sensitivity to moisture.
this section.
windshield washing or Rainsense, . Turn the band down to lower INT
OFF : Turns the windshield the wipers continue to run until they setting for less sensitivity to
wipers off. reach the base of the windshield. moisture.
8 : For a single wipe, turn to 8,
then release. For several wipes, Move the band out of the 3 INT
hold the band on 8 longer. position to deactivate Rainsense.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

If the ignition is in on and z Windshield Washer
FRONT is not in one of the
sensitivity settings when z AUTO { Warning
is turned on, a message may
display indicating that the wiper In freezing weather, do not use
band must be in one of the the washer until the windshield is
sensitivity settings for Rainsense to warmed. Otherwise the washer
z AUTO : Press to turn operate. fluid can form ice on the
Rainsense on or off. When turned windshield, blocking your vision.
on and z FRONT is in one of the Wiper Arm Assembly Protection
Rainsense wipe sensitivity positions When using an automatic car wash, L m : Push the paddle marked with
the wipers can be adjusted for more move the windshield wiper lever to the windshield washer symbol at the
or less sensitivity to moisture. When OFF. This disables the automatic top of the turn signal lever to spray
turned off, the wipers operate as Rainsense windshield wipers. washer fluid and activate the wipers.
timed intermittent wipers and can be With Rainsense, if the transmission The wipers will continue until the
adjusted for more or less frequent is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle paddle is released or the maximum
wipes. speed is very slow, the wipers will wash time is reached. When the
If z AUTO is turned on when the automatically stop at the base of the paddle is released, additional wipes
windshield. may occur depending on how long
ignition is turned on, or if the ignition
the windshield washer had been
is in on and the z FRONT band The wiper operations return to
activated. See Washer Fluid 0 311
is in one of the sensitivity settings normal when the transmission is no
for information on filling the
when z AUTO is turned on or off, longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle
windshield washer fluid reservoir.
speed has increased.
a message may display indicating if
Rainsense was turned on or off.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Rear Window Wiper/ The rear window wiper/washer will in R (Reverse), and the front
not operate if the liftgate or liftglass windshield wiper is performing
Washer is open or ajar. If the liftgate or interval wipes, then the rear wiper
liftglass is opened while the rear automatically performs interval
wiper is on, the wiper returns to the wipes.
parked position and stops. This feature can be turned on or off.
Rear Wiper Arm Assembly See Vehicle Personalization 0 170.
Protection The windshield washer reservoir is
When using an automatic car wash, used for the windshield and the rear
The rear wiper control is on the turn move the rear wiper control to OFF window. Check the fluid level in the
signal lever. to disable the rear wiper. In some reservoir if either washer is not
vehicles, if the transmission is in working. See Washer Fluid 0 311.
To turn the rear wiper on, slide the N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is
lever to a wiper position. very slow, the rear wiper will Compass
OFF : Turns the wiper off. automatically park under the rear
The vehicle may have a compass
spoiler.
INT : Turns on the rear wiper with a display on the Driver Information
delay between wipes. The wiper operations return to Center (DIC). The compass receives
normal when the transmission is no its heading and other information
ON : Turns on the rear wiper. longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle from the Global Positioning
= REAR : Press this button on the speed has increased. System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak,
end of the lever to spray washer and vehicle speed information.
fluid on the rear window. The wipers Reverse Gear Wipes
The compass system is designed to
will clear the rear window and either If the rear wiper control is off, the
operate for a certain number of
stop or return to your preset speed. rear wiper will automatically operate
miles or degrees of turn before
For more washer cycles, press and continuously when the shift lever is
needing a signal from the GPS
hold the button. in R (Reverse), and the front
satellites. When the compass
windshield wiper is performing low
display shows CAL, drive the
or high speed wipes. If the rear
vehicle for a short distance in an
wiper control is off, the shift lever is
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

open area where it can receive a If auto timing is set, the time 2. Touch Set Time, then touch «
GPS signal. The compass system displayed on the clock may not
or ª to increase or decrease
will automatically determine when a update immediately when driving
GPS signal is restored and provide into a new time zone. hours, minutes, and AM or PM.
a heading again. Touch 12–24 Hr for 12 or
To set the clock display: 24 hour clock.
Clock 1. Select SETTINGS from the 3. Touch S to go back to the
Home Page, then select Time
previous menu.
Setting the Time and Date with and Date.
Center Stack Controls Auto Set requires an active OnStar
2. Select Clock Display.
service plan.
To set the time or date: 3. Turn the MENU knob to Off
If auto timing is set, the time
1. Select SETTINGS from the or On.
displayed on the clock may not
Home Page, then select Time 4. Press the MENU knob to update immediately when driving
and Date. select. into a new time zone.
2. Select the desired function.
Press o BACK to go to the last To set the date:
3. Turn the MENU knob to menu and save the changes. 1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home
increase or decrease the value. Page, then touch Time
Setting the Time and Date with
4. Press the MENU knob to go to and Date.
Infotainment Display Controls
the next value. After the last
value is selected, the system To set the time: 2. Touch Set Date, then touch «
will update and return to the or ª to increase or decrease
1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home
Settings menu. Press o BACK Page, then touch Time month, day, or year.
to go to the last menu and and Date. 3. Touch S to go back to the
save the changes. previous menu.
Auto Set requires an active OnStar
service plan.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

To set the clock display: . One on the rear of the center seats, can be configured to
1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home storage console operate using Retained
Page, then touch Time . One in the third row seat on the Accessory Power (RAP) or
and Date. driver side battery power modes. If these
power outlets are used while in
2. Touch Clock Display, then . One in the rear cargo area on the battery power mode, this
touch Off or On to turn the the passenger side could cause interference
clock display off or on. between the Remote Keyless
Vehicles with Bench Seats
Entry (RKE) transmitter and the
3. Touch S to go back to the . One on the center stack below vehicle, and the vehicle may not
previous menu. the climate control system start.
. One in the storage area on the See Ignition Positions (Key
Power Outlets bench seat Access) 0 219 or Ignition
Power Outlets 12-Volt Direct Positions (Keyless Access)
. One on the rear of the center 0 217.
Current armrest storage
Accessory power outlets can be . The power outlets in the third
. One in the third row seat area on row seat area or in the rear
used to plug in electrical equipment, the driver side
such as a cell phone, MP3 cargo area are powered at all
player, etc. . One in the rear cargo area on times. The power outlets inside
the passenger side the storage area, on the rear of
The vehicle may have up to five the console, or on the bench
accessory power outlets: Lift the cover to access and replace
seat are only powered when the
when not in use.
Vehicles with a Center Console ignition is on or in ACC/
The accessory power outlets are ACCESSORY, or when RAP is
. One in front of the cupholders on powered as follows: active.
the center console
. The power outlet near the
. One inside the center storage cupholders for vehicles with a
console center console or on the center
stack for vehicles with bench
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

When adding electrical equipment, For vehicles with bench seats, the
{ Warning be sure to follow the proper 110/120-volt power outlet is on the
installation instructions included with center stack below the climate
Power is always supplied to the the equipment. See Add-On controls.
outlet, if configured accordingly. Electrical Equipment 0 288.
Do not leave electrical equipment An indicator light on the outlet turns
plugged in when the vehicle is not on to show it is in use. The light
Caution comes on when the ignition is on,
in use because the vehicle could
catch fire and cause injury or equipment requiring less than 150
Hanging heavy equipment from watts is plugged into the outlet, and
death. the power outlet can cause no system fault is detected.
damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty. The power The indicator light does not come on
outlets are designed for when the ignition is off or if the
Caution equipment is not fully seated into
accessory power plugs only, such
the outlet.
Leaving electrical equipment as cell phone charge cords.
plugged in for an extended period If equipment is connected using
of time while the ignition is off will more than 150 watts or a system
Power Outlet 110/120-Volt fault is detected, a protection circuit
drain the battery. Always unplug Alternating Current
electrical equipment when not in shuts off the power supply and the
If equipped with this power outlet, it indicator light turns off. To reset the
use and do not plug in equipment
can be used to plug in electrical circuit, unplug the item and plug it
that exceeds the maximum
equipment that uses a maximum back in or turn the ignition off and
15 amp rating. then back to on. The power restarts
limit of 150 watts.
when equipment using 150 watts or
Certain power accessory plugs may For vehicles with a center console, less is plugged into the outlet and a
not be compatible with the the 110/120-volt power outlet is on system fault is not detected.
accessory power outlet and could the rear of the center console.
overload vehicle or adapter fuses.
If a problem is experienced, see
your dealer.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

The power outlet is not designed for To check for phone or other device The operating temperature is −20 °C
the following, and may not work compatibility: (−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the
properly if they are plugged in: . In the U.S., see charging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to
. Equipment with high initial peak my.chevrolet.com/learn. 35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.
wattage, such as . In Canada, see
compressor-driven refrigerators gmtotalconnect.ca.
{ Warning
and electric power tools
. Or, see your dealer for details. Remove all objects from the
. Other equipment requiring charging pad before charging
an extremely stable power
supply, such as { Warning your mobile device. Objects, such
as coins, keys, rings, paper clips,
microcomputer-controlled or cards, between the phone and
Wireless charging can affect the
electric blankets and touch
operation of an implanted charging pad will become very
sensor lamps
pacemaker or other medical hot. On the rare occasion that the
. Medical equipment devices. If you have one, it is charging system does not detect
recommended to consult with an object, and the object gets
Wireless Charging your doctor before using the wedged between the phone and
The vehicle may have wireless wireless charging system. charger, remove the phone and
charging on top of the center allow the object to cool before
console. See Center Console removing it from the charging
The vehicle must be on, in ACC/
Storage 0 128. The system ACCESSORY, or Retained pad, to prevent burns.
operates at 145 kHz and wirelessly Accessory Power (RAP) must be
charges one Qi compatible mobile active. The wireless charging
device. The power output of the feature may not correctly indicate
system is capable of charging at a charging when the vehicle is in RAP.
rate up to 1 amp (5W), as requested See Retained Accessory Power
by the compatible mobile device. (RAP) 0 224.
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 414.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

display, remove the mobile handling) upon email request to
device from the pad, turn it opensource@lge.com. This offer is
180 degrees, and wait valid for three (3) years from the
three seconds before placing/ date on which you purchased the
aligning the mobile device on product.
the pad again.
Freescale-WCT library
Software Acknowledgements Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale
Certain Wireless Charging Module Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights
product from LG Electronics, Inc. reserved.
("LGE") contains the open source 1. Redistributions of source code
software detailed below. Refer to must retain the above copyright
the indicated open source licenses notice, this list of conditions
To charge a mobile device: (as are included following this and the following disclaimer.
1. Remove all objects from the notice) for the terms and conditions
charging pad. The system may of their use. 2. Redistributions in binary form
not charge if there are any must reproduce the above
OSS Notice Information copyright notice, this list of
objects between the mobile
device and charging pad. To obtain the source code that is conditions and the following
contained in this product, please disclaimer in the
2. Place the mobile device face documentation and/or other
visit http://opensource.lge.com. In
up against the alignment rib on materials provided with the
addition to the source code, all
the charge pad. distribution.
referred license terms, warranty
3. The } will appear on the V disclaimers and copyright notices 3. Neither the name of the
on the infotainment display. are available for download. LG copyright holder nor the names
This indicates that the mobile Electronics will also provide open of its contributors may be used
device is properly positioned source code to you on CD-ROM for to endorse or promote products
and charging. If a mobile a charge covering the cost of derived from this software
device is placed on the performing such distribution (such without specific prior written
charging pad and } does not as the cost of media, shipping, and permission.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, Warning Lights,
BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. Gauges, and
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT
Indicators
NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED Warning lights and gauges can
WARRANTIES OF signal that something is wrong
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS before it becomes serious enough
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE to cause an expensive repair or
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT replacement. Paying attention to the
SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER warning lights and gauges could
OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE prevent injury.
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, Some warning lights come on briefly
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, when the engine is started to
EXEMPLARY, OR indicate they are working. When
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES one of the warning lights comes on
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED and stays on while driving, or when
TO, PROCUREMENT OF one of the gauges shows there may
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR be a problem, check the section that
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, explains what to do. Waiting to do
OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS repairs can be costly and even
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER dangerous.
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY
OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Instrument Cluster
Base Cluster (English Shown, Metric Similar)

Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Midlevel Cluster (English Shown, Metric Similar)

Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Uplevel Cluster (English Shown, Metric Similar)

Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Cluster Menu (Uplevel Cluster) . Info App. This is where the from the favorites, or change the
selected Driver Information phone source. If there is an active
There is an interactive display area
Center (DIC) displays can be call, mute the phone or switch to
in the center of the instrument
viewed. See “Driver Information handset operation.
cluster.
Center (DIC) (Uplevel)” in the
Index. Navigation
. Audio Press V to select the Navigation
. Phone app, then press p to enter the
Navigation menu. If there is no
. Navigation active route, you can resume the
. Options last route and turn the voice
prompts on/off. If there is an active
Audio route, you can cancel the route.
Press V to select the Audio app, Options
then press p to enter the Audio
Press V to select the Settings app.
menu. In the Audio menu browse for
music, select from the favorites, Use w or x to scroll through items
Use the right steering wheel control or change the audio source. In the in the Options menu.
to open and scroll through the main application view, use w or x
different items and displays. Units : Press p while Units is
to change the station or go to the displayed to enter the Units menu.
Press o to access the cluster next or previous track. Choose English or metric units by
applications. Use w or x to scroll Phone pressing V while the desired item is
through the list of available highlighted. A checkmark will be
applications. Not all applications will Press V to select the Phone app, displayed next to the selected item.
be available on all vehicles. then press p to enter the Phone
menu. In the Phone menu, if there is Info Pages : Press p while Info
no active phone call, view recent Pages is displayed to enter the Info
calls, scroll through contacts, select Pages menu and select the items to
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

be displayed in the Info app. See page. If the selected speed limit is The trip odometer is accessed and
“Driver Information Center (DIC) exceeded, a pop-up warning is reset through the Driver Information
(Uplevel)” in the Index. displayed with a chime. Center (DIC).
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
Head-up Display (HUD) Rotation : Software Information : Press p (Base Level) 0 161 or Driver
This feature allows for adjusting the while Software Information is Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
angle of the HUD image. Press p highlighted to display open source 0 162.
on the steering wheel controls while software information.
Head-up Display Rotation is Tachometer
highlighted to enter Adjust Mode. Speedometer
Press w or x to adjust the angle of The tachometer displays the engine
The speedometer shows the speed in revolutions per
the HUD display. Press V to confirm vehicle's speed in either kilometers minute (rpm).
and save the setting. To cancel the per hour (km/h) or miles per
setting, press o. The vehicle must hour (mph). Fuel Gauge
be in P (Park).
Speed Warning : The Speed
Odometer
Warning display allows the driver to The odometer shows how far the
set a speed that they do not want to vehicle has been driven, in either
exceed. To set the Speed Warning, kilometers or miles.
press p when Speed Warning is
displayed, or press V on the main Trip Odometer
view to set the speed value. Press The trip odometer shows how far
w or x to adjust the value. Press the vehicle has been driven since
V to set the speed. Once the speed the trip odometer was last reset.
is set, this feature can be turned off
by pressing V while viewing this
Metric
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Here are four things that some Engine Oil Pressure
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
Gauge
. At the service station, the fuel
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
English
half the tank's capacity to fill
When the ignition is on, the fuel the tank.
gauge indicates about how much . The gauge moves a little while Metric
fuel is left in the tank.
turning a corner or speeding up.
There is an arrow near the fuel . The gauge takes a few seconds
gauge pointing to the side of the
to stabilize after the ignition is
vehicle the fuel door is on.
turned on, and goes back to
When the indicator nears empty, the empty when the ignition is
low fuel light comes on. There still is turned off.
a little fuel left, but the vehicle
should be refueled soon.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

indicates oil pressure outside the Engine Coolant
normal operating range, check the
vehicle's oil as soon as possible.
Temperature Gauge
See Engine Oil 0 297.
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine oil
low can also damage the engine.
The repairs would not be covered
English by the vehicle warranty. Check
The engine oil pressure gauge the oil level as soon as possible.
shows the engine oil pressure Add oil if required, but if the oil
Metric
in kPa (kilopascals) or psi (pounds level is within the operating range
per square inch) when the engine is and the oil pressure is still low,
running. have the vehicle serviced. Always
Oil pressure can vary with engine follow the maintenance schedule
speed, outside temperature, coolant for changing engine oil.
temperature, and oil viscosity.
On some models, the oil pump will
vary engine oil pressure according
to engine needs. Oil pressure may
change quickly as the engine speed
or load varies. This is normal. If the
oil pressure warning light or Driver
Information Center (DIC) message
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Voltmeter Gauge Readings outside the normal
operating range can also occur
when a large number of electrical
accessories are operating in the
vehicle and the engine is left idling
for an extended period. This
condition is normal since the
charging system is not able to
provide full power at engine idle. As
engine speeds are increased, this
condition should correct itself as
higher engine speeds allow the
English charging system to create maximum
power.
This gauge measures the
temperature of the vehicle's engine The vehicle can only be driven for a
When the ignition is on, this gauge
coolant. short time with the readings outside
indicates the battery voltage.
the normal operating range. If the
While driving under normal When the engine is running, this vehicle must be driven, turn off all
operating conditions, if the needle gauge shows the condition of the accessories, such as the radio and
moves into the red warning area, charging system. The gauge can air conditioner.
the engine is too hot. Pull off the transition from a higher to lower or a
road, stop the vehicle, and turn off Readings outside the normal
lower to higher reading. This is
the engine as soon as possible. operating range indicate a possible
normal. If the vehicle is operating
problem in the electrical system.
outside the normal operating range,
Have the vehicle serviced as soon
the charging system light comes on.
as possible.
See Charging System Light 0 153
for more information. The voltmeter
gauge may also read lower when in
fuel economy mode. This is normal.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Seat Belt Reminders Passenger Seat Belt Reminder The front passenger seat belt
Light reminder light and chime may turn
Driver Seat Belt Reminder on if an object is put on the seat
Light There may be a passenger seat belt such as a briefcase, handbag,
reminder light near the passenger grocery bag, laptop, or other
There is a driver seat belt reminder airbag status indicator. See electronic device. To turn off the
light on the instrument cluster. Passenger Sensing System 0 99. reminder light and/or chime, remove
the object from the seat or buckle
the seat belt.
Airbag Readiness Light

This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag
When the vehicle is started, this For vehicles equipped with the system. The system check includes
light flashes and a chime may come passenger seat belt reminder light, the airbag sensor(s), passenger
on to remind the driver to fasten when the vehicle is started this light sensing system (if equipped), the
their seat belt. Then the light stays flashes and a chime may come on pretensioners, the airbag modules,
on solid until the belt is buckled. to remind passengers to fasten their the wiring, and the crash sensing
This cycle may continue several seat belt. Then the light stays on and diagnostic module. For more
times if the driver remains or solid until the belt is buckled. This information on the airbag system,
becomes unbuckled while the cycle continues several times if the see Airbag System 0 92.
vehicle is moving. passenger remains or becomes
If the driver seat belt is buckled, unbuckled while the vehicle is
neither the light nor the chime moving.
comes on. If the passenger seat belt is
buckled, neither the chime nor the
light comes on.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

The airbag readiness light comes on Passenger Airbag Status after several more seconds, the
for several seconds when the status indicator will light either ON
vehicle is started. If the light does
Indicator or OFF, or the on or off symbol, to
not come on then, have it fixed The vehicle has a passenger let you know the status of the front
immediately. sensing system. See Passenger outboard passenger frontal airbag.
Sensing System 0 99 for important If the word ON or the on symbol is
{ Warning safety information. The passenger
airbag status indicator is in the
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the front
If the airbag readiness light stays overhead console. outboard passenger frontal airbag is
on after the vehicle is started or allowed to inflate.
comes on while driving, it means
the airbag system might not be If the word OFF or the off symbol is
working properly. The airbags in lit on the airbag status indicator, it
means that the passenger sensing
the vehicle might not inflate in a
system has turned off the front
crash, or they could even inflate
outboard passenger frontal airbag.
without a crash. To help avoid United States
injury, have the vehicle serviced If, after several seconds, both status
right away. indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the
If there is a problem with the airbag passenger sensing system. See
system, a Driver Information Center your dealer for service.
(DIC) message may also come on.
Canada and Mexico { Warning
When the vehicle is started, the If the airbag readiness light ever
passenger airbag status indicator comes on and stays on, it means
will light ON and OFF, or the that something may be wrong
symbols for on and off, for several
seconds as a system check. Then, (Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

system. Have it checked by your
Warning (Continued) dealer. Driving while this light is on
could drain the battery.
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others, When this light comes on, or is
have the vehicle serviced right flashing, the Driver Information
away. See Airbag Readiness Center (DIC) also displays a
message. Malfunctions are often indicated by
Light 0 151 for more information,
the system before any problem is
including important safety If a short distance must be driven
noticeable. Being aware of the light
information. with the light on, be sure to turn off
and seeking service promptly when
all accessories, such as the radio
it comes on may prevent damage.
and air conditioner.
Charging System Light
Malfunction Caution
Indicator Lamp If the vehicle is driven continually
This light is part of the vehicle’s with this light on, the emission
emission control on-board control system may not work as
diagnostic system. If this light is on well, the fuel economy may be
while the engine is running, a lower, and the vehicle may not
The charging system light comes on malfunction has been detected and run smoothly. This could lead to
briefly when the ignition is turned the vehicle may require service. The costly repairs that might not be
on, but the engine is not running, as light should come on to show that it covered by the vehicle warranty.
a check to show the light is working. is working when the ignition is on
It should go out when the engine is with the engine not running for Key
started. Access or in Service Mode for
Keyless Access.
If the light stays on, or comes on See Ignition Positions (Key Access)
while driving, there may be a 0 219 or Ignition Positions (Keyless
problem with the electrical charging Access) 0 217.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

If towing a trailer, reduce the the atmosphere. A few driving
Caution amount of cargo being hauled as trips with the adapter removed
soon as possible. may turn off the light.
Modifications to the engine,
transmission, exhaust, intake, If the light continues to flash, find a . Poor fuel quality can cause
or fuel system, or the use of safe place to park. Turn the vehicle inefficient engine operation and
replacement tires that do not off and wait at least 10 seconds poor driveability, which may go
meet the original tire before restarting the engine. If the away once the engine is warmed
specifications, can cause this light light is still flashing, follow the up. If this occurs, change the
previous guidelines and see your fuel brand. It may require at
to come on. This could lead to
dealer for service as soon as least one full tank of the proper
costly repairs not covered by the
possible. fuel to turn the light off. See Fuel
vehicle warranty. This could also 0 266.
affect the vehicle’s ability to pass If the light is on steady : A
an Emissions Inspection/ malfunction has been detected. If the light remains on, see your
Maintenance test. See Diagnosis and service may be dealer.
Accessories and Modifications required.
Emissions Inspection and
0 291. Check the following: Maintenance Programs
. If fuel has been added to the If the vehicle requires an Emissions
If the light is flashing : A vehicle using the capless funnel Inspection/Maintenance test, the
malfunction has been detected that adapter, make sure that it has test equipment will likely connect to
could damage the emission control been removed. See “Filling the the vehicle's Data Link
system and increase vehicle Tank with a Portable Gas Can” Connector (DLC).
emissions. Diagnosis and service under Filling the Tank 0 269.
may be required. The diagnostic system can
detect if the adapter has been
To help prevent damage, reduce
left installed in the vehicle,
vehicle speed and avoid hard
allowing fuel to evaporate into
accelerations and uphill grades.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

inspection and might require
several days of routine driving
before the system is ready for
inspection. This can happen if
the 12-volt battery has recently
been replaced or run down, or if
the vehicle has been recently Metric English
The DLC is under the instrument serviced.
panel to the left of the steering This light should come on briefly
wheel. Connecting devices that are See your dealer if the vehicle will
when the engine is started. If it does
not used to perform an Emissions not pass or cannot be made ready
not come on then, have it fixed so it
Inspection/Maintenance test or to for the test.
will be ready to warn you if there is
service the vehicle may affect a problem.
vehicle operation. See Add-On Brake System Warning
Electrical Equipment 0 288. See When the ignition is on, the brake
Light system warning light also comes on
your dealer if assistance is needed.
The vehicle brake system consists when the parking brake is set. The
The vehicle may not pass of two hydraulic circuits. If one light stays on if the parking brake
inspection if: circuit is not working, the remaining does not fully release. If it stays on
. The light is on when the engine circuit can still work to stop the after the parking brake is fully
is running. vehicle. For normal braking released, it means the vehicle has a
. The light does not come on performance, both circuits need to brake problem.
be working. If the light comes on while driving,
when the ignition is on with the
engine not running for Key If the warning light comes on, there pull off the road and stop carefully.
Access or in Service Mode for is a brake problem. Have the brake The pedal might be harder to push,
Keyless Access. system inspected right away. or the pedal can go closer to the
. Critical emission control systems floor. It may take longer to stop.
If the light is still on, have the
have not been completely
vehicle towed for service. See
diagnosed. If this happens, the
Towing the Vehicle 0 372.
vehicle would not be ready for
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

If the light comes on while driving, Four-Wheel-Drive Light
{ Warning stop as soon as it is safely possible
and turn off the vehicle. Then start
The brake system might not be the engine again to reset the
working properly if the brake system. If the ABS light stays on,
system warning light is on. or comes on again while driving, the
Driving with the brake system vehicle needs service. A chime may
warning light on can lead to a also sound when the light comes on
crash. If the light is still on after steady.
the vehicle has been pulled off The four-wheel-drive light comes on
If the ABS light is the only light on, when a vehicle with a manual
the road and carefully stopped,
the vehicle has regular brakes, but transfer case is shifted into
have the vehicle towed for the antilock brakes are not
service. four-wheel drive and the front axle
functioning. engages.
If both the ABS and the brake Some delay between the shifting
Antilock Brake System system warning light are on, the and the light coming on is normal.
(ABS) Warning Light vehicle's antilock brakes are not
functioning and there is a problem See Four-Wheel Drive 0 234 for
with the regular brakes. See your more information.
dealer for service.
Tow/Haul Mode Light
See Brake System Warning Light
0 155.
This light comes on briefly when the

engine is started.
If the light does not come on, have it
fixed so it will be ready to warn if
there is a problem.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

For vehicles with the Tow/Haul Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Vehicle Ahead Indicator
Mode feature, this light comes on
when the Tow/Haul Mode has been
Light (1500 Series)
activated.
Hill Descent Control Light

If equipped, this indicator will
If available, this light comes on display green when a vehicle is
briefly while starting the vehicle. detected ahead and amber when
you are following a vehicle ahead
If it does not come on, have the much too closely.
vehicle serviced.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
If equipped, the Hill Descent Control This light is green if LKA is available System 0 258.
light comes on when the system is to assist.
ready for use. When the light LKA may assist by gently turning Traction Off Light
flashes, the system is active. the steering wheel if the vehicle
See Hill Descent Control (HDC) approaches a detected lane marking
0 244. without using the turn signal in that
direction. The LKA light will turn
amber.
This light is amber and flashes as a
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
alert, to indicate that the lane This light comes on briefly while
marking has been crossed. starting the engine. If it does not,
See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) (1500 have the vehicle serviced by your
Series) 0 265.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

dealer. If the system is working This light comes on when the If the light is on and not flashing, the
normally, the indicator light then StabiliTrak system is turned off. TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak
turns off. If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction system have been disabled.
The traction off light comes on when Control System (TCS) is also off. A Driver Information Center (DIC)
the Traction Control System (TCS) If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, the message may display. Check the
has been turned off by pressing and system does not assist in controlling DIC messages to determine which
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and feature(s) is no longer functioning
button. the StabiliTrak systems, and the and whether the vehicle requires
warning light turns off. service.
This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
light come on when StabiliTrak is See Traction Control/Electronic If the light is on and flashing, the
turned off. Stability Control 0 242. TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system
is actively working.
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
limited. Adjust driving accordingly. Traction Control System See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 242.
See Traction Control/Electronic (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light
Stability Control 0 242. Tire Pressure Light
StabiliTrak OFF Light
This light comes on briefly when the

engine is started.
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
If the light does not come on, have Monitor System (TPMS), this light
This light comes on briefly while the vehicle serviced by your dealer. comes on briefly when the engine is
starting the engine. If it does not, If the system is working normally, started. It provides information
have the vehicle serviced by your the indicator light turns off. about tire pressures and the TPMS.
dealer.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

When the Light Is On Steady Low Fuel Warning Light serviced by your dealer. If the
This indicates that one or more of system is working normally, the
the tires are significantly indicator light turns off.
underinflated. If the light stays on and the engine
A Driver Information Center (DIC) does not start, there could be a
tire pressure message may also problem with the theft-deterrent
display. Stop as soon as possible, system. See Immobilizer Operation
and inflate the tires to the pressure 0 55.
value shown on the Tire and This light is near the fuel gauge and
Loading Information label. See Tire comes on briefly when the ignition is High-Beam On Light
Pressure 0 343. turned on as a check to show it is
working.
When the Light Flashes First and
Then Is On Steady It also comes on when the fuel tank
is low on fuel. The light turns off
If the light flashes for about a minute when fuel is added. If it does not,
and then stays on, there may be a have the vehicle serviced.
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light Security Light This light comes on when the
will come on at every ignition cycle. high-beam headlamps are in use.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 346. See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer 0 183.
The security light should come on

briefly as the engine is started. If it
does not come on, have the vehicle
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

IntelliBeam® Light Lamps On Reminder Adaptive Cruise Control Light
This light comes on when the This light comes on when the This light is white when the Adaptive
IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is exterior lamps are in use. See Cruise Control (ACC, if equipped) is
enabled. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 181. on and ready, and turns green when
See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 181. the ACC is set and active. See
Cruise Control Light Adaptive Cruise Control 0 248.
Front Fog Lamp Light Door Ajar Light
The cruise control light is white

For vehicles with fog lamps, this when the cruise control is on and
light comes on when the fog lamps ready, and turns green when the If equipped, this light comes on
are on. cruise control is set and active. when a door is open or not securely
latched. Before driving, check that
The light goes out when the fog See Cruise Control 0 245. all doors are properly closed.
lamps are turned off. See Fog
Lamps 0 186.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

.
Information Displays Unit Average Fuel Economy
Digital Speedometer The Average Fuel Economy display
Driver Information Center The speedometer shows how fast
shows the approximate average
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)
(DIC) (Base Level) the vehicle is moving in either or miles per gallon (mpg). This
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles number reflects only the
The DIC displays are shown in the
per hour (mph). The speedometer approximate average fuel economy
center of the instrument cluster. The
cannot be reset. that the vehicle has right now, and
displays show the status of many
vehicle systems. The trip odometer Trip will change as driving conditions
reset stem in the instrument cluster change. This number is based on
Turn the trip odometer reset stem the number of L/100 km (mpg)
is used to access the DIC menu
until TRIP displays. The current recorded since the last time this
items.
distance traveled, in either
menu item was reset. Reset this
DIC Menu Items kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
display by pressing the trip
the last reset for the trip odometer is odometer reset stem.
Turn the trip odometer reset stem to shown. The trip odometer can be
scroll through the following menu reset to zero by pressing and Tire Pressure
items: holding the trip odometer reset stem Turn the trip odometer reset stem
. Digital Speedometer while the trip odometer is displayed. until a vehicle with the approximate
. Trip Fuel Range pressures of all four tires displays.
. Fuel Range Tire pressure is displayed in either
This display shows the approximate
kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per
. Average Fuel Economy distance the vehicle can be driven
square inch (psi).
without refueling. The fuel range
. Tire Pressure estimate is based on an average of See Tire Pressure Monitor System
. Remaining Oil Life the vehicle's fuel economy over 0 345 and Tire Pressure Monitor
recent driving history and the Operation 0 346.
. Transmission Fluid Temperature amount of fuel remaining in the fuel
. Trailer Brake tank. Fuel range cannot be reset.
. Hourmeter
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Remaining Oil Life Transmission Fluid Temperature Unit
Turn the trip odometer reset stem The temperature of the automatic This will change the displays on the
until REMAINING OIL LIFE transmission fluid displays in either instrument cluster and DIC to either
displays. An estimate of the oil's degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees metric or English (US)
remaining useful life is shown. Fahrenheit (°F). measurements. To change the units,
REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% means press the trip odometer reset stem
99% of the current oil life remains. Trailer Brake when UNITS is displayed to enter
When the remaining oil life is low, On vehicles with the Integrated the Unit menu. Turn the trip
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, odometer reset stem to switch
message will appear on the display. turn the trip odometer reset stem between English and metric. Press
The oil should be changed as soon until TRAILER GAIN and TRAILER the trip odometer reset stem when
as possible. See Engine Oil 0 297. OUTPUT displays. the desired setting is displayed.
In addition to the engine oil life TRAILER GAIN shows the Trailer Compass
system monitoring the oil life, Gain setting. This setting can be
additional maintenance is adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either The vehicle may have a compass in
recommended in the Maintenance a trailer connected or disconnected. the Driver Information Center (DIC).
Schedule. See Maintenance See Compass 0 136.
TRAILER OUTPUT shows the
Schedule 0 389. power output to the trailer anytime a Driver Information Center
The Oil Life display must be reset trailer with electric brakes is
after each oil change. It will not connected. Output is displayed as a (DIC) (Uplevel)
reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life bar graph. Dashes may appear in The DIC displays are shown in the
display at any time other than when the TRAILER OUTPUT display if a center of the instrument cluster in
the oil has just been changed. trailer is not connected. the Info app. See Instrument Cluster
It cannot be reset accurately until 0 143. The displays show the status
Hourmeter
the next oil change. To reset the of many vehicle systems. The
engine oil life system, see Engine This display shows the total number controls for the DIC are on the right
Oil Life System 0 299. of hours the engine has run. steering wheel control.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

1. Press o to access the cluster Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in
applications. either kilometers per hour (km/h) or
miles per hour (mph). If equipped,
2. Press w or x to scroll to the press p to open the menu and
Options application. select to display speed limit signs.
3. Press V to enter the Trip A or Trip B : Shows the
Options menu. current distance traveled, in either
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
4. Scroll to Info Pages and
the trip odometer was last reset.
press p.
This also shows the approximate
5. Press w or x to move average liters per 100 kilometers
through the list of possible (L/100 km) or miles per
w or x : Press to move up or information displays. gallon (mpg). This number is
down in a list. In the main view, calculated based on the number of
press up and down to move 6. Press V while an item is L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the
between different info app pages. highlighted to select or last time this menu item was reset.
deselect that item. When an This number reflects only the
o or p : Press to move between item is selected, a checkmark approximate average fuel economy
the interactive display zones in the will appear next to it. that the vehicle has right now, and
cluster. will change as driving conditions
DIC Info Pages
V : Press to open a menu or select change.
a menu item. Press and hold to The following is the list of all
reset values on certain screens. possible DIC info page displays. Press and hold V while this display
Some may not be available for your is active to reset the trip odometer
DIC Info Page Options particular vehicle. Some items may and the average fuel economy. Trip
The info pages on the DIC can be not be turned on by default but can A and Trip B can also be reset by
turned on or off through the be turned on through the Options pressing p and choosing reset.
Options menu. app. See “DIC Info Page Options”
earlier in this section.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Fuel Range : Shows the display at any time other than when distance is displayed at the top of
approximate distance the vehicle the oil has just been changed. the page as “last xxx mi/km.” Next
can be driven without refueling. It cannot be reset accurately until to the odometer, the Active Fuel
LOW will be displayed when the the next oil change. To reset the Management displays the number of
vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel engine oil life system, press and cylinders the vehicle is running on.
range estimate is based on an hold V for several seconds while See Active Fuel Management
average of the vehicle's fuel the Oil Life display is active. See 0 226.
economy over recent driving history Engine Oil Life System 0 299.
and the amount of fuel remaining in Press p to select the distance or
the fuel tank. Tire Pressure : Shows the reset best value. Use w and x to
approximate pressures of all four
Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the choose the distance and press V.
tires. Tire pressure is displayed in
oil's remaining useful life. either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds Press w and x to select “Reset
If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is per square inch (psi). If the pressure Best Score.” Press V to reset the
displayed, that means 99% of the is low, the value for that tire is best average fuel economy. After
current oil life remains. shown in amber. reset, the momentary average fuel
When the remaining oil life is low, See Tire Pressure Monitor System economy will display.
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON 0 345 and Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 346. The display provides information on
message will appear on the display.
how current driving behavior affects
The oil should be changed as soon Fuel Economy : The center the running average and how well
as possible. See Engine Oil 0 297. displays the approximate recent driving compares to the best
In addition to the engine oil life instantaneous fuel economy as a that has been achieved for the
system monitoring the oil life, number and bar graph. Displayed selected distance.
additional maintenance is above the bar graph is a running
recommended in the Maintenance average of fuel economy for the Timer : This display can be used as
Schedule. See Maintenance most recently traveled selected a timer. To start the timer, press V
Schedule 0 389. distance. Displayed below the bar while this display is active. The
The Oil Life display must be reset graph is the best average fuel display will show the amount of time
after each oil change. It will not economy that has been achieved for that has passed since the timer was
reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life the selected distance. The selected last reset. To stop the timer, press V
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

briefly while this display is active TRAILER OUTPUT shows the If equipped with HUD, some
and the timer is running. To reset power output to the trailer anytime a information concerning the
the timer to zero, press and hold V trailer with electric brakes is operation of the vehicle is projected
while this display is active, or press connected. Output is displayed as a onto the windshield. The image is
p and select reset. bar graph. Dashes may appear in projected through the HUD lens on
the OUTPUT display if a trailer is top of the instrument panel. The
Speed Limit (If Equipped) : Shows not connected. information appears as an image
sign information, which comes from focused out toward the front of the
a roadway database in the onboard Off Road : Displays vehicle pitch
and roll information, road wheel vehicle.
navigation.
angle, and four-wheel drive (4WD)
Engine Hours : Shows the total status. Caution
number of hours the engine has run.
Blank Page : Shows no If you try to use the HUD image
Transmission Fluid information.
Temperature : Shows the as a parking aid, you may
temperature of the automatic misjudge the distance and
transmission fluid in either degrees
Head-Up Display (HUD) damage your vehicle. Do not use
Celsius (°C) or degrees the HUD image as a parking aid.
Fahrenheit (°F). { Warning
Trailer Brake (If Equipped) : On If the HUD image is too bright or The HUD information can be
vehicles with the Integrated Trailer too high in your field of view, it displayed in various languages. The
Brake Control (ITBC) system, the speedometer reading and other
may take you more time to see
trailer brake display appears in numerical values can be displayed
things you need to see when it is
the DIC. in either English or metric units.
dark outside. Be sure to keep the
TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer HUD image dim and placed low in The language selection is changed
gain setting. This setting can be your field of view. through the radio and the units of
adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either measurement is changed through
a trailer connected or disconnected.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

the instrument cluster. See Vehicle . Collision Alert 2. Start the engine.
Personalization 0 170 and “Cluster . Cruise Control 3. Use the following settings to
Settings Menu” under Instrument adjust the HUD.
Cluster 0 143. . Lane Departure
. Low Fuel $ : Press down or lift up to center
the HUD image. The HUD image
Some vehicle messages or alerts can only be adjusted up and down,
displayed in the HUD may be not side to side.
cleared by using the steering wheel
controls. See Vehicle Messages ! : Press to select the display
0 169. view. Each press will change the
display view.
Some information shown may not
be available on your vehicle if it is D : Lift up and hold to brighten the
not equipped with these features. display. Press down and hold to dim
the display. Hold down to turn the
display off.
The HUD image will automatically
HUD Display on the Vehicle dim and brighten to compensate for
Windshield outside lighting. The HUD
The HUD may display some of the brightness control can also be
following vehicle information and adjusted as needed.
vehicle messages or alerts: The HUD image can temporarily
. Speed light up depending on the angle and
. position of the sunlight on the HUD
Tachometer The HUD control is to the left of the display. This is normal.
. Audio steering wheel.
Polarized sunglasses could make
. Phone To adjust the HUD image: the HUD image harder to see.
. Navigation 1. Adjust the driver seat.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Head-Up Display (HUD) Rotation HUD Views only appears on vehicles that have
Option There are four views in the HUD. these features, and when they are
This feature allows for adjusting the Some vehicle information and active.
angle of the HUD image. vehicle messages or alerts may be
displayed in any view.
Press@ on the steering wheel
controls while Head-up Display
Rotation is highlighted to enter
Adjust Mode. Press y or z to
adjust the angle of the HUD display. Metric
Press S or T to highlight OK, then
press @ to save the setting. Metric
CANCEL can also be selected to
cancel the setting. The vehicle must
be in P (Park). See Instrument
Cluster 0 143.
Press @ on the steering wheel English
controls while Head-up Display Audio/Phone View : This displays
Rotation is highlighted to enter English the speed view along with audio/
Adjust Mode. Press y or z to phone information. The current radio
Speed View : This display gives the
adjust the angle of the HUD display. speedometer reading (in English or station, media type, and incoming
Press S or T to highlight OK, then metric units), speed limit, Adaptive calls will be displayed.
press @ to save the setting. Cruise Control speed, Lane All HUD views may briefly display
CANCEL can also be selected to Departure Warning, and vehicle audio information when the driver
cancel the setting. The vehicle must ahead indicator. Some information uses the steering wheel controls to
be in P (Park). See Instrument adjust the audio settings appearing
Cluster 0 143. in the instrument cluster.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Incoming phone calls appearing in HUD Troubleshooting
the instrument cluster may also
Check that:
display in any HUD view.
. Nothing is covering the
HUD lens.
. HUD brightness setting is not
Metric too dim or too bright.
. HUD is adjusted to the proper
height.
Metric . Polarized sunglasses are
not worn.
. Windshield and HUD lens are
clean.
English
If the HUD image is not correct,
Performance View : This displays contact your dealer.
the speedometer reading, rpm
English reading, transmission positions, and The windshield is part of the HUD
gear shift indicator. system. See Windshield
Navigation View : This displays the Replacement 0 319.
speed view along with Turn-by-Turn Care of the HUD
Navigation information. The
compass heading is displayed when Clean the inside of the windshield to
navigation routing is not active. remove any dirt or film that could
reduce the sharpness or clarity of
Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts the HUD image.
shown in the instrument cluster may
also be displayed in any HUD view. Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth
sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe
the lens gently, then dry it.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

.
Vehicle Messages Brakes is driven. The vehicle may be driven
while this message is on, but
. Ride Control Systems
Messages displayed on the DIC maximum acceleration and speed
indicate the status of the vehicle or . Driver Assistance Systems may be reduced. Anytime this
some action that may be needed to . Cruise Control message stays on, or displays
correct a condition. Multiple repeatedly, the vehicle should be
messages may appear one after . Lighting and Bulb Replacement taken to your dealer for service as
another. . Wiper/Washer Systems soon as possible.
The messages that do not require . Doors and Windows
immediate action can be Vehicle Speed Messages
. Seat Belts
acknowledged and cleared by
.
SPEED LIMITED TO
pressing V. The messages that Airbag Systems
XXX KM/H (MPH)
require immediate action cannot be . Engine and Transmission
cleared until that action is This message shows that the
. Tire Pressure vehicle speed has been limited to
performed.
. Battery the speed displayed. The limited
All messages should be taken speed is a protection for various
seriously; clearing the message propulsion and vehicle systems,
does not correct the problem. Engine Power Messages such as lubrication, thermal,
If a SERVICE message appears, ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED suspension, Teen Driver if
see your dealer. equipped, or tires.
This message displays when the
Follow the instructions given in the vehicle's propulsion power is
messages. The system displays reduced. Reduced propulsion power
messages regarding the following can affect the vehicle's ability to
topics: accelerate. If this message is on,
. Service Messages but there is no observed reduction
in performance, proceed to your
. Fluid Levels destination. The performance may
. Vehicle Security be reduced the next time the vehicle
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Vehicle Personalization Menus Time and Date
The following list of menu items may Manually set the time and date. See
Personalization be available: Clock 0 137.
Use the audio system controls to . Time and Date
access the personalization menus Language
for customizing vehicle features. . Language Select Language, then select from
The following are all possible . Rear Seat Reminder the available language(s).
personalization features. Depending . Video Voice-Over The selected language will display
on the vehicle, some may not be on the system, and voice
available. . Teen Driver
recognition will reflect the selected
. Valet Mode language.
Radio Audio System Controls
. Radio Rear Seat Reminder
1. Touch the desired feature to
display a list of available . Vehicle This allows for a chime and a
options. . Bluetooth message when the rear door has
2. Touch to select the desired been opened before or during
. Apple CarPlay
feature setting. operation of the vehicle.
. Android Auto
3. Press o BACK on the center Select Off or On.
. Voice
stack or touch 0 on the Video Voice-Over
. Display
infotainment display to return to When activated, the RSI will read
the previous menu or exit. . Rear Camera aloud menu titles, menu listings,
Turn the vehicle on to access the . Return to Factory Settings pop-ups, alerts, and file titles from
Settings menu, then select audio and video media.
. Software Information
SETTINGS from the Home Page on Select Off or On.
the infotainment display. Detailed information for each menu
follows.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Teen Driver . Auto Volume Select Off, Low, Medium-Low,
. Maximum Startup Volume Medium, Medium-High, or High.
See “Teen Driver” under “Settings”
in the infotainment manual. . Audio Cue Volume Maximum Startup Volume
Valet Mode Manage Favorites This feature sets the maximum
startup volume. If the vehicle is
This will lock the infotainment This allows favorites to be edited. started and the volume is greater
system and steering wheel controls. See “Manage Favorites” in than this level, the volume is
It may also limit access to vehicle “Settings” under “Radio” in the adjusted to this level. To set the
storage locations, if equipped. infotainment manual. maximum startup volume, touch +
To enable valet mode: Number of Favorites Shown or − to increase or decrease.
1. Enter a four-digit code on the Select to set the number of favorites Audio Cue Volume
keypad. to display. This feature sets the volume of
2. Select Enter to go to the Select the desired number or select audio files played at system startup
confirmation screen. Auto and the infotainment system and shutdown.
3. Re-enter the four-digit code. will automatically adjust the number Select On, then touch + or − to
of favorites shown. increase or decrease the volume.
Select LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or
unlock the system. Touch Back to Audible Touch Feedback Vehicle
go back to the previous menu.
This allows Audible Touch Select and the following may
Radio Feedback to be turned on or off. display:
Select and the following may Select Off or On. . Climate and Air Quality
display: Auto Volume . Collision/Detection Systems
. Manage Favorites
This feature adjusts the volume . Comfort and Convenience
. Number of Favorites Shown based on vehicle speed and
. Lighting
. ambient noise.
Audible Touch Feedback . Power Door Locks
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start Select Off or On. FAB functions. With the Alert and
Brake setting, both FCA and FAB
Climate and Air Quality Collision/Detection Systems are available. The Alert setting
Select and the following may Select and the following may disables FAB. See Forward
display: display: Automatic Braking (FAB) 0 261.
. Auto Fan Speed . Alert Type Select Off, Alert and Brake, or Alert.
. Auto Defog . Forward Collision System Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier
. Auto Rear Defog . Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier This feature will give a reminder that
. Parking Assist Adaptive Cruise Control provides
Auto Fan Speed
when it has brought the vehicle to a
This feature will set the auto fan . Lane Change Alert complete stop behind another
speed. . Rear Cross Traffic Alert stopping vehicle, and then that
Select Low, Medium, or High. vehicle drives on.
. Side Blind Zone Alert
Select Off or On.
Auto Defog Alert Type
When set to On, the auto defog Parking Assist
This feature will set crash alerts to
comes on when the climate control beeps or seat vibrations. This If equipped, this allows the feature
sensor detects high interior setting affects all crash alerts to be turned on or off. See
humidity. Air will be directed to the including Forward Collision, Lane Assistance Systems for Parking or
windshield. Departure Warning, and Parking Backing 0 256.
Select Off or On. Assist alerts. Select Off, On, or On with Towbar
Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat. Attached.
Auto Rear Defog
If equipped, this feature will Forward Collision System Lane Change Alert
automatically turn on the rear This feature will turn on or off This allows the feature to be turned
window defogger when the vehicle Forward Collision Alert (FCA) and on or off. See Lane Change Alert
is first started in cold weather and Forward Automatic Braking (FAB). (LCA) 0 263.
turn off when the vehicle is warmed. The Off setting disables all FCA and
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Select Off or On. Auto Memory Recall Reverse Tilt Mirror
Rear Cross Traffic Alert This feature automatically recalls When on, the driver and/or
the previously stored 1 or 2 button passenger mirrors will tilt downward
This allows the feature to be turned positions when the ignition is when the vehicle is shifted to
on or off. See Assistance Systems changed from off to on or ACC/ R (Reverse) to improve visibility of
for Parking or Backing 0 256. ACCESSORY. See Memory Seats the ground near the rear wheels.
Select Off or On. 0 69. See Reverse Tilt Mirrors 0 59.
Side Blind Zone Alert Select Off or On. Select Off, On - Driver and
Passenger, On - Driver, or On -
This allows the feature to be turned Easy Exit Options Passenger.
on or off. See Side Blind Zone Alert This feature automatically recalls
(SBZA) 0 262. the previously stored Exit button Auto Mirror Folding
Select Off or On. position when exiting the vehicle. When on, the outside mirrors will
See Memory Seats 0 69. automatically fold or unfold when
Comfort and Convenience the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Select Off or On.
Select and the following may transmitter Q or K is pressed and
display: Chime Volume held. See Folding Mirrors 0 57.
. Auto Memory Recall This allows the selection of the Select Off or On.
. chime volume level.
Easy Exit Options Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear
. Touch + or − to adjust the volume.
Chime Volume When on and the front wiper is on
. Hands Free Liftgate Control Hands Free Liftgate Control and wiping, the rear wiper will
. The liftgate may be operated with a automatically activate when the
Reverse Tilt Mirror
kicking motion under the rear vehicle is shifted to R (Reverse).
. Auto Mirror Folding bumper. See Liftgate 0 47. Select Off or On.
. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear Select Off, On-Open and Close,
or On-Open Only.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Lighting Power Door Locks Select Off or On.
Select and the following may Select and the following may Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
display: display:
Select and the following may
. Vehicle Locator Lights . Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout display:
. Exit Lighting . Auto Door Unlock . Remote Unlock Light Feedback
Vehicle Locator Lights . Delayed Door Lock . Remote Lock Feedback
This feature will flash the exterior Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout . Remote Door Unlock
lamps and allows some of the When on, this feature will keep the . Remote Start Auto Cooled Seats
exterior lamps and most of the driver door from locking when the
interior lamps to turn on briefly when . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
vehicle is off, the driver door is
K on the Remote Keyless Entry open, and locking is requested. . Remote Window Operation
(RKE) transmitter is pressed to If Off is selected, the Delayed Door
locate the vehicle. . Passive Door Unlock
Lock menu will be available.
Select Off or On. . Passive Door Lock
Select Off or On.
. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
Exit Lighting Auto Door Unlock
This allows the selection of how Remote Unlock Light Feedback
This allows selection of which of the
long the exterior lamps stay on doors will automatically unlock when When on, the exterior lamps will
when leaving the vehicle when it is the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). flash when unlocking the vehicle
dark outside. with the RKE transmitter.
Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.
Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds, Select Off or Flash Lights.
or 120 Seconds. Delayed Door Lock
Remote Lock Feedback
When on, this feature will delay the
locking of the doors. To override the This allows selection of what type of
delay, press the power door lock feedback is given when locking the
switch on the door. vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
Only, or Horn Only. System Operation (Keyless Access) This feature sounds an alert when
0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry the RKE transmitter is left in the
Remote Door Unlock (RKE) System Operation (Key vehicle. This menu also enables
This allows selection of which doors Access) 0 41. Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert.
will unlock when pressing K on the Select Off or On.
RKE transmitter. Select Off or On.
Passive Door Unlock
Select All Doors or Driver Bluetooth
Door Only. This allows the selection of what
doors will unlock when using the
Remote Start Auto Cooled Seats display:
button on the driver door to unlock
If equipped and turned on, this the vehicle. . Pair New Device
feature will turn the ventilated seats Select All Doors or Driver Door. . Device Management
on when using remote start on .
Passive Door Lock Ringtones
warm days.
This allows passive locking to be . Voice Mail Numbers
Select Off or On.
turned on or off and selects . Text Message Alerts
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats feedback.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Pair New Device
If equipped and turned on, this
feature will turn the heated seats on System Operation (Keyless Access) Select to pair a new device. See
when using remote start on 0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry “Pairing” under “Bluetooth
cold days. (RKE) System Operation (Key (Infotainment Controls)” in the
Access) 0 41. infotainment manual.
Select Off or On.
Select Off, On with Horn Device Management
Remote Window Operation Chirp, or On.
Select to connect to a different
This allows the windows to be
phone source, disconnect a phone,
opened when pressing and
or delete a phone.
holding K on the RKE transmitter.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Ringtones Apple CarPlay Voice
Select to change the ring tone for This feature allows Apple devices to Select and the following may
the specific phone. The phone does be connected to the infotainment display:
not need to be connected to change system through a USB port. . Confidence Threshold
the ring tones. Select Off or On. . Prompt Length
Voice Mail Numbers Manage Apple CarPlay Devices . Audio Feedback Speed
This feature displays the voice mail Select to manage Apple devices.
number for all connected phones. . Display “What Can I Say?” Tips
Apple CarPlay must be on for this
To change the voice mail number, feature to be accessed. Confidence Threshold
select EDIT. Type a new number,
then select SAVE. Android Auto This feature allows the adjustment
of the sensitivity of the speech
Text Message Alerts Select and the following may recognition system.
display:
This feature allows text messages Select Confirm More or
to be received. See “Text . Android Auto Confirm Less.
Messaging” under “Phone” in the . Manage Android Auto Devices
infotainment manual. Prompt Length
Android Auto This feature adjusts the voice
Select Off or On.
This feature allows Android devices prompt length.
Apple CarPlay to be connected to the infotainment Select Short or Long.
Select and the following may system through a USB port.
display: Audio Feedback Speed
Select Off or On.
. Apple CarPlay This feature adjusts the audio
Manage Android Auto Devices feedback speed.
. Manage Apple CarPlay Devices Select to manage Android devices. Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.
Android Auto must be on for this
feature to be accessed.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Display “What Can I Say?” Tips Guidance Lines Restore Radio Settings
This feature gives voice Select to turn Off or On. See This allows selection to restore
command tips. Assistance Systems for Parking or radio settings.
Select Off or On. Backing 0 256. Select Restore or Cancel.
Rear Park Assist Symbols
Display Software Information
Select to turn Off or On. See
Select and the following may Select to view the infotainment
Assistance Systems for Parking or
display: system current software information.
Backing 0 256.
. Calibrate Touchscreen
Return to Factory Settings
. Turn Display Off
Calibrate Touchscreen display:
Select to calibrate the touchscreen, . Restore Vehicle Settings
then follow the prompts.
. Clear All Private Data
Turn Display Off . Restore Radio Settings
Select to turn the display off. Touch
anywhere on the infotainment Restore Vehicle Settings
display area or press any controls This allows selection of restoring
on the radio center stack to turn the vehicle settings.
display on. Select Restore or Cancel.
Rear Camera Clear All Private Data
Select and the following may This allows selection to clear all
display: private information from the vehicle.
. Guidance Lines Select Delete or Cancel.
. Rear Park Assist Symbols
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Universal Remote instructions refer to a garage door Make sure the hand-held transmitter
opener, but can be used for other has a new battery for quick and
System devices. accurate transmission of the
Do not use the Universal Remote radio-frequency signal.
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 414. system with any garage door opener Programming the Universal
that does not have the stop and Remote System
Universal Remote System reverse feature. This includes any
For questions or programming help,
garage door opener model
Programming manufactured before April 1, 1982. see www.homelink.com/gm or call
1-800-355-3515.
Read the instructions completely
before programming the Universal Programming involves
Remote system. It may help to have time-sensitive actions, and may time
another person assist with the out causing the procedure to be
programming process. repeated.
Keep the original hand-held To program up to three devices:
transmitter for use in other vehicles 1. Hold the end of the hand-held
as well as for future programming. transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1
Erase the programming when to 3 in) away from the
vehicle ownership is terminated. Universal Remote system
See “Erasing Universal Remote buttons with the indicator light
System Buttons” later in this in view. The hand-held
If equipped, these buttons are in the section. transmitter was supplied by the
overhead console. To program a garage door opener, manufacturer of the garage
park outside directly in line with and door opener receiver.
This system can replace up to three
remote control transmitters used to facing the garage door opener 2. At the same time, press and
activate devices such as garage receiver. Clear all people and hold both the hand-held
door openers, security systems, and objects near the garage door. transmitter button and one of
home automation devices. These the three Universal Remote
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

system buttons to be used to second button press may The name and color of the
operate the garage door. Do be required. For a second button may vary by
not release either button until time, press and hold the manufacturer.
the indicator light goes from a newly programmed button 5. Press and release the Learn or
slow to a rapid flashing light. for five seconds. If the light Smart button. Step 6 must be
Then release both buttons. stays on or the garage door completed within 30 seconds of
Some garage door openers moves, programming is pressing this button.
may require substitution of complete.
6. Inside the vehicle, press and
Step 2 with the procedure . If the indicator light blinks hold the newly programmed
under “Radio Signals for rapidly for two seconds, Universal Remote system
Canada and Some Gate then changes to a solid light button for two seconds and
Operators” later in this section. and the garage door does then release it. If the garage
3. Press and hold the newly not move, continue with door does not move or the
programmed Universal Remote programming Steps 4–6. lamp on the garage door
system button for five seconds opener receiver does not flash,
while watching the indicator press and hold the same
light and garage door button a second time for
activation. two seconds, then release it.
. If the indicator light stays on Again, if the door does not
continuously or the garage move or the garage door lamp
door moves when the does not flash, press and hold
button is pressed, then the same button a third time for
programming is complete. two seconds, then release it.
Learn or Smart Button
There is no need to The Universal Remote system
complete Steps 4–6. 4. After completing Steps 1–3, should now activate the
. If the indicator light does locate the Learn or Smart garage door.
button inside the garage on the
not come on or the garage
garage door opener receiver.
door does not move, a
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Repeat the process for light will flash slowly at first and then Reprogramming a Single
programming the two remaining rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under Universal Remote System
buttons. “Programming the Universal Remote Button
System” to complete.
Radio Signals for Canada and To reprogram any of the system
Some Gate Operators Universal Remote System buttons:
For questions or programming help, Operation 1. Press and hold any one of the
see www.homelink.com/gm or call buttons. Do not release the
1-800-355-3515. Using the Universal Remote button.
Canadian radio-frequency laws and System 2. The indicator light will begin to
some U.S. gate operators require Press and hold the appropriate flash after 20 seconds. Without
transmitter signals to time out or quit Universal Remote system button for releasing the button, proceed
after several seconds of at least one-half second. The with Step 1 under
transmission. This may not be long indicator light will come on while the “Programming the Universal
enough for the Universal Remote signal is being transmitted. Remote System.”
system to pick up the signal during
programming. Erasing Universal Remote
System Buttons
If the programming did not work,
replace Step 2 under “Programming Erase all programmed buttons when
the Universal Remote System” with vehicle ownership is terminated.
the following: To erase:
Press and hold the Universal 1. Press and hold the two outside
Remote system button while buttons until the indicator light
pressing and releasing the begins to flash. This should
hand-held transmitter button every take about 10 seconds.
two seconds until the signal has
been successfully accepted by the 2. Release both buttons.
Universal Remote system. The
Universal Remote system indicator
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Lighting 181
Lighting Battery Load Management . . . 189
Battery Power Protection . . . . . 189
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 181
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 185
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 The exterior lamp control is on the
Auxiliary instrument panel to the left of the
Roof-Mounted Lamp . . . . . . . . 186 steering wheel.
Interior Lighting There are four positions:
Instrument Panel Illumination O : Turns off the automatic
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 headlamps and Daytime Running
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 control to O again to turn the
Lighting Features automatic headlamps or DRL
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 back on.
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
182 Lighting
For vehicles first sold in Canada, To keep the lamps on for more than lamp control to AUTO. The blue
the off position will only work when 10 minutes, the ignition must be on high-beam on light appears on the
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). or in ACC/ACCESSORY. instrument cluster when the high
AUTO : Automatically turns on the beams are on.
IntelliBeam System
headlamps, parking lamps, Driving with IntelliBeam
taillamps, instrument panel lights, If equipped, this system turns the
roof marker lamps (if equipped), and vehicle's high-beam headlamps on The system only activates the high
license plate lamps. and off according to surrounding beams when driving over 40 km/h
traffic conditions. (25 mph).
; : Turns on the parking lamps There is a sensor near the top
including all lamps, except the The system turns the high-beam
headlamps. headlamps on when it is dark center of the windshield that
enough and there is no other traffic automatically controls the system.
2 : Turns on the headlamps with present. Keep this area of the windshield
the parking lamps and instrument clear of debris to allow for best
panel lights. system performance.
When the headlamps are turned on The high-beam headlamps remain
while the vehicle is on, the on, under the automatic control,
headlamps turn off automatically until one of the following situations
10 minutes after the ignition is occurs:
turned off. When the headlamps are
. The system detects an
turned on while the vehicle is off, This light comes on in the
the headlamps will stay on for approaching vehicle's
instrument cluster when the headlamps.
10 minutes before turning off to IntelliBeam system is enabled.
prevent the battery from being . The system detects a preceding
drained. Turn the headlamp control Turning On and Enabling vehicle's taillamps.
off and then back to the headlamp IntelliBeam
. The outside light is bright
on position to make the headlamps To enable the IntelliBeam system, enough that high-beam
stay on for an additional 10 minutes. with the turn signal lever in the headlamps are not required.
neutral position, turn the exterior
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Lighting 183
. The vehicle's speed drops below . The other vehicle's lamps cannot Headlamp High/
20 km/h (12 mph). be detected due to dense
exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road
Low-Beam Changer
. The IntelliBeam system can be
disabled by the High/Low-Beam spray, mist, or other airborne Push the turn signal lever toward
Changer or the Flash-to-Pass obstructions. the instrument panel to change the
feature. If this happens, the . The vehicle's windshield is dirty, headlamps from low to high beam.
High/Low-Beam Changer must cracked, or obstructed by Pull the turn signal lever toward you
be activated on then off within something that blocks the view and release it to return to low-beam
two seconds to reactivate the of the light sensor. headlamps.
IntelliBeam system. The . The vehicle is loaded such that
instrument cluster light will come the front end points upward,
on to indicate the IntelliBeam is causing the light sensor to aim
reactivated. high and not detect headlamps
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam and taillamps.
Changer 0 183 and
Flash-to-Pass 0 183. . The vehicle is being driven on
winding or hilly roads.
The high beams may not turn off When the high-beam headlamps are
automatically if the system cannot The automatic high-beam on, this indicator light on the
detect another vehicle's lamps headlamps may need to be disabled instrument cluster will also be on.
because of any of the following: if any of the above conditions exist.
. The other vehicle's lamps are Flash-to-Pass
missing, damaged, obstructed Exterior Lamps Off
This feature lets you use the
from view, or otherwise Reminder high-beam headlamps to signal a
undetected. A reminder chime sounds when the driver in front of you that you want
. The other vehicle's lamps are headlamps or parking lamps are to pass. It works even if the
covered with dirt, snow, and/or manually turned on, the ignition is headlamps are in the automatic
road spray. off, and a door is open. To disable position.
the chime, turn the lamps off.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
184 Lighting
To use it, pull the turn signal lever . The transmission is not in
toward you, then release it. P (Park).
If the headlamps are in the . The light sensor determines it is
automatic position or on low beam, daytime.
the high-beam headlamps will turn When the DRL system is on, only
on. Depending on the type of the DRL are on. The taillamps,
headlamp, they will either turn off sidemarker lamps, instrument panel
after a short duration or stay on as lights, and other lamps will not
long as you hold the lever toward be on.
you. The high-beam indicator on the There is a light sensor on top of the
instrument cluster will come on. When it begins to get dark, the instrument panel. Do not cover the
Release the lever to return to automatic headlamp system sensor, otherwise the headlamps
normal operation. switches from DRL to the will come on when they are not
headlamps. needed.
Daytime Running To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior The system may also turn on the
Lamps (DRL) lamp control to O and then release. headlamps when driving through a
For vehicles first sold in Canada, off parking garage or tunnel.
DRL can make it easier for others to
see the front of the vehicle during will only work when the vehicle is If the vehicle is started in a dark
the day. Fully functional DRL are parked. garage, the automatic headlamp
required on all vehicles first sold in system comes on immediately. If it
Canada. Automatic Headlamp is light outside when the vehicle
System leaves the garage, there is a slight
The DRL system comes on when delay before the automatic
the following conditions are met: When the exterior lamp control is headlamp system changes to the
. The ignition is on. set to AUTO and it is dark enough DRL. During that delay, the
outside, the headlamps come on instrument cluster may not be as
. The exterior lamp control is automatically. bright as usual. Make sure the
in AUTO. instrument panel brightness control
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Lighting 185
is in the full bright position. See Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 187.
Signals
When it is bright enough outside,
the headlamps will turn off or may
change to Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL).
The automatic headlamp system
turns off when the exterior lamp
control is turned to O or the ignition
is off.
Lights On with Wipers An arrow on the instrument cluster
If the windshield wipers are flashes in the direction of the turn or
activated in daylight with the engine lane change.
| : Press this button to make the
on, and the exterior lamp control is front and rear turn signal lamps Move the turn signal lever all the
in AUTO, the headlamps, parking flash on and off. Press again to turn way up or down to signal a turn.
lamps, and other exterior lamps the flashers off. Raise or lower the lever for less
come on. The transition time for the than one second until the arrow
lamps coming on varies based on When the hazard warning flashers
are on, the vehicle's turn signals will starts to flash to signal a lane
wiper speed. When the wipers are change. This causes the turn
not operating, these lamps turn off. not work.
signals to automatically flash three
Move the exterior lamp control to O times. It will flash six times if Tow/
or ; to disable this feature. Haul Mode is active. Holding the
turn signal lever for more than
one second will cause the turn
signals to flash until the lever is
released.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
186 Lighting
The lever returns to its starting Fog Lamps When the headlamps are changed
position whenever it is released. to high beam, the fog lamps also go
If after signaling a turn or a lane off. When the high-beam headlamps
change the arrows flash rapidly or are turned off, the fog lamps will
do not come on, a signal bulb could come on again.
be burned out. Some localities have laws that
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a require the headlamps to be on with
bulb is not burned out, check the the fog lamps.
fuse. See Fuses and Circuit
Breakers 0 325. Auxiliary
Turn Signal On Chime
Roof-Mounted Lamp
If the turn signal is left on for more If equipped, this button includes
than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime wiring provisions for a dealer or a
sounds at each flash of the turn qualified service center to install an
If equipped with fog lamps, the
signal. The message TURN auxiliary roof lamp.
button is on the exterior lamp
SIGNAL ON will also appear in the control, to the left of the steering
Driver Information Center (DIC). To column.
turn the chime and message off,
The ignition must be on for the fog
move the turn signal lever to the off
lamps to come on.
position.
# : Press to turn the fog lamps on
or off. A light will come on in the
instrument cluster.
When the fog lamps are turned on,
the parking lamps automatically This button is on the overhead
turn on. console.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Lighting 187
When the wiring is connected to an Interior Lighting Dome Lamps
auxiliary roof-mounted lamp,
pressing the bottom of the button
will activate the lamp and illuminate Instrument Panel
an indicator light at the bottom of Illumination Control
this button. Pressing the top of the
button will turn off the roof-mounted
lamp and indicator.
The emergency roof lamp circuit is
fused at 30 amps, so the total
current draw of the attached lamps
should be less than this value. The
attachment points for the roof lamp
circuits are two blunt cut wires
above the overhead console: a dark
There are dome lamps in the
green with blue stripe switched
overhead console and the headliner,
power wire and a black ground wire.
if equipped.
For information on roof-mounted
This feature controls the brightness To change the dome lamp settings,
emergency lamp installation, see
of the instrument panel lights and is press the following:
www.gmupfitter.com or contact your
dealer. next to the exterior lamp control. OFF : Turns the lamps off, even
D : Move the thumbwheel up or when a door is open.
If the vehicle has this button, the
vehicle may have the snow plow down to brighten or dim the lights. DOOR : The lamps come on
prep package. See Add-On automatically when a door is
Electrical Equipment 0 288. opened.
ON : Turns all dome lamps on.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
188 Lighting
Reading Lamps Lighting Features
Entry Lighting
Some exterior lamps and the interior
lamps turn on briefly at night, or in
areas with limited lighting, when K
is pressed on the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter. When a
Press m or n next to each reading door is opened, the interior lamps
lamp to turn it on or off. come on if the dome lamp control is
in the DOOR position. After about
30 seconds the exterior lamps turn
off. Entry lighting can be disabled
manually by changing the ignition
There are reading lamps in the
out of the OFF position, or by
overhead console and the headliner,
if equipped. To operate, the ignition pressing the RKE transmitter Q
must be on or in ACC/ button.
ACCESSORY, or using Retained This feature can be changed. See
Accessory Power (RAP). “Vehicle Locator Lights” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 170.
Exit Lighting
Some exterior lamps and interior
lamps come on when the key is
removed from the ignition. The
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Lighting 189
exterior and interior lamps remain the voltage is lowered slightly to generate more power, whenever
on for a set amount of time, then prevent overcharging. The voltmeter needed. It can temporarily reduce
automatically turn off. gauge or the voltage display on the the power demands of some
If equipped with Keyless Access, Driver Information Center (DIC), accessories.
the exterior lamps automatically turn if equipped, may show the voltage Normally, these actions occur in
on when the driver’s door is opened moving up or down. This is normal. steps or levels, without being
after the ignition is turned off. The If there is a problem, an alert will be noticeable. In rare cases at the
interior lights turn on when the displayed. highest levels of corrective action,
ignition is turned off. The battery can be discharged at this action may be noticeable to the
The exterior lamps turn off idle if the electrical loads are very driver. If so, a DIC message might
immediately by turning the exterior high. This is true for all vehicles. be displayed and it is recommended
lamp control off. This is because the generator that the driver reduce the electrical
(alternator) may not be spinning fast loads as much as possible.
This feature can be changed. See enough at idle to produce all the
Vehicle Personalization 0 170. power that is needed for very high Battery Power Protection
electrical loads.
Battery Load This feature shuts off the dome and
A high electrical load occurs when reading lamps if they are left on for
Management several of the following are on, such more than 10 minutes when the
The vehicle has Electric Power as: headlamps, high beams, fog ignition is off. This will keep the
Management (EPM), which lamps, rear window defogger, battery from running down.
estimates the battery's temperature climate control fan at high speed,
and state of charge. It then adjusts heated seats, engine cooling fans, Exterior Lighting Battery
the voltage for best performance trailer loads, and loads plugged into
accessory power outlets. Saver
and extended life of the battery.
EPM works to prevent excessive The exterior lamps turn off about
When the battery's state of charge 10 minutes after the ignition is
is low, the voltage is raised slightly discharge of the battery. It does this
by balancing the generator's output turned off, if the parking lamps or
to quickly bring the charge back up. headlamps have been manually left
When the state of charge is high, and the vehicle's electrical needs.
It can increase engine idle speed to on. This protects against draining
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
190 Lighting
the battery. To restart the 10-minute
timer, turn the exterior lamp control
to the O position and then back to
the ; or 2 position.
To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be on
or in ACC/ACCESSORY.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Infotainment System 191

Infotainment Introduction
System Infotainment
See the infotainment manual for
Introduction information on the radio, audio
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 players, phone, navigation system,
Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE),
and voice or speech recognition,
if equipped. It also includes
information on settings.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
192 Climate Controls

Climate Controls Climate Control 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls
4. Fan Control
Systems
5. Defrost
Climate Control Systems
Dual Automatic Climate Dual Automatic Climate 6. Passenger Temperature
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Control System Control
Rear Climate Control 7. SYNC (Synchronized
With this system the heating,
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Temperature)
cooling, and ventilation in the
Air Vents vehicle can be controlled. Some 8. Rear Window Defogger
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 climate control settings can be
9. RCTRL (Rear Climate Control
changed. See “Climate and Air
Maintenance Lockout)
Quality” under Vehicle
Passenger Compartment Air Personalization 0 170. 10. Rear Temperature Control
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 11. Rear Air Delivery Mode Control
12. Rear Fan Control
13. Front Climate Control Power
Button
14. Rear AUTO (Automatic
Operation)
15. Rear Climate Control Power
Button
16. Air Recirculation
17. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
1. Driver Temperature Control
2. A/C (Air Conditioning)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Climate Controls 193

Front Climate Controls To improve fuel efficiency and to 9 : Turn clockwise or
cool the vehicle faster, recirculation counterclockwise to increase or
Automatic Operation may be automatically selected in decrease the fan speed. Press
The system automatically controls warm weather. AUTO to return to automatic
the fan speed, air delivery, air The recirculation light will not come operation.
conditioning, and recirculation in on when automatically controlled.
order to heat or cool the vehicle to The maximum auto fan speed can
the desired temperature. Press @ to manually select be adjusted. See “Climate and Air
recirculation; press it again to select Quality” under Vehicle
When AUTO is lit, all four functions outside air. Personalization 0 170.
operate automatically. Each function
can also be manually set and the Do not cover the solar sensor on the Driver and Passenger
setting is displayed. Functions not top of the instrument panel near the Temperature Control : The
manually set will continue to be windshield. This sensor regulates temperature can be adjusted
automatically controlled, even if the air temperature based on sun load. separately for the driver and
AUTO indicator is not lit. See “Sensors” later in this section. passenger.
To place the system in Manual Operation Turn the knob clockwise or

automatic mode: counterclockwise to increase or
O : Press to turn the climate control decrease the driver or passenger
1. Press AUTO. system on or off. When off is temperature setting.
selected, the system will stop air
2. Set the driver and passenger SYNC : Press to link the passenger
from flowing into the cabin. If on is
temperature. and rear climate temperature
selected, a button is pressed, or a
To find your comfort setting, knob is turned, the climate control settings to the driver setting. The
start with 22 °C (72 °F) and system will turn on and operate at SYNC indicator light will turn on.
allow the system time to the current setting. When the passenger or rear climate
stabilize. Then adjust the settings are adjusted, the SYNC
temperature as needed for best indicator light turns off.
comfort.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Air Delivery Mode Control : Press compressor will run, unless the outside air supply, turn on the air
Y, \, [ , or - to change the outside temperature is close to conditioner, and direct more air to
direction of the airflow. An indicator freezing. the windshield. If the climate control
light comes on in the selected mode Do not drive the vehicle until all system does not detect possible
button. windows are clear. window fogging, it returns to normal
Changing the mode cancels the operation. To turn Auto Defog off or
See Air Vents 0 197. on, see “Climate and Air Quality”
automatic operation of the mode.
Press AUTO to return to automatic A/C : Press to turn the air under Vehicle Personalization
operation. conditioning system on or off. An 0 170.
indicator light comes on to show Rear Window Defogger
Y : Air is directed to the instrument that the air conditioning is enabled.
panel outlets. If the fan is turned off, the air The rear window defogger uses a
\ : Air is divided between the conditioner will not run. The A/C warming grid to remove fog from the
instrument panel and floor outlets. light will stay on even if the outside rear window.
[ : Air is directed to the floor temperatures are below freezing. K : Press to turn the rear window
outlets, with some to the windshield, @ : Press to turn on recirculation. defogger on or off. An indicator light
side window outlets, and second An indicator light comes on. Air is on the button comes on to show that
row floor outlets. recirculated to quickly cool the the rear window defogger is on.
- : This mode clears the windows inside of the vehicle. It can also be The rear window defogger only
of fog or moisture. Air is directed to used to help reduce outside air and works when the ignition is in on. The
the windshield, floor outlets, and odors that enter the vehicle. The air defogger turns off if the ignition is
side window vents. conditioning compressor also comes turned off or to ACC/ACCESSORY.
on when this mode is activated.
0 : Press to clear the windshield Auto Defog : The climate control
The rear window defogger can be
of fog or frost more quickly. Air is set to automatic operation. When
directed to the windshield and the system uses a sensor to Auto Rear Defog is selected, the
side window vents. The system automatically detect high humidity rear window defogger turns on
automatically forces outside air into inside the vehicle. When high automatically when the vehicle is
the vehicle and the air conditioning humidity is detected, the climate first started in cold weather and
control system may adjust to turns off when the vehicle is
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

warmed. To turn Auto Rear Defog automatic operation is active. If any Remote Start Climate Control
on or off, see “Climate and Air of the climate control settings Operation
Quality” under Vehicle except rear temperature are If equipped with the remote start
Personalization 0 170. manually adjusted, this cancels full feature, the climate control system
automatic operation. will come on when the vehicle is
Caution Fan Control : Press up or down to started remotely, depending on the
increase or decrease the rear outside temperature. The rear
Using a razor blade or sharp passenger area fan speed. window defogger and heated seats,
object to clear the inside rear if equipped, may also come on.
window can damage the rear Air Delivery Mode Control : Press
up or down to change the direction See Remote Vehicle Start 0 43 and
window defogger. Repairs would Heated and Ventilated Front Seats
not be covered by the vehicle of the rear passenger airflow.
Repeatedly press the switch until 0 72.
warranty. Do not clear the inside
the desired mode appears on the Sensors
rear window with sharp objects.
display. Multiple presses will cycle
through the delivery selections.
Heated Mirror : If equipped with Temperature Control : Press up or
heated outside mirrors, the mirrors down to increase or decrease the
heat to help clear fog or frost from airflow temperature into the rear
the surface of the mirror when the passenger area.
rear window defog button is
pressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 58. RCTRL : Press to lock or unlock
control of the rear climate control
Rear Climate Controls system from the rear seat
O : Press to turn the rear climate passengers. When locked, the rear
The solar sensor monitors the solar
control system on or off. climate control can only be adjusted
heat. Do not cover the solar sensor
from the front seat.
AUTO : Press AUTO to control the or the system will not work properly.
rear passenger temperature, air
delivery, and fan speed. AUTO
appears in the display when
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

There is also an exterior Automatic Operation
temperature sensor behind the front
AUTO : Press AUTO to
grille. This sensor reads the outside
automatically control the
air temperature and helps maintain
temperature, air delivery, and fan
the temperature inside the vehicle.
speed for rear seat passengers. A is
Any cover on the front of the
indicated in the display when
vehicle, including a snowplow, could
automatic operation is active.
cause a false reading in the
displayed temperature. If any of the rear climate control
settings are manually adjusted, full
The climate control system uses the
automatic operation is cancelled.
information from these sensors to
Press AUTO to return to full
maintain comfort settings by
1. Fan Control automatic operation.
adjusting the outlet temperature, fan
speed, and air delivery mode. The 2. AUTO (Automatic Operation) The display only indicates climate
system may also supply cooler air to control functions when the system is
the side of the vehicle facing the 3. MODE (Air Delivery Mode in rear independent mode.
sun. The recirculation mode will also Control)
be used as needed to maintain cool Manual Operation
4. TEMP (Temperature Control)
outlet temperatures.
5. Heated Rear Seats (If
9 : Turn clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
Equipped)
Rear Climate Control decrease the fan speed. Turn
System If the dual automatic climate control completely counterclockwise to turn
system rear climate control lockout the fan/power off.
The rear climate control system is feature is locked, the rear climate
TEMP : Turn clockwise or
located on the rear of the center control settings can only be
counterclockwise to increase or
console storage. The rear climate adjusted from the front seat.
decrease the airflow temperature
settings can be adjusted with this
into the passenger area. If the
system.
SYNC button is pressed on the front
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

climate controls, the rear climate Air Vents Operation Tips
temperature is linked to the driver . Clear away any ice, snow,
temperature setting. Adjustable air vents are in the
or leaves from the air inlets at
center and on the side of the
MODE : Press to change the the base of the windshield that
instrument panel.
direction of the airflow in the vehicle. could block the flow of air into
Repeatedly press the button until the vehicle.
the desired mode appears on the . Clear snow off the hood to
display. Multiple presses will cycle improve visibility and help
through the delivery selections. decrease moisture drawn into
M or L : If equipped, press M or L the vehicle.
to heat the left or right outboard seat . When you enter a vehicle in cold
cushion. See Heated Rear Seats (If weather, press the fan up button
Equipped) 0 74. to the maximum fan level before
driving. This helps clear the
intake ducts of snow and
moisture, and reduces the
chance of fogging the inside of
1. Slider Knob the window.
2. Thumbwheel . Keep the air path under the front
Move the slider knobs (1) to change seats clear of objects to help
the direction of the airflow. circulate the air inside of the
vehicle more effectively.
Use the thumbwheels (2) near the
. Use of non-GM approved hood
air vents to open or close off the
airflow. deflectors can adversely affect
the performance of the system.
Check with your dealer before
adding equipment to the outside
of the vehicle.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Maintenance 2. Disconnect the glove box door
damper string from the glove
box door assembly. A pen or
Passenger Compartment pencil may be inserted through
Air Filter the end of the damper string to
prevent the string from slipping
The filter reduces the dust, pollen,
inside the door assembly.
and other airborne irritants from
outside air that is pulled into the
vehicle.
The filter should be replaced as part
of routine scheduled maintenance.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 389.
To find out what type of filter to use, 4. Release the two tabs holding
see Maintenance Replacement the service door. Open the
Parts 0 398. service door and remove the
old filter.
5. Install the new air filter.
6. Close the service door and
secure the tabs.
3. Remove the six screws and 7. Reverse the steps to reinstall
remove the access plate. the glove box.
See your dealer if additional
assistance is needed.
1. Open the glove box completely.

Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Service
All vehicles have a label underhood
that identifies the refrigerant used in
the vehicle. The refrigerant system
should only be serviced by trained
and certified technicians. The air
conditioning evaporator should
never be repaired or replaced by
one from a salvage vehicle.
It should only be replaced by a new
evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
During service, all refrigerants
should be reclaimed with proper
equipment. Venting refrigerants
directly to the atmosphere is harmful
to the environment and may also
create unsafe conditions based on
inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
or other health-based concerns.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
200 Driving and Operating

Driving and Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retained Accessory
222 Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/Electronic
Operating Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . .
224
224
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . .
242
244
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Magnetic Ride Control . . . . . . . . 244
Driving Information Parking over Things Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Automatic Level Control . . . . . . 245
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Active Fuel Management . . . . . 226
Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Cruise Control
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Engine Exhaust Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . 248
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Running the Vehicle While Driver Assistance Systems
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Driver Assistance Systems . . . 255
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Assistance Systems for
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Automatic Transmission Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 256
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 209 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 228 Assistance Systems for
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 210 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 211 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Drive Systems Forward Automatic
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Starting and Operating Side Blind Zone
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 216 Brakes
Antilock Brake Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Adjustable Throttle and Brake Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 263
Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Lane Departure
Ignition Positions (Keyless Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 241 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) (1500
Ignition Positions (Key Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Driving and Operating 201

Fuel . Designate a front seat
Driving Information passenger to handle potential
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
California Fuel distractions.
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Distracted Driving
. Become familiar with vehicle
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 267 Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 judgment and do not let other control and seat settings.
Filling a Portable Fuel activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to
governments have enacted laws driving.
Trailer Towing
regarding driver distraction. Become
General Towing . Wait until the vehicle is parked
familiar with the local laws in
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 to retrieve items that have fallen
your area.
Driving Characteristics and to the floor.
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 To avoid distracted driving, keep
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 your eyes on the road, keep your . Stop or park the vehicle to tend
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 hands on the steering wheel, and to children.
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 286 focus your attention on driving. . Keep pets in an appropriate
. Do not use a phone in carrier or restraint.
Conversions and Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical demanding driving situations. . Avoid stressful conversations
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Use a hands-free method to while driving, whether with a
place or receive necessary passenger or on a cell phone.
phone calls.
. Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

. Focus on the task of driving. Braking
{ Warning
Drunk Driving Braking action involves perception
Taking your eyes off the road too time and reaction time. Deciding to
long or too often could cause a Death and injury associated with push the brake pedal is perception
crash resulting in injury or death. drinking and driving is a global time. Actually doing it is
Focus your attention on driving. tragedy. reaction time.
Average driver reaction time is
Refer to the infotainment section for { Warning about three-quarters of a second. In
more information on using that that time, a vehicle moving at
Drinking and then driving is very 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
system and the navigation system,
dangerous. Your reflexes, (66 ft), which could be a lot of
if equipped, including pairing and
using a cell phone. perceptions, attentiveness, and distance in an emergency.
judgment can be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
Defensive Driving can have a serious — or even include:
Defensive driving means “always fatal — collision if you drive after . Keep enough distance between
expect the unexpected.” The first drinking. you and the vehicle in front
step in driving defensively is to wear of you.
the seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 83. Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking. . Avoid needless heavy braking.
. Assume that other road users Ride home in a cab; or if you are . Keep pace with traffic.
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and with a group, designate a driver
other drivers) are going to be If the engine ever stops while the
who will not drink.
careless and make mistakes. vehicle is being driven, brake
Anticipate what they might do normally but do not pump the
and be ready. Control of a Vehicle brakes. Doing so could make the
. Allow enough following distance pedal harder to push down. If the
Braking, steering, and accelerating engine stops, there will be some
between you and the driver in are important factors in helping to power brake assist but it will be
front of you. control a vehicle while driving. used when the brake is applied.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Once the power assist is used up, it Normal use of the power steering Off-Road Recovery
can take longer to stop and the assist should return when the
brake pedal will be harder to push. system cools down.
See your dealer if there is a
Steering problem.
Electric Power Steering Curve Tips
This vehicle has electric power . Take curves at a reasonable
steering. It does not have power speed.
steering fluid. Regular maintenance
. Reduce speed before entering a
is not required.
curve.
If power steering assist is lost due
. Maintain a reasonable steady
to a system malfunction, the vehicle
can be steered, but may require speed through the curve.
increased effort. . Wait until the vehicle is out of The vehicle's right wheels can drop
See your dealer if there is a the curve before accelerating off the edge of a road onto the
problem. gently into the straightaway. shoulder while driving. Follow
these tips:
If the steering assist is used for an Steering in Emergencies
extended period of time while the 1. Ease off the accelerator and
. There are some situations when
vehicle is not moving, power assist then, if there is nothing in the
steering around a problem may
may be reduced. way, steer the vehicle so that it
be more effective than braking.
straddles the edge of the
If the steering wheel is turned until it . Holding both sides of the pavement.
reaches the end of its travel, and is steering wheel allows you to turn
held in that position for an extended 2. Turn the steering wheel about
180 degrees without removing
period of time, power steering assist one-eighth of a turn, until the
a hand.
may be reduced. right front tire contacts the
. Antilock Brake System (ABS) pavement edge.
allows steering while braking.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

3. Turn the steering wheel to go If the vehicle starts to slide, follow Remember: Antilock brakes help
straight down the roadway. these suggestions: avoid only the braking skid.
. Ease your foot off the
Loss of Control accelerator pedal and steer the Off-Road Driving
Skidding way you want the vehicle to go. Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be
The vehicle may straighten out. used for off-road driving. Vehicles
There are three types of skids that Be ready for a second skid if it without four-wheel drive and
correspond to the vehicle's three occurs. vehicles not equipped with All
control systems: Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR)
. Slow down and adjust your
. Braking Skid — wheels are not driving according to weather tires must not be driven off-road
rolling. conditions. Stopping distance except on a level, solid surface. For
. Steering or Cornering Skid — can be longer and vehicle contact information about the
control can be affected when original equipment tires, see the
too much speed or steering in a
traction is reduced by water, warranty manual.
curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force. snow, ice, gravel, or other One of the best ways for successful
material on the road. Learn to off-road driving is to control the
. Acceleration Skid — too much recognize warning clues — such speed.
throttle causes the driving as enough water, ice, or packed
wheels to spin. snow on the road to make a
Defensive drivers avoid most skids mirrored surface — and slow { Warning
by taking reasonable care suited to down when you have any doubt. When driving off-road, bouncing
existing conditions, and by not . Try to avoid sudden steering, and quick changes in direction
overdriving those conditions. But acceleration, or braking, can easily throw you out of
skids are always possible. including reducing vehicle speed position. This could cause you to
by shifting to a lower gear. Any lose control and crash. You and
sudden changes could cause your passengers should always
the tires to slide. wear seat belts.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Before Driving Off-Road
Caution Warning (Continued)
. Have all necessary maintenance
and service work completed. Operating the vehicle for heaviest things should be
. Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, extended periods without the front on the floor, forward of the
and check inflation pressure in fascia lower air dam installed can rear axle.
all tires, including the spare, cause improper airflow to the . Heavy loads on the roof
if equipped. engine. Reattach the front fascia raise the vehicle's center of
. air dam after off-road driving. gravity, making it more likely
Read all the information about
four-wheel-drive vehicles in this to roll over. You can be
manual. Loading the Vehicle for seriously or fatally injured if
the vehicle rolls over. Put
. Remove any underbody air Off-Road Driving heavy loads inside the
deflector, if equipped. Re-attach cargo area, not on the roof.
the air deflector after off-road { Warning
driving.
. Unsecured cargo on the For more information about loading
. Know the local laws that apply to the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits
load floor can be tossed
off-road driving. about when driving over 0 212 and Tires 0 336.
To gain more ground clearance if rough terrain. You or your
passengers can be struck
Environmental Concerns
needed, it may be necessary to
remove the front fascia lower air by flying objects. Secure the . Always use established trails,
dam, if equipped. However, driving cargo properly. roads, and areas that have been
without the air dam reduces fuel . set aside for public off-road
Keep cargo in the cargo
economy. recreational driving and obey all
area as far forward and as
posted regulations.
low as possible. The
(Continued) . Do not damage shrubs, flowers,
trees, or grasses or disturb
wildlife.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

. Do not park over things that When driving on hills: N (Neutral). The brakes could
burn. See Parking over Things . Use a low gear and keep a firm overheat and you could lose
That Burn 0 226. grip on the steering wheel. control.
Driving on Hills . Maintain a slow speed.
Driving safely on hills requires good
{ Warning
. When possible, drive straight up
judgment and an understanding of or down the hill. If the vehicle has the two-speed
what the vehicle can and cannot do. automatic or electronic transfer
. Slow down when approaching
case, shifting the transfer case to
the top of the hill.
{ Warning . Use headlamps even during the
N (Neutral) can cause your
vehicle to roll even if the
Many hills are simply too steep day to make the vehicle more transmission is in P (Park). This is
for any vehicle. Driving up hills visible. because the N (Neutral) position
can cause the vehicle to stall. on the transfer case overrides the
Driving down hills can cause loss { Warning transmission. You or someone
of control. Driving across hills can else could be injured. If leaving
cause a rollover. You could be Driving to the top of a hill at high the vehicle, set the parking brake
injured or killed. Do not drive on speed can cause an accident. and shift the transmission to
steep hills. There could be a drop-off, P (Park). Shift the transfer case to
embankment, cliff, or even any position but N (Neutral).
another vehicle. You could be
Before driving on a hill, assess the seriously injured or killed. As you
steepness, traction, and . When driving down a hill, keep
near the top of a hill, slow down
obstructions. If the terrain ahead the vehicle headed straight
and stay alert.
cannot be seen, get out of the down. Use a low gear because
vehicle and walk the hill before the engine will work with the
driving further. . Never go downhill forward or brakes to slow the vehicle and
backward with either the help keep the vehicle under
transmission or transfer case in control.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

. Never try to turn the vehicle 3.2. Stay clear of the path the
{ Warning around. If the hill is steep vehicle would take if it
enough to stall the vehicle, rolled downhill.
Heavy braking when going down it is steep enough to cause
a hill can cause your brakes to . Avoid turns that take the vehicle
it to roll over. across the incline of the hill.
overheat and fade. This could
cause loss of control and you or . If you cannot make it up the A hill that can be driven straight
others could be injured or killed. hill, back straight down up or down might be too steep to
Apply the brakes lightly when the hill. drive across. Driving across an
. Never back down a hill in incline puts more weight on the
descending a hill and use a low
N (Neutral) using only the downhill wheels, which could
gear to keep vehicle speed under
brake. The vehicle can roll cause a downhill slide or a
control. rollover.
backward quickly and you
could lose control. . Surface conditions can be a
If the vehicle stalls on a hill: problem. Loose gravel, muddy
. If driving downhill when the
1. Apply the brakes to stop the vehicle stalls, shift to a spots, or even wet grass can
vehicle, and then apply the lower gear, release the cause the tires to slip sideways,
parking brake. parking brake, and drive downhill. If the vehicle slips
straight down the hill. sideways, it can hit something
2. Shift into P (Park) and then
that will trip it — a rock, a rut,
restart the engine. 3. If the vehicle cannot be etc. — and roll over.
. If driving uphill when the restarted after stalling, set the
. Hidden obstacles can make the
vehicle stalls, shift to parking brake, shift into
P (Park), and turn the steepness of the incline more
R (Reverse), release the
vehicle off. severe. If a rock is driven across
parking brake, and back
with the uphill wheels, or if the
straight down. 3.1. Leave the vehicle and downhill wheels drop into a rut
seek help. or depression, the vehicle can tilt
even more.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

. If an incline must be driven braking. Drive at a reduced speed
across, and the vehicle starts to and avoid sharp turns or abrupt Warning (Continued)
slide, turn downhill. This should maneuvers.
help straighten out the vehicle could drown. If it is only shallow
Traction is reduced on hard packed water, it can still wash away the
and prevent the side slipping. snow and ice and it is easy to lose ground from under your tires.
control. Reduce vehicle speed when Traction could be lost, and the
{ Warning driving on hard packed snow vehicle could roll over. Do not
and ice. drive through rushing water.
Getting out of the vehicle on the
downhill side when stopped
across an incline is dangerous. { Warning
If the vehicle rolls over, you could Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, Caution
be crushed or killed. Always get or rivers can be dangerous. Ice
out on the uphill side of the conditions vary greatly and the Do not drive through standing
vehicle and stay well clear of the vehicle could fall through the ice; water if it is deep enough to cover
rollover path. you and your passengers could the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust
drown. Drive your vehicle on safe pipe. Deep water can damage the
Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, surfaces only. axle and other vehicle parts.
or Ice
Use a low gear when driving in Driving in Water If the standing water is not too deep,
mud — the deeper the mud, the drive through it slowly. At faster
speeds, water can get into the
lower the gear. Keep the vehicle { Warning engine and cause it to stall. Stalling
moving to avoid getting stuck.
Driving through rushing water can can occur if the exhaust pipe is
Traction changes when driving on under water. Do not turn off the
sand. On loose sand, such as on be dangerous. Deep water can
ignition when driving through water.
beaches or sand dunes, the tires sweep your vehicle downstream
If the exhaust pipe is under water,
tend to sink into the sand. This and you and your passengers
the engine will not start. When going
affects steering, accelerating, and (Continued) through water, the brakes get wet
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

and it may take longer to stop. See of driving conditions and avoid Hydroplaning
“Driving on Wet Roads” later in this driving through large puddles and
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
section. deep-standing or flowing water.
can build up under the vehicle's
After Off-Road Driving tires so they actually ride on the
Remove any brush or debris that
{ Warning water. This can happen if the road is
wet enough and you are going fast
has collected on the underbody or Wet brakes can cause crashes. enough. When the vehicle is
chassis, or under the hood. These They might not work as well in a hydroplaning, it has little or no
accumulations can be a fire hazard. quick stop and could cause contact with the road.
After operation in mud or sand, pulling to one side. You could
lose control of the vehicle. There is no hard and fast rule about
have the brake linings cleaned and hydroplaning. The best advice is to
checked. These substances can After driving through a large slow down when the road is wet.
cause glazing and uneven braking. puddle of water or a car/vehicle
Check the body structure, driveline, wash, lightly apply the brake Other Rainy Weather Tips
steering, suspension, wheels, tires, pedal until the brakes work Besides slowing down, other wet
and exhaust system for damage and
normally. weather driving tips include:
check the fuel lines and cooling
system for any leakage. Flowing or rushing water creates . Allow extra following distance.
More frequent maintenance service strong forces. Driving through . Pass with caution.
is required. See the Maintenance flowing water could cause the
vehicle to be carried away. If this . Keep windshield wiping
Schedule 0 389. equipment in good shape.
happens, you and other vehicle
Driving on Wet Roads occupants could drown. Do not . Keep the windshield washer fluid
ignore police warnings and be reservoir filled.
Rain and wet roads can reduce very cautious about trying to drive . Have good tires with proper
vehicle traction and affect your through flowing water.
ability to stop and accelerate. tread depth. See Tires 0 336.
Always drive slower in these types . Turn off cruise control.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Hill and Mountain Roads Winter Driving
{ Warning
Driving on steep hills or through Driving on Snow or Ice
mountains is different than driving Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include: or with the ignition off is Snow or ice between the tires and
dangerous. This can cause the road creates less traction or
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
good shape. overheating of the brakes and
loss of steering assist. Always occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when
. Check all fluid levels and brakes, freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid
have the engine running and the
tires, cooling system, and driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
vehicle in gear.
transmission. until roads can be treated.
. Shift to a lower gear when going . For Slippery Road Driving:
Drive at speeds that keep the
down steep or long hills. vehicle in its own lane. Do not . Accelerate gently. Accelerating
swing wide or cross the too quickly causes the wheels to
{ Warning center line. spin and makes the surface
. Be alert on top of hills; under the tires slick.
Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle on a long downhill slope something could be in your lane . Turn on Traction Control. See
can cause brake overheating, can (e.g., stalled car, accident). Traction Control/Electronic
reduce brake performance, and . Pay attention to special road Stability Control 0 242.
could result in a loss of braking. signs (e.g., falling rocks area, . The Antilock Brake System
Shift the transmission to a lower winding roads, long grades, (ABS) improves vehicle stability
gear to let the engine assist the passing or no-passing zones) during hard stops, but the
brakes on a steep downhill slope. and take appropriate action. brakes should be applied sooner
than when on dry pavement.
See Antilock Brake System
(ABS) 0 239.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

. Allow greater following distance
and watch for slippery spots. Icy { Warning Warning (Continued)
patches can occur on otherwise
clear roads in shaded areas. Snow can trap engine exhaust the fan speed to the highest
The surface of a curve or an under the vehicle. This may setting. See “Climate
overpass can remain icy when cause exhaust gases to get Control Systems.”
the surrounding roads are clear. inside. Engine exhaust contains For more information about CO,
Avoid sudden steering carbon monoxide (CO), which see Engine Exhaust 0 227.
maneuvers and braking while cannot be seen or smelled. It can
on ice. cause unconsciousness and even
death. To save fuel, run the engine for
. Turn off cruise control. short periods to warm the vehicle
If the vehicle is stuck in snow: and then shut the engine off and
Blizzard Conditions
. Clear snow from the base of partially close the window. Moving
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and the vehicle, especially any about to keep warm also helps.
signal for help. Stay with the vehicle blocking the exhaust pipe. If it takes time for help to arrive,
unless there is help nearby.
. Open a window about 5 cm when running the engine, push the
If possible, use Roadside
(2 in) on the vehicle side accelerator pedal slightly so the
Assistance. See Roadside
that is away from the wind, engine runs faster than the idle
Assistance Program 0 408. To get
to bring in fresh air. speed. This keeps the battery
help and keep everyone in the
charged to restart the vehicle and to
vehicle safe: . Fully open the air outlets on signal for help with the headlamps.
. Turn on the hazard warning or under the instrument Do this as little as possible, to
flashers. panel. save fuel.
. Tie a red cloth to an outside . Adjust the climate control
mirror. system to circulate the air If the Vehicle Is Stuck
inside the vehicle and set
Slowly and cautiously spin the
(Continued) wheels to free the vehicle when
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

If stuck too severely for the traction wheels stop spinning before shifting
system to free the vehicle, turn the gears. Release the accelerator { Warning
traction system off and use the pedal while shifting, and press
rocking method. See Traction lightly on the accelerator pedal Do not load the vehicle any
Control/Electronic Stability Control when the transmission is in gear. heavier than the Gross
0 242. Slowly spinning the wheels in the Vehicle Weight Rating
forward and reverse directions (GVWR), or either the
{ Warning causes a rocking motion that could
free the vehicle. If that does not get
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
If the vehicle's tires spin at high the vehicle out after a few tries, it This can cause systems to
speed, they can explode, and you might need to be towed out. If the break and change the way the
or others could be injured. The vehicle does need to be towed out, vehicle handles. This could
vehicle can overheat, causing an see Towing the Vehicle 0 372.
cause loss of control and a
engine compartment fire or other crash. Overloading can also
damage. Spin the wheels as little Vehicle Load Limits
reduce stopping distance,
as possible and avoid going It is very important to know how damage the tires, and shorten
above 56 km/h (35 mph). much weight the vehicle can the life of the vehicle.
carry. This weight is called the
Rocking the Vehicle to Get vehicle capacity weight and
it Out includes the weight of all
Turn the steering wheel left and occupants, cargo, and all
right to clear the area around the nonfactory-installed options.
front wheels. Turn off any traction Two labels on the vehicle may
system. Shift back and forth show how much weight it was
between R (Reverse) and a low designed to carry, the Tire and
forward gear, spinning the wheels Loading Information label and
as little as possible. To prevent the Certification/Tire label.
transmission wear, wait until the
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Tire and Loading Information tires (3) and the recommended 3. Subtract the combined
Label cold tire inflation pressures (4). weight of the driver and
For more information on tires passengers from XXX kg or
and inflation see Tires 0 336 XXX lbs.
and Tire Pressure 0 343. 4. The resulting figure equals
There is also important loading the available amount of
information on the vehicle cargo and luggage load
Certification/Tire label. It may capacity. For example, if the
show the Gross Vehicle Weight "XXX" amount equals
Rating (GVWR) and the Gross 1400 lbs. and there will be
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for five 150 lb passengers in
the front and rear axles. See your vehicle, the amount of
“Certification/Tire Label” later in available cargo and luggage
Label Example this section. load capacity is 650 lbs.
A vehicle specific Tire and (1400-750 (5 x 150) =
“Steps for Determining Correct
Loading Information label is 650 lbs.)
Load Limit–
attached to the center pillar 5. Determine the combined
1. Locate the statement "The
(B-pillar). The tire and loading weight of luggage and cargo
combined weight of
information label shows the being loaded on the vehicle.
occupants and cargo should
number of occupant seating That weight may not safely
never exceed XXX kg or
positions (1), and the maximum exceed the available cargo
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
vehicle capacity weight (2) in and luggage load capacity
placard.
kilograms and pounds. calculated in Step 4.
2. Determine the combined
The Tire and Loading 6. If your vehicle will be towing
weight of the driver and
Information label also shows the a trailer, load from your
passengers that will be
size of the original equipment trailer will be transferred to
riding in your vehicle.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

your vehicle. Consult this 2. Subtract Occupant Weight
manual to determine how @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 =
this reduces the available 136 kg (300 lbs)
cargo and luggage load 3. Available Occupant and
capacity of your vehicle.” Cargo Weight = 317 kg
(700 lbs)
See Trailer Towing 0 274 for
important information on towing a
trailer, towing safety rules, and
trailering tips.
Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for

Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 =
Example 2
453 kg (1,000 lbs)
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 3. Available Cargo Weight =
Example 2 = 453 kg 0 kg (0 lbs)
Example 1 (1,000 lbs) Refer to the vehicle's tire and
2. Subtract Occupant Weight loading information label for
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 =
Example 1 = 453 kg specific information about the
136 kg (750 lbs)
(1,000 lbs) vehicle's capacity weight and
3. Available Cargo Weight =
seating positions. The combined
113 kg (250 lbs)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

weight of the driver, passengers, (GVWR). The GVWR includes
and cargo should never exceed the weight of the vehicle, all Warning (Continued)
the vehicle's capacity weight. occupants, fuel, and cargo. maximum front or rear Gross
Certification/Tire Label The Certification/Tire label also Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
may show the maximum weights This can cause systems to
for the front and rear axles, break and change the way the
called Gross Axle Weight Rating vehicle handles. This could
(GAWR). To find out the actual cause loss of control and a
loads on the front and rear crash. Overloading can also
axles, weigh the vehicle at a reduce stopping distance,
weigh station. Your dealer can damage the tires, and shorten
help with this. Be sure to spread the life of the vehicle.
your load equally on both sides
of the centerline.
The Certification/Tire label may Caution
also include information about
A vehicle specific Certification/ the Front Axle Reserve Overloading the vehicle may
Tire label is attached to the Capacity. cause damage. Repairs would not
center pillar (B-pillar). The label be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not overload the
may shows the size of the
vehicle's original tires and the
{ Warning vehicle.
inflation pressures needed to Do not load the vehicle any
obtain the gross weight capacity heavier than the Gross The label will help decide how
of the vehicle. This is called Vehicle Weight Rating much cargo and installed
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), or either the equipment the truck can carry.
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Using heavier suspension Starting and
components to get added Warning (Continued)
durability might not change the .
Operating
When you carry
weight ratings. Ask your dealer something inside the
to help load the vehicle the New Vehicle Break-In
vehicle, secure it
right way. whenever you can.
Caution
.
{ Warning Do not leave a seat
folded down unless you The vehicle does not need an
Things you put inside the need to. elaborate break-in. But it will
vehicle can strike and injure perform better in the long run if
people in a sudden stop or you follow these guidelines:
There is also important loading
turn, or in a crash. . Keep the vehicle speed at
information for off-road driving in
88 km/h (55 mph) or less for
. Put things in the cargo this manual. See “Loading Your the first 805 km (500 mi).
area of the vehicle. Try to Vehicle for Off-Road Driving”
under Off-Road Driving 0 204. . Do not drive at any one
spread the weight evenly.
constant speed, fast or slow,
. Never stack heavier for the first 805 km (500 mi).
things, like suitcases, Do not make full-throttle
inside the vehicle so that starts. Avoid downshifting to
some of them are above brake or slow the vehicle.
the tops of the seats. . Avoid making hard stops for
. the first 322 km (200 mi) or
Do not leave an
so. During this time the new
unsecured child restraint brake linings are not yet
in the vehicle. broken in. Hard stops with
(Continued) new linings can mean
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Caution (Continued)
Ignition Positions
(Keyless Access)
premature wear and earlier
replacement. Follow this
breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake
linings.
. Do not tow a trailer during
break-in. See Trailer Towing
0 274 for the trailer towing
capabilities of the vehicle
and more information.
The switch used to adjust the
Following break-in, engine speed pedals is to the left of the steering
and load can be gradually wheel.
increased.
Press the switch to the left to move Vehicles equipped with Keyless
the pedals closer to your body. Access have pushbutton starting.
Adjustable Throttle and Press the switch to the right to move
the pedals away. The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Brake Pedal transmitter must be in the vehicle for
Before you start driving, fully press the system to operate. If the
If equipped, the position of the the brake pedal to confirm the pushbutton start is not working, the
throttle and brake pedals can be adjustment is right for you.
changed. vehicle may be near a strong radio
The vehicle may have a memory antenna signal causing interference
The pedals can only be adjusted function, which lets pedal settings
when the vehicle is in P (Park). be saved and recalled. See Memory
Seats 0 69.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

to the Keyless Access system. Do not turn the engine off when the to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) vehicle is moving. This will cause a brakes and steer the vehicle to
System Operation (Keyless Access) loss of power assist in the brake a safe location.
0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry and steering systems and disable 3. Come to a complete stop, shift
(RKE) System Operation (Key the airbags. to P (Park), and turn the
Access) 0 41. The vehicle may have an electric ignition off. On vehicles with an
To shift out of P (Park), the ignition steering column lock. The lock is automatic transmission, the
must be on or in ACC/ activated when the ignition is turned shift lever must be in P (Park)
ACCESSORY, and the brake pedal off and either front door is opened. to turn the ignition off.
must be applied. A sound may be heard as the lock 4. Set the parking brake. See
Stopping the Engine/LOCK/ actuates or releases. The steering Parking Brake 0 240.
OFF (No Indicator Lights) : When column lock may not release with
the wheels turned off center. If this
the vehicle is stopped, press
ENGINE START/STOP once to turn happens, the vehicle may not start. { Warning
the engine off. Move the steering wheel from left to
Turning off the vehicle while
right while attempting to start the
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the vehicle. If this does not work, the moving may cause loss of power
ignition will turn off, and Retained vehicle needs service. assist in the brake and steering
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain systems and disable the airbags.
active. See Retained Accessory If the vehicle must be shut off in an While driving, only shut the
Power (RAP) 0 224. emergency: vehicle off in an emergency.
If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the 1. Brake using a firm and steady
ignition will return to ACC/ pressure. Do not pump the If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
ACCESSORY and display the brakes repeatedly. This may and must be shut off while driving,
message SHIFT TO PARK in the deplete power assist, requiring press and hold ENGINE START/
Driver Information Center (DIC). increased brake pedal force. STOP for longer than two seconds,
When the vehicle is shifted into 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). or press twice in five seconds.
P (Park), the ignition system will This can be done while the
turn off. vehicle is moving. After shifting
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber the brake pedal not applied, To shift out of P (Park), the ignition
Indicator Light) : This mode allows pressing and holding the button for must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY
some electrical accessories to be more than five seconds will place and the regular brake pedal must be
used when the engine is off. the vehicle in Service Mode. The applied.
With the ignition off, pressing the instruments and audio systems will 0 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/
button one time without the brake operate as they do when the ignition OFF) : When the vehicle is stopped,
pedal applied will place the ignition is on, but the vehicle will not be able turn the ignition switch to LOCK/
system in ACC/ACCESSORY. to be driven. The engine will not OFF to turn the engine off. Retained
start in Service Mode. Press the Accessory Power (RAP) will remain
The ignition will switch from ACC/ button again to turn the ignition off.
ACCESSORY to off after active. See Retained Accessory
five minutes to prevent battery Power (RAP) 0 224.
Ignition Positions (Key
rundown. This position locks the ignition and
Access) steering wheel. It also locks the
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator
Light) : This mode is for driving and transmission on automatic
starting. With the ignition off, and transmission vehicles. The key can
the brake pedal applied, pressing be removed in LOCK/OFF.
the button once will turn the ignition The steering can bind with the
on. Once engine cranking begins, wheels turned off center. If this
release the button. Engine cranking happens, move the steering wheel
will continue until the engine starts. from right to left while turning the
See Starting the Engine 0 221. key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this
does not work, then the vehicle
Service Mode needs service.
This power mode is available for Do not turn the engine off when the
service and diagnostics, and to vehicle is moving. This will cause a
verify the proper operation of the loss of power assist in the brake
malfunction indicator lamp as may Vehicles with Key Access have an
ignition switch with four different and steering systems and disable
be required for emission inspection the airbags.
purposes. With the vehicle off, and positions.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

If the vehicle must be shut off in an while the engine is off. It also
emergency: { Warning unlocks the steering wheel. Use this
1. Brake using a firm and steady position if the vehicle must be
Turning off the vehicle while pushed or towed.
pressure. Do not pump the moving may cause loss of power
brakes repeatedly. This may assist in the brake and steering 2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be
deplete power assist, requiring systems and disable the airbags. used to operate the electrical
increased brake pedal force. While driving, only shut the accessories and to display some
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). vehicle off in an emergency. instrument cluster warning and
This can be done while the indicator lights. This position can
vehicle is moving. After shifting also be used for service and
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, diagnostics, and to verify the proper
to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
and must be shut off while driving, operation of the malfunction
brakes and steer the vehicle to
turn the ignition to ACC/ indicator lamp as may be required
a safe location.
ACCESSORY. for emission inspection purposes.
3. Come to a complete stop, shift The switch stays in this position
to P (Park), and turn the Caution when the engine is running. The
ignition to LOCK/OFF. On transmission is also unlocked in this
vehicles with an automatic Using a tool to force the key to position on automatic transmission
transmission, the shift lever turn in the ignition could cause vehicles.
must be in P (Park) to turn the damage to the switch or break the
ignition switch to the LOCK/ If the key is left in the ACC/
key. Use the correct key, make ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position
OFF position. sure it is all the way in, and turn it with the engine off, the battery could
4. Set the parking brake. See only with your hand. If the key be drained. The vehicle may not
Parking Brake 0 240. cannot be turned by hand, see start if the battery is allowed to drain
your dealer. for an extended period of time.
1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This
position lets things like the radio
and the windshield wipers operate
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

3 (START) : This is the position that Center (DIC), hold the ignition
starts the engine. When the engine Caution switch in the START position to
starts, release the key. The ignition continue engine cranking.
switch returns to ON/RUN for If you add electrical parts or
driving. accessories, you could change
the way the engine operates. Any Caution
A warning tone will sound when the resulting damage would not be
driver door is opened and the Cranking the engine for long
covered by the vehicle warranty. periods of time, by returning the
ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or See Add-On Electrical Equipment
LOCK/OFF, and the key is in the ignition to the START position
0 288. immediately after cranking has
ignition.
ended, can overheat and damage
Starting the Engine Starting Procedure (Key the cranking motor, and drain the
Access) battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the between each try, to let the
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package 1. With your foot off the
cranking motor cool down.
supplement. accelerator pedal, turn the
ignition key to START. When
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
the engine starts, let go of the 2. If the engine does not start
N (Neutral). The engine will not start
key. The idle speed will go after five to 10 seconds,
in any other position. To restart the
down as the engine gets warm. especially in very cold weather
engine when the vehicle is already
Do not race the engine (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
moving, use N (Neutral) only.
immediately after starting it. be flooded with too much
Operate the engine and gasoline. Try pushing the
Caution transmission gently to allow the accelerator pedal all the way to
oil to warm up and lubricate all the floor and holding it there
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the moving parts. while holding the key in START
vehicle is moving. If you do, you for up to 15 seconds. Wait at
could damage the transmission. When the low fuel warning light
least 15 seconds between each
Shift to P (Park) only when the is on and the FUEL LEVEL
try, to allow the cranking motor
vehicle is stopped. LOW message is displayed in
to cool down. When the engine
the Driver Information
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

starts, let go of the key and battery is low, the Driver cool down. When the engine
accelerator. If the vehicle starts Information Center (DIC) will starts, let go of the button, and
briefly but then stops again, do display a message. the accelerator. If the vehicle
the same thing. This clears the starts briefly but then stops
extra gasoline from the engine. Caution again, do the same thing. This
Do not race the engine clears the extra gasoline from
immediately after starting it. Cranking the engine for long the engine. Do not race the
Operate the engine and periods of time, by returning the engine immediately after
transmission gently until the oil ignition to the START position starting it. Operate the engine
warms up and lubricates all immediately after cranking has and transmission gently until
moving parts. ended, can overheat and damage the oil warms up and lubricates
the cranking motor, and drain the all moving parts.
Starting Procedure (Keyless
Access) battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
between each try, to let the Engine Heater
1. With the Keyless Access cranking motor cool down.
system, the RKE transmitter
must be in the vehicle. Press
{ Warning
ENGINE START/STOP with the 2. If the engine does not start Do not plug in the engine block
brake pedal applied. When the after five to 10 seconds, heater while the vehicle is parked
engine begins cranking, let go especially in very cold weather in a garage or under a carport.
of the button. (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
Property damage or personal
be flooded with too much
The idle speed will go down as injury may result. Always park the
gasoline. Try pushing the
the engine gets warm. Do not accelerator pedal all the way to vehicle in a clear open area away
race the engine immediately the floor and holding it there as from buildings or structures.
after starting it. you press ENGINE START/
If the RKE transmitter is not in STOP, for up to a maximum of If equipped, the engine heater can
the vehicle, if there is 15 seconds. Wait at least provide easier starting and better
interference, or if the RKE 15 seconds between each try, fuel economy during engine
to allow the cranking motor to warm-up in cold weather conditions
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

at or below −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles
with an engine heater should be { Warning Warning (Continued)
plugged in at least four hours before
starting. There may be an internal Improper use of the heater cord it overheat and cause a fire,
thermostat in the plug end of the or an extension cord can damage property damage, electric
cord, which will prevent engine the cord and may result in shock, and injury.
heater operation at temperatures overheating and fire. . Do not operate the vehicle
above −18 °C (0 °F). . Plug the cord into a with the heater cord
three-prong electrical utility permanently attached to the
To Use the Engine Heater vehicle. Possible heater
receptacle that is protected
1. Turn off the engine. by a ground fault detection cord and thermostat
function. An ungrounded damage could occur.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the
electrical cord. The cord is by outlet could cause an . While in use, do not let the
the left front fender, next to the electric shock. heater cord touch vehicle
engine compartment fuse . Use a weatherproof, parts or sharp edges. Never
block. heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated close the hood on the
extension cord if needed. heater cord.
Check the heater cord for
damage. If it is damaged, do Failure to use the . Before starting the vehicle,
not use it. See your dealer for recommended extension unplug the cord, reattach
a replacement. Inspect the cord in good operating the cover to the plug, and
cord for damage yearly. condition, or using a securely fasten the cord.
damaged heater or Keep the cord away from
3. Plug the cord into a normal, extension cord, could make any moving parts.
grounded 110-volt AC outlet.
(Continued)
4. Before starting the engine, be
sure to unplug and store the
cord as it was before to keep it
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

away from moving engine Shifting Into Park 2. Move the shift lever into the
parts. If you do not, it could be P (Park) position by pulling the
damaged. shift lever toward you and
The length of time the heater should
{ Warning moving it up as far as it will go.
remain plugged in depends on It can be dangerous to get out of 3. Be sure the transfer case is in
several factors. Ask a dealer in the the vehicle if the shift lever is not a drive gear – not in
area where you will be parking the fully in P (Park) with the parking N (Neutral).
vehicle for the best advice on this. brake firmly set. The vehicle can 4. Turn the ignition off.
roll. If you have left the engine
Retained Accessory running, the vehicle can move Leaving the Vehicle with the
Power (RAP) suddenly. You or others could be Engine Running
injured. To be sure the vehicle will
Some vehicle accessories may be
used after the ignition is turned off.
not move, even when you are on { Warning
fairly level ground, use the steps
The power windows and sunroof, that follow. If the vehicle has a It can be dangerous to leave the
if equipped, will continue to work for four-wheel-drive transfer case vehicle with the engine running.
up to 10 minutes or until any door is with a N (Neutral) position, and The vehicle could move suddenly
opened. the transfer case is in N (Neutral), if the shift lever is not fully in
The infotainment system will the vehicle will be free to roll, P (Park) with the parking brake
continue to work for 10 minutes, even if the shift lever is in firmly set.
until the driver door is opened, P (Park). Be sure the transfer If you have four-wheel drive and
or until the ignition is turned on or case is in a drive gear. If towing a the transfer case is in N (Neutral),
placed in ACC/ACCESSORY. trailer, see Driving Characteristics the vehicle will be free to roll,
and Towing Tips 0 271. even if the shift lever is in
P (Park). So be sure the transfer
1. Hold the brake pedal down, case is in a drive gear – not in
then set the parking brake. See N (Neutral).
Parking Brake 0 240. (Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

to pull the shift lever out of P (Park). The shift lock release is always
Warning (Continued) This is called torque lock. To functional except in the case of an
prevent torque lock, set the parking uncharged or low voltage (less than
And, if you leave the vehicle with brake and then shift into P (Park) 9 volt) battery.
the engine running, it could properly before you leave the
overheat and even catch fire. You If the vehicle has an uncharged
driver seat. battery or a battery with low voltage,
or others could be injured. Do not
leave the vehicle with the engine When you are ready to drive, move try charging or jump starting the
running unless you have to. the shift lever out of P (Park) before battery. See Jump Starting - North
you release the parking brake. America 0 368.
If torque lock does occur, you may To shift out of P (Park):
If you have to leave the vehicle with
need to have another vehicle push 1. Apply the brake pedal.
the engine running, be sure the
yours a little uphill to take some of
vehicle is in P (Park) and the 2. Move the shift lever to the
the pressure from the parking pawl
parking brake is firmly set before desired position.
in the transmission. You will then be
you leave it. After you move the shift
able to pull the shift lever out of If you still are unable to shift out of
lever into P (Park), hold the regular
P (Park). P (Park):
brake pedal down. Then, see if you
can move the shift lever away from 1. Ease the pressure on the shift
P (Park) without first pulling it toward Shifting out of Park lever.
you. If you can, it means that the This vehicle is equipped with an
shift lever was not fully locked into 2. While holding down the brake
electronic shift lock release system.
P (Park). pedal, push the shift lever all
The shift lock release system is
the way into P (Park).
designed to prevent movement of
Torque Lock 3. Move the shift lever to the
the shift lever out of P (Park), unless
If you are parking on a hill and you the ignition is on and the brake desired position.
do not shift the transmission into pedal is applied. If you are still having a problem
P (Park) properly, the weight of the shifting, then have the vehicle
vehicle may put too much force on serviced soon.
the parking pawl in the
transmission. You may find it difficult
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Parking over Things or merging onto a freeway, the The vehicle could turn off sooner if it
system will maintain full-cylinder is parked on a hill, due to lack of
That Burn operation. available fuel.
If the vehicle has an Active Fuel
{ Warning Management indicator, see Driver
Automatic Transmission
Information Center (DIC) (Base The timer will reset if the vehicle is
Things that can burn could touch shifted out of P (Park) while it is
hot exhaust parts under the Level) 0 161 or Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 162 for running.
vehicle and ignite. Do not park
over papers, leaves, dry grass, more information on using this Manual Transmission
display.
or other things that can burn. The timer will reset if the vehicle
speed is greater than 4 km/h
Extended Parking (2.5 mph).
Active Fuel Management It is best not to park with the vehicle
Vehicles with V8 engines may have running. If the vehicle is left running,
Active Fuel Management. This be sure it will not move and there is
system allows the engine to operate adequate ventilation.
on either all or half of its cylinders, See Shifting Into Park 0 224 and
depending on the driving conditions. Engine Exhaust 0 227.
When less power is required, such If the vehicle is left parked and
as cruising at a constant vehicle running with the RKE transmitter
speed, the system will operate in outside the vehicle, it will turn off
the half cylinder mode, allowing the after one hour.
vehicle to achieve better fuel If the vehicle is left parked and
economy. When greater power running with the RKE transmitter
demands are required, such as inside the vehicle, it will turn off after
accelerating from a stop, passing, two hours.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued)
If the vehicle is left with the engine
running, follow the proper steps to
be sure the vehicle will not move.
{ Warning . There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
See Shifting Into Park 0 224 and
Engine Exhaust 0 227.
Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket
monoxide (CO), which cannot be modifications that are not If parking on a hill and pulling a
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. trailer, see Driving Characteristics
can cause unconsciousness and and Towing Tips 0 271.
If unusual fumes are detected or
even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle:
. The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the
with poor ventilation windows completely down.
(parking garages, tunnels, . Have the vehicle repaired
deep snow that may block immediately.
underbody airflow or tail
pipes). Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
. The exhaust smells or
area such as a garage or a
sounds strange or different.
building that has no fresh air
. The exhaust system leaks ventilation.
due to corrosion or damage.
. The vehicle exhaust system
Running the Vehicle
has been modified,
damaged, or improperly While Parked
repaired. It is better not to park with the
(Continued) engine running.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Automatic shift out of P (Park). See “Torque
Lock” under Shifting Into Park { Warning
Transmission 0 224.
If you have four-wheel drive, the
If equipped, there is an electronic vehicle will be free to roll — even
shift lever position indicator within { Warning if the shift lever is in P (Park) — if
the instrument cluster. This display the transfer case is in N (Neutral).
comes on when the ignition is It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully So, be sure the transfer case is in
turned on. a drive gear, Two-Wheel Drive
in P (Park) with the parking brake
There are several different positions firmly set. The vehicle can roll. High or Four-Wheel Drive High or
for the shift lever. Four-Wheel Drive Low — not in
Do not leave the vehicle when the N (Neutral). See Shifting Into Park
engine is running. If you have left 0 224.
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the R : Use this gear to back up.
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground, Caution
always set the parking brake and
See “Range Selection Mode” under Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
Manual Mode 0 231. move the shift lever to P (Park).
vehicle is moving forward could
See Shifting Into Park 0 224 and
P : This position locks the drive damage the transmission. The
Driving Characteristics and
wheels. Use P (Park) when starting repairs would not be covered by
Towing Tips 0 271.
the engine because the vehicle the vehicle warranty. Shift to
cannot move easily. When parked R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
on a hill, especially when the is stopped.
vehicle has a heavy load, you might
notice an increase in the effort to
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

To rock the vehicle back and forth to Use D (Drive) and Tow/Haul Mode
get out of snow, ice, or sand without Caution when towing a trailer, carrying a
damaging the transmission, see If heavy load, driving on steep hills,
the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 211. Shifting out of P (Park) or or driving off-road. Shift the
N (Neutral) with the engine transmission to a lower gear
N : In this position, the engine does running at high speed may
not connect with the wheels. To selection if the transmission shifts
damage the transmission. The too often.
restart the engine when the vehicle repairs would not be covered by
is already moving, use the vehicle warranty. Be sure the Downshifting the transmission in
N (Neutral) only. slippery road conditions could result
engine is not running at high
in skidding. See “Skidding” under
speed when shifting the vehicle.
{ Warning Loss of Control 0 204.
The vehicle has a shift stabilization
Shifting into a drive gear while the feature that adjusts the transmission
engine is running at high speed is Caution shifting to the current driving
dangerous. Unless your foot is conditions in order to reduce rapid
firmly on the brake pedal, the A transmission hot message may upshifts and downshifts. This shift
vehicle could move very rapidly. display if the automatic stabilization feature is designed to
You could lose control and hit transmission fluid is too hot. determine, before making an
people or objects. Do not shift Driving under this condition can upshift, if the engine is able to
into a drive gear while the engine damage the vehicle. Stop and idle maintain vehicle speed by analyzing
is running at high speed. the engine to cool the automatic things such as vehicle speed,
transmission fluid. This message throttle position, and vehicle load.
clears when the transmission fluid If the shift stabilization feature
has cooled sufficiently. determines that a current vehicle
speed cannot be maintained, the
transmission does not upshift and
D : This position is for normal instead holds the current gear.
driving. If more power is needed for
passing, press the accelerator
pedal down.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

In some cases, this could appear to L : This position allows selection of The first time the system engages
be a delayed shift, however the a range of gears appropriate for for each ignition cycle, a DIC
transmission is operating normally. current driving conditions. message will be displayed.
The transmission uses adaptive If equipped, see “Range Selection To disable or enable Normal Mode
shift controls. The adaptive shift Mode” under Manual Mode 0 231. Grade Braking within the current
control process continually ignition cycle, press and hold the
compares key shift parameters to Caution Tow/Haul button for five seconds.
pre-programmed ideal shifts stored When the button is released, the
in the transmission’s computer. The Spinning the tires or holding the requested mode change is made.
transmission constantly makes vehicle in one place on a hill A DIC message displays.
adjustments to improve vehicle using only the accelerator pedal
may damage the transmission. For other forms of grade braking,
performance according to how the see Tow/Haul Mode 0 233 and
vehicle is being used, such as with The repair will not be covered by
Cruise Control 0 245.
a heavy load or when the the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle
temperature changes. During this is stuck, do not spin the tires. Kickdown Mode
adaptive shift control process, When stopping on a hill, use the
The accelerator pedal provides an
shifting might feel different as the brakes to hold the vehicle in
additional downshift after pressing
transmission determines the best place. through the kickdown feature.
settings.
It requires extra pedal pressure near
When temperatures are very cold, Normal Mode Grade Braking the end of its travel to engage.
the transmission's gear shifting
could be delayed providing more This mode is enabled when the
stable shifts until the engine warms vehicle is started, but is not enabled
up. Shifts could be more noticeable in Range Selection Mode. It assists
with a cold transmission. This in maintaining desired vehicle
difference in shifting is normal. speeds when driving on downhill
grades by using the engine and
transmission to slow the vehicle.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Manual Mode When the shift lever is moved from
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), a
Range Selection Mode number displays next to the L,
indicating the current transmission
range.
This number is the highest gear that
the transmission will command while
operating in L (Manual Mode). All
gears below that number are
available. As driving conditions
If equipped, Range Selection Mode change, the transmission can
helps control the vehicle's automatically shift to lower gears.
transmission and vehicle speed For example, when 5 (Fifth) is
while driving downhill or towing a selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth)
trailer by letting you select a desired gears are automatically shifted by
range of gears. the transmission, but 6 (Sixth)
cannot be used until the plus/minus
To use this feature: button on the shift lever is used to
1. Move the shift lever to change to the range.
L (Manual Mode). When the shift lever is moved from
2. Press the plus/minus buttons D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), a
on the shift lever to select the downshift may occur. The gear that
desired range of gears for the transmission is operating in
current driving conditions. when the shift lever is moved from
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode)
Hold the plus/minus buttons on the
determines if a downshift occurs.
shift lever to select the highest or
See the following chart.
lowest range available for the
current vehicle speed.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

6 Speed Transmission
Gear before shifting from
6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st
Range after shifting from
L4 L4 L3 L2 L2 L1
Low Traction Mode

Low Traction Mode assists in
vehicle acceleration when road
conditions are slippery, such as with
ice or snow. While the vehicle is at a
stop, select L2 using Range
Selection Mode. This will limit
torque to the wheels and help to
prevent the tires from spinning.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

10 Speed Transmission
Gear before shifting from D (Drive) to
10th 9th 8th 7th 6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st
L (Manual Mode)
Range after shifting from D (Drive) to
L7 L7 L7 L6 L5 L4 L3 L3 L2 L1
L (Manual Mode) - Tow/Haul not engaged
Range after shifting from D (Drive) to
L7 L7 L6 L5 L4 L3 L3 L3 L2 L1
L (Manual Mode) - Tow/Haul engaged
Grade Braking is not available when Tow/Haul Mode

Range Selection Mode is active. Caution (Continued)
When stopping on a hill, use the
While using Range Selection Mode, brakes to hold the vehicle in
cruise control and the Tow/Haul place.
Mode can be used.
Caution
Spinning the tires or holding the
vehicle in one place on a hill
using only the accelerator pedal
may damage the transmission.
The repair will not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle The Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the
is stuck, do not spin the tires. transmission shift pattern to reduce
(Continued) shift cycling. This provides
increased performance, vehicle
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

control, and enhanced transmission To disable or enable Tow/Haul Drive Systems
and engine cooling when driving Grade Braking within the current
down steep hills or mountain ignition cycle, press and hold the
grades, towing, or hauling heavy Tow/Haul button for five seconds. Four-Wheel Drive
loads. When the button is released, the If equipped, four-wheel drive
The selector button is on the end of requested mode change is made. engages the front axle for extra
the shift lever. Turn the Tow/Haul A DIC message is displayed. traction.
Mode on and off by pressing the See Towing Equipment 0 278.
button. When the Tow/Haul Mode is For other forms of grade braking, Caution
enabled, a light on the instrument see Automatic Transmission 0 228
cluster will come on. Do not drive on clean, dry
and Cruise Control 0 245.
See Tow/Haul Mode Light 0 156 and pavement in 4 m and 4 n (if
Hill and Mountain Roads 0 210. equipped) for an extended period
of time. These conditions may
Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under
cause premature wear on the
Towing Equipment 0 278.
vehicle’s powertrain.
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is Driving on clean, dry pavement in
only enabled while the Tow/Haul 4 m or 4 n may:
Mode is selected and the vehicle is
not in the Range Selection Mode. . Cause a vibration to be felt in
See “Tow/Haul Mode” listed the steering system.
previously and Manual Mode 0 231. . Cause tires to wear faster.
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking . Make the transfer case harder to
assists in maintaining desired
shift, and cause it to run noisier.
vehicle speeds when driving on
downhill grades by using the engine
and transmission to slow the
vehicle.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction If the indicator mark on the switch
{ Warning Control and StabiliTrak off. See does not match up with the light
Traction Control/Electronic Stability then that likely means the switch
Shifting the transfer case to was moved when the ignition
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle Control 0 242.
was off.
to roll even if the transmission is Two Speed Automatic
in P (Park). You or someone else The indicator mark on the switch
Transfer Case must line up with the indicator light
could be seriously injured. Be
sure to set the parking brake before a shift can be commanded.
To command a shift rotate the
before placing the transfer case in
transfer case switch to the new
N (Neutral). See Parking Brake
desired position. The light will blink
0 240. meaning that the shift is in progress.
When the shift is completed the new
position will be illuminated. If the
Caution transfer case cannot complete a
shift command, it will go back to its
Extended high-speed operation in last chosen setting.
4 n may damage or shorten the The settings are:
life of the drivetrain. N (Neutral) : Use only when the
If equipped, use the transfer case vehicle needs to be towed.
Engagement noise and bump when knob next to the steering wheel to See Recreational Vehicle Towing
shifting between 4 n and 4 m or from shift into and out of four-wheel drive. 0 372 or Towing the Vehicle 0 372.
N (Neutral), with the engine running, All of the lights will blink on then off 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use
is normal. momentarily when the ignition for driving on most streets and
turned on. The light that remains on highways. The front axle is not
will indicate the state of the engaged. This setting provides the
transfer case. best fuel economy.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel when driving off-road in deep sand, To shift:
Drive) : Use when road surface deep mud, or deep snow, and while 1. The ignition must be on and
traction conditions are variable. climbing or descending steep hills. the vehicle must be stopped
When driving in AUTO, the front
axle is engaged, and the vehicle's Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction or moving less than
Control and StabiliTrak off. See 5 km/h (3 mph) with the
power is sent to the front and rear transmission in N (Neutral).
wheels automatically based on Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 242. It is best for the vehicle
driving conditions. This setting to be moving
provides slightly lower fuel economy
Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).
than 2 m.
Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTO 2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for
Do not use AUTO mode,
if equipped, to park on a steep position at any speed, except from the 4 n indicator light to stop
grade with poor traction such as ice, 4 n. The indicator light will flash flashing before shifting the
snow, mud, or gravel. In AUTO while shifting and will remain on transmission into gear.
mode only the rear wheels will hold when the shift is completed.
the vehicle from sliding when Caution
parked. If parking on a steep grade, Shifting Into 2 m
use 4 m to keep all four wheels Shifting the transmission into gear
Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed,
engaged. before the requested mode
except when shifting from 4 n. The indicator light has stopped
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use indicator light will flash while shifting flashing could damage the
this position when extra traction is and will remain on when the shift is transfer case.
needed, such as when driving on completed.
snowy or icy roads, when
off-roading, or when plowing snow.
Shifting Into 4 n If the transmission is in gear and/or
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph),
4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This When 4 n is engaged, keep vehicle
the 4 n indicator light will flash for
setting engages the front axle and speed below 72 km/h (45 mph).
30 seconds and not complete the
delivers extra torque. Choose 4 n shift. After 30 seconds the transfer
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

case will shift to 4 m. Turn the knob 4. Shift the transmission to
Caution N (Neutral).
to 4 m to display the indicator. With
the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h Shifting the transmission into gear 5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m.
(3 mph), and the transmission in before the requested mode
N (Neutral), attempt the shift again. 6. Turn the transfer case knob
indicator light has stopped clockwise to N (Neutral) until it
flashing could damage the stops and hold it there until the
Shifting Out of 4 n transfer case. N (Neutral) light starts blinking.
To shift: This will take at least
1. The vehicle must be stopped If the transmission is in gear and/or 10 seconds. Then slowly
or moving less than 5 km/h moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), release the knob to the 4 n
(3 mph) with the transmission the 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m indicator light position. The N (Neutral) light
in N (Neutral) and the will flash for 30 seconds but will not will come on when the transfer
ignition on. It is best for the complete the shift. With the vehicle case shift to N (Neutral) is
vehicle to be moving moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph), complete.
1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). and the transmission in N (Neutral), 7. With the engine running, verify
2. Turn the knob to 4 m, AUTO, attempt the shift again. that the transfer case is in
or 2 m. Wait for the 4 m, AUTO, Shifting Into N (Neutral) N (Neutral) by shifting the
transmission to R (Reverse),
or 2 m indicator light to stop To shift into N (Neutral): then shift the transmission to
flashing before shifting the 1. Park the vehicle on a level D (Drive). There should be no
transmission into gear. surface. movement of the vehicle while
shifting the transmission.
2. Set the parking brake and
press and hold the brake 8. Turn the engine off, and the
pedal. See Parking Brake ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY.
0 240.
3. Start the vehicle or turn the
ignition on.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

9. Place the transmission shift Single Speed Automatic If the indicator mark on the switch
lever in P (Park). See Transfer Case does not match up with the light
Recreational Vehicle Towing then that likely means the switch
0 372. was moved when the ignition
10. Turn the ignition off. was off.
The indicator mark on the switch
Shifting Out of N (Neutral) must line up with the indicator light
To shift out of N (Neutral): before a shift can be commanded.
1. Set the parking brake and To command a shift rotate the
apply the brake pedal. transfer case switch to the new
desired position. The light will blink
2. Turn the ignition on with the meaning that the shift is in progress.
engine off. When the shift is completed the new
3. Shift the transmission to position will be illuminated. If the
N (Neutral). transfer case can not complete a
Use the transfer case knob, next to shift command, it will go back to its
4. Turn the transfer case knob to last chosen setting.
the desired setting. the steering wheel, to shift into and
out of four-wheel drive for extra The settings are:
After the transfer case has traction.
shifted out of N (Neutral), the 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use
N (Neutral) light will go out. All of the lights will blink on then off for driving on most streets and
momentarily when the ignition is highways. The front axle is not
5. Release the parking brake. turned on. The light that remains on engaged. This setting provides the
6. Start the engine and shift the will indicate the state of the best fuel economy.
transmission to the transfer case.
desired gear. AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel
Drive) : Use when road surface
traction conditions are variable.
When driving in AUTO, the front
axle is engaged, and the vehicle's
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

power is sent to the front and rear Shifting Into 2 m Brakes
wheels automatically based on
driving conditions. This setting Turn the knob to the 2 m position.
provides slightly lower fuel economy This can be done at any speed. The Antilock Brake
than 2 m. indicator light will flash while System (ABS)
shifting. It will remain on when the This vehicle has an Antilock Brake
Do not use AUTO mode to park on shift is completed.
a steep grade with poor traction System (ABS), an advanced
such as ice, snow, mud, or gravel. electronic braking system that helps
In AUTO mode only rear wheels will prevent a braking skid.
hold the vehicle from sliding when When the vehicle begins to drive
parked. If parking on a steep grade, away, ABS checks itself.
use 4 m to keep all four wheels A momentary motor or clicking noise
engaged. may be heard while this test is going
on, and it may even be noticed that
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use the brake pedal moves a little. This
this position when extra traction is is normal.
needed, such as when driving on
snowy or icy roads, when
off-roading, or when plowing snow.
Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO
Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTO
position. This can be done at any
speed. The indicator light will flash If there is a problem with ABS, this
while shifting. It will remain on when warning light stays on. See Antilock
the shift is completed. Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
0 156.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

If driving safely on a wet road and it Using ABS Set the parking brake by holding the
becomes necessary to slam on the regular brake pedal down, then
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
brakes and continue braking to pushing down the parking brake
the brake pedal down firmly and let
avoid a sudden obstacle, a pedal.
ABS work. You may hear the ABS
computer senses the wheels are If the ignition is on, the brake
pump or motor operating and feel
slowing down. If one of the wheels system warning light will come on.
the brake pedal pulsate. This is
is about to stop rolling, the computer See Brake System Warning Light
normal.
will separately work the brakes at 0 155.
each wheel. Braking in Emergencies
ABS can change the brake pressure ABS allows you to steer and brake Caution
to each wheel, as required, faster at the same time. In many
than any driver could. This can help emergencies, steering can help Driving with the parking brake on
you steer around the obstacle while more than even the very best can overheat the brake system
braking hard. braking. and cause premature wear or
As the brakes are applied, the damage to brake system parts.
computer keeps receiving updates Parking Brake Make sure that the parking brake
on wheel speed and controls is fully released and the brake
braking pressure accordingly. warning light is off before driving.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to To release the parking brake, hold
the brake pedal or always decrease the regular brake pedal down, then
stopping distance. If you get too push down momentarily on the
close to the vehicle in front of you, parking brake pedal until you feel
there will not be enough time to the pedal release. Slowly pull your
apply the brakes if that vehicle foot up off the parking brake pedal.
suddenly slows or stops. Always If the parking brake is not released
leave enough room up ahead to when you begin to drive, a DIC
stop, even with ABS.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

message will appear and a chime brake pedal is released or brake the trailer brakes. It will not activate
will sound warning you that the pedal pressure is quickly if the vehicle is in a drive gear and
parking brake is still on. decreased. facing downhill or if the vehicle is
facing uphill and in R (Reverse).
Brake Assist Hill Start Assist (HSA) There may be situations on minor
hills (less than 5% grade) with a
The Brake Assist feature is Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a Hill loaded vehicle or while pulling a
designed to assist the driver in Start Assist (HSA) feature, which trailer where HSA may activate.
stopping or decreasing vehicle may be useful when the vehicle is
speed in emergency driving stopped on a grade. This feature is
conditions. This feature uses the designed to prevent the vehicle from
stability system hydraulic brake rolling, either forward or rearward,
control module to supplement the during vehicle drive off. After the
power brake system under driver completely stops and holds
conditions where the driver has the vehicle in a complete standstill
quickly and forcefully applied the on a grade, HSA will be
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly automatically activated. During the
stop or slow down the vehicle. The transition period between when the
stability system hydraulic brake driver releases the brake pedal and
control module increases brake starts to accelerate to drive off on a
pressure at each corner of the grade, HSA holds the braking
vehicle until the ABS activates. pressure for a maximum of
Minor brake pedal pulsation or two seconds to ensure that there is
pedal movement during this time is no rolling. The brakes will
normal and the driver should automatically release when the
continue to apply the brake pedal as accelerator pedal is applied within
the driving situation dictates. The the two-second window. If the
Brake Assist feature will vehicle is equipped with the
automatically disengage when the Integrated Trailer Brake Control
(ITBC) system, HSA may also apply
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Ride Control Systems intended path. Trailer Sway Control When the transfer case is in
(TSC) is also on automatically when Four-Wheel Drive Low, the stability
the vehicle is started. See Trailer system is automatically disabled, g
Traction Control/ Sway Control (TSC) 0 286. comes on, and the appropriate
Electronic Stability If cruise control is being used and message will appear on the DIC.
Control traction control or StabiliTrak begins Both traction control and StabiliTrak
to limit wheel spin, cruise control will are automatically disabled in this
System Operation disengage. Cruise control may be condition.
The vehicle has a Traction Control turned back on when road
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an conditions allow.
electronic stability control system. Both systems come on
These systems help limit wheel spin automatically when the vehicle is
and assist the driver in maintaining started and begins to move. The
control, especially on slippery road systems may be heard or felt while
conditions. they are operating or while
TCS activates if it senses that any performing diagnostic checks. This The indicator light for both systems
of the drive wheels are spinning or is normal and does not mean there is in the instrument cluster. This
beginning to lose traction. When this is a problem with the vehicle. light will:
happens, TCS applies the brakes to It is recommended to leave both . Flash when TCS is limiting
the spinning wheels and reduces systems on for normal driving wheel spin.
engine power to limit wheel spin. conditions, but it may be necessary . Flash when StabiliTrak is
StabiliTrak activates when the to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets activated.
vehicle senses a difference between stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 211 . Turn on and stay on when either
the intended path and the direction
the vehicle is actually traveling. and “Turning the Systems Off and system is not working.
StabiliTrak selectively applies On” later in this section. If either system fails to turn on or to
braking pressure to any one of the activate, a message displays in the
vehicle wheel brakes to assist the Driver Information Center (DIC), and
driver in keeping the vehicle on the d comes on and stays on to
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

indicate that the system is inactive The button for TCS and StabiliTrak instrument cluster, then release. The
and is not assisting the driver in is on the instrument panel to the left appropriate message will display in
maintaining control. The vehicle is of the steering wheel. the DIC.
safe to drive, but driving should be To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on
adjusted accordingly. Caution again, press and release g. The
If d comes on and stays on: Do not repeatedly brake or traction off light i and the
1. Stop the vehicle. accelerate heavily when TCS is StabiliTrak OFF light g in the
2. Turn the engine off and wait off. The vehicle driveline could be instrument cluster turn off.
15 seconds. damaged.
StabiliTrak will automatically turn on
3. Start the engine. if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h
To turn off only TCS, press and (35 mph). Traction control will
Drive the vehicle. If d comes on release g. The traction off light i remain off.
and stays on, the vehicle may need displays in the instrument cluster. The vehicle has a Trailer Sway
more time to diagnose the problem. The appropriate message will Control (TSC) feature and a Hill
If the condition persists, see your display in the DIC. To turn TCS on Start Assist (HSA) feature.
dealer.
again, press and release g. The See Trailer Sway Control (TSC)
Turning the Systems Off traction off light i displayed in the 0 286 or Hill Start Assist (HSA)
and On 0 241.
instrument cluster will turn off.
Adding accessories can affect the
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g vehicle performance. See
is pressed, the system will not turn Accessories and Modifications
off until the wheels stop spinning. 0 291.
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,
press and hold g until the traction
off light i and the StabiliTrak OFF
light g come on and stay on in the
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Hill Descent Noise from the hydraulic brake When enabled, if the vehicle speed
control module is normal when HDC is above 30 km/h (19 mph) and
Control (HDC) is active. below 60 km/h (37 mph), a DIC
If equipped, Hill Descent Control When HDC is activated, the initial message will display.
(HDC) sets and maintains vehicle HDC speed is set to the current
speed while driving down steep driving speed. It can be increased or Magnetic Ride Control
grades in a forward or reverse gear. decreased by pressing +RES or
The HDC switch is on the center This vehicle may have a semi-active
SET- on the steering wheel, or by damping system called Magnetic
stack, below the climate controls. applying the accelerator or brake Ride Control. With this feature,
Press 5 to enable or disable HDC. pedal. This adjusted speed improved vehicle ride and handling
Vehicle speed must be below becomes the new set speed. is provided under a variety of
50 km/h (31 mph). HDC will remain enabled between passenger and loading conditions.
30 and 60 km/h (19 and 37 mph); Magnetic Ride Control is fully
however, vehicle speed cannot be automatic and uses a computer
set or maintained in this range. HDC controller to continuously monitor
will automatically disable if the vehicle speed, wheel to body
vehicle speed is above 80 km/h position, lift/dive, and steering
(50 mph) or above 60 km/h position of the vehicle. The
(37 mph) for at least 30 seconds. controller then sends signals to
When enabled, the HDC light 5 must be pressed again to each shock absorber to
displays on the instrument cluster. re-enable HDC. HDC may disable independently adjust the damping
after an extended period of use. level to provide the optimum
A blinking HDC light indicates the
If this happens, HDC will require vehicle ride.
system is actively applying the
brakes to maintain vehicle speed. time to cool down. The length of Magnetic Ride Control also interacts
HDC can maintain vehicle speeds time HDC remains active depends with the Tow/Haul Mode that, when
between 1 and 30 km/h (1 and on road conditions, grade, set activated, will provide additional
19 mph) on grades greater than or speed, vehicle loading, and outside control of the shock absorbers. This
equal to 10%. temperature. additional control results in better
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

ride and handling characteristics rear shocks will raise or lower the Cruise Control
when the vehicle is loaded or towing rear of the vehicle to maintain
a trailer. See “Tow/Haul Mode” proper vehicle height. The system is
under Towing Equipment 0 278. activated when the ignition key is { Warning
turned on and will automatically
Cruise control can be dangerous
Locking Rear Axle adjust vehicle height thereafter. The
where you cannot drive safely at
system may exhaust (lower vehicle
Vehicles with a locking rear axle can height) for up to 10 minutes after the a steady speed. Do not use
give more traction on snow, mud, ignition key has been turned off. cruise control on winding roads or
ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a You may hear the air compressor in heavy traffic.
standard axle most of the time, but operating when the height is being
when traction is low, this feature will Cruise control can be dangerous
adjusted. on slippery roads. On such roads,
allow the rear wheel with the most
traction to move the vehicle. If a weight-distributing hitch is being fast changes in tire traction can
used, it is recommended to allow cause excessive wheel slip, and
Automatic Level Control the shocks to inflate, thereby you could lose control. Do not use
leveling the vehicle prior to adjusting cruise control on slippery roads.
The Automatic Level Control (ALC) the hitch.
rear suspension is available on
light-duty vehicles and comes as a With cruise control, a speed of
part of the Magnetic Ride Control about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can
suspension, if equipped. ALC may be maintained without keeping your
also be available as a stand alone foot on the accelerator. Cruise
feature. control does not work at speeds
below about 40 km/h (25 mph).
This type of level control is fully
automatic and will provide a better If the brakes are applied, the cruise
leveled riding position as well as control disengages.
better handling under a variety of For an explanation of how cruise
passenger and loading conditions. control interacts with the Range
An air compressor connected to the Selection Mode, Tow/Haul Mode,
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

and Grade Braking systems. See 5 : Press to turn the system on or The cruise control light on the
“Grade Braking” under Tow/Haul off. A white indicator comes on in instrument cluster will come on
Mode 0 233. the instrument cluster when cruise green after the cruise control has
If the vehicle has StabiliTrak and the is turned on. been set to the desired speed.
system begins to limit wheel spin, SET− : Press briefly to set the 1. Press 5 to turn the cruise
cruise control will automatically speed and activate cruise control. system on.
disengage. See Traction Control/ If cruise control is already active,
Electronic Stability Control 0 242. 2. Get up to the desired speed.
use to decrease vehicle speed.
If a collision alert occurs when 3. Press and release SET−. The
cruise control is activated, cruise +RES : If there is a set speed in
desired set speed briefly
control is disengaged. See Forward memory, press to resume that
appears in the instrument
Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 258. speed or press and hold to
cluster.
When road conditions allow the accelerate. If cruise control is
cruise control to be safely used already active, use to increase 4. Remove your foot from the
again, it can be turned back on. vehicle speed. accelerator.
* : Press to disengage cruise The cruise control indicator on the
control without erasing the set instrument cluster turns green after
speed from memory. cruise control has been set to the
desired speed. See Instrument
Setting Cruise Control Cluster 0 143.
If 5 is on when not in use, SET− or Resuming a Set Speed
+RES could get pressed and go into
cruise when not desired. Keep the If the cruise control is set at a
desired speed and then the brakes
cruise 5 button off when cruise is
not being used. are applied or * is pressed, the
cruise control is disengaged without
erasing the set speed from memory.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Once the vehicle speed reaches Reducing Speed While Using pressing SET– will result in cruise
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, Cruise Control control set to the current vehicle
briefly press +RES. The vehicle If the cruise control system is speed.
returns to the previous set speed. already activated: Using Cruise Control on Hills
Increasing Speed While Using . Press and hold SET– until the How well the cruise control works
Cruise Control desired lower speed is reached, on hills depends on the vehicle
If the cruise control system is then release it. speed, the load, and the steepness
already activated: . To slow down in small of the hills. When going up steep
. Press and hold +RES on the increments, briefly press SET–. hills, pressing the accelerator pedal
steering wheel until the vehicle For each press, the vehicle goes may be necessary to maintain
accelerates to the desired about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower. vehicle speed. When going
speed, then release it. downhill, Cruise Grade Braking
The speedometer reading can be helps maintain the driver selected
. To increase vehicle speed in displayed in either English or metric speed.
small increments, briefly press units. See Instrument Cluster 0 143.
+RES. For each press, the The increment value used depends Cruise Grade Braking is enabled
vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h on the units displayed. when the vehicle is started and
(1 mph) faster. cruise control is active. It is not
Passing Another Vehicle While enabled in Range Selection Mode.
The speedometer reading can be Using Cruise Control It assists in maintaining driver
displayed in either English or metric Use the accelerator pedal to selected speed when driving on
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 143. increase the vehicle speed. When downhill grades by using the engine
The increment value used depends you take your foot off the pedal, the and transmission to slow the
on the units displayed. vehicle will slow down to the vehicle.
previous set cruise speed. While To disable and enable Cruise Grade
pressing the accelerator pedal or Braking for the current ignition
shortly following the release to cycle, press and hold the Tow/Haul
override cruise control, briefly button for five seconds. A DIC
message displays.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

For other forms of descent control, ACC uses a camera and radar
see Hill Descent Control (HDC) sensors to detect other vehicles. { Warning
0 244, Automatic Transmission See Radio Frequency Statement
0 228, and Tow/Haul Mode 0 233. 0 414. The following gap is the ACC has limited braking ability
following time (or distance) between and may not have time to slow
Ending Cruise Control your vehicle and a vehicle detected the vehicle down enough to avoid
There are four ways to end cruise directly ahead in your path, moving a collision with another vehicle
control: in the same direction. If no vehicle you are following. This can occur
is detected in your path, ACC works when vehicles suddenly slow or
. Step lightly on the brake pedal.
like regular cruise control. stop ahead, or enter your lane.
. Press *. If a vehicle is detected in your path,
Also see “Alerting the Driver” in
ACC can speed up the vehicle or this section. Complete attention is
. Shift the transmission to
apply limited, moderate braking to always required while driving and
N (Neutral).
maintain the selected following gap. you should be ready to take
. To turn off cruise control, action and apply the brakes. See
To disengage ACC, apply the brake.
press 5. If the Traction Control System (TCS) Defensive Driving 0 202.
Erasing Speed Memory or electronic stability control system
activates while ACC is engaged,
The cruise control set speed is ACC may automatically disengage.
erased from memory when 5 is See Traction Control/Electronic { Warning
pressed, or if the ignition is Stability Control 0 242. When road ACC will not detect or brake for
turned off. conditions allow ACC to be safely children, pedestrians, animals,
used, the ACC can be turned
or other objects.
Adaptive Cruise Control back on.
Do not use ACC when:
If equipped with Adaptive Cruise ACC will not engage if the TCS or
electronic stability control system is (Continued)
Control (ACC), it allows for selecting
the cruise control set speed and disabled.
following gap. Read this entire
section before using this system.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Warning (Continued)
* : Press to disengage ACC
without erasing the selected set
. On winding and hilly roads speed.
or when the sensors are 3 : Press to select a following gap
blocked by snow, ice, or dirt. time (or distance) setting for ACC of
The system may not detect Far, Medium, or Near.
a vehicle ahead. Keep the
The speedometer reading can be
entire front of the vehicle
displayed in either English or metric
clean.
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 143.
. Visibility is low, such as in The increment value used depends
fog, rain, or snow on the units displayed.
conditions. ACC
performance is limited under Setting Adaptive Cruise Control
5 : Press to turn the system on or
these conditions. off. The indicator turns white on the If J is on when not in use, it could
. On slippery roads where instrument cluster when ACC is get pressed and go into ACC when
fast changes in tire traction turned on. not desired. Keep J off when
can cause excessive SET– : Press briefly to set the cruise is not being used.
wheel slip. speed and activate ACC. If cruise Select the set speed desired for
control is already engaged, use to cruise. This is the vehicle speed
decrease vehicle speed. when no vehicle is detected in
+RES : Press briefly to resume the its path.
previous set speed or hold to ACC will not set or resume at a
accelerate. If ACC is already speed less than 25 km/h (16 mph).
engaged, use to increase vehicle
speed. To set ACC:
1. Press 5.
2. Get up to the desired speed.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

3. Press and release SET– . To begin using ACC again, press vehicle goes to the next 1 km/h
4. Remove your foot from the +RES on the steering wheel. The (1 mph) faster mark on the
accelerator. vehicle returns to the previous set speedometer.
speed. . To increase speed in larger
After ACC is set, it may immediately
apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead Increasing Speed While ACC is at increments, press and briefly
is detected closer than the selected a Set Speed hold +RES. For each press, the
following gap. vehicle speed goes to next
Do one of the following:
5 km/h (5 mph) faster mark on
. Use the accelerator to get to the the speedometer.
higher speed. Press SET– . When it is determined that there is
Release the control and the no vehicle ahead or the vehicle
accelerator pedal. The vehicle
ahead is beyond the selected
will now cruise at the higher following gap, then the vehicle
speed. speed will increase to the set speed.
The ACC indicator displays on the When the accelerator pedal is
pressed, ACC will not brake Reducing Speed While ACC is at a
Driver Information Center (DIC) in Set Speed
the instrument cluster. When ACC is because it is overridden.
active, the indicator turns green. A warning message will appear Do one of the following:
on the Driver Information . Use the brake to get to the
Be mindful of speed limits, Center (DIC).
surrounding traffic speeds, and desired lower speed. Release
. Press and hold +RES until the the brake and press SET– . The
weather conditions when selecting
the set speed. desired set speed appears on vehicle will now cruise at the
the display, then release it. lower speed.
Resuming a Set Speed . . Press and hold SET– until the
To increase vehicle speed in
If the ACC is set at a desired speed small increments, briefly press desired lower speed is reached,
and then the brakes are applied, +RES. For each press, the then release it.
ACC is disengaged without erasing
the set speed from memory.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

. To decrease the vehicle speed in Since each gap setting corresponds If ACC is engaged, driver action
small increments, briefly press to a following time (Far, Medium, may be required when ACC cannot
SET−. For each press, the or Near), the following distance will apply sufficient braking because of
vehicle speed goes to the next vary based on vehicle speed. The approaching a vehicle too rapidly.
1 km/h (1 mph) slower mark on faster the vehicle speed, the further When this condition occurs, six red
the speedometer. back your vehicle will follow a lights will flash on the windshield,
. To decrease speed in larger vehicle detected ahead. Consider and either eight beeps will sound
increments, press and briefly traffic and weather conditions when from the front, or both sides of the
hold SET−. For each press, the selecting the following gap. The Safety Alert Seat will pulse five
vehicle speed goes to the next range of selectable gaps may not be times. See “Collision/Detection
5 km/h (5 mph) slower mark on appropriate for all drivers and Systems” under Vehicle
the speedometer. driving conditions. Personalization 0 170.
Changing the gap setting See Defensive Driving 0 202.
Selecting the Follow Distance Gap automatically changes the alert
When a slower moving vehicle is timing sensitivity (Far, Medium, Approaching and Following a
detected ahead within the selected or Near) for the Forward Collision Vehicle
following gap, ACC will adjust the Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward
vehicle's speed and attempt to Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 258.
maintain the follow distance gap
selected. Alerting the Driver
Press 3 on the steering wheel to

adjust the following gap. When
pressed, the current gap setting
displays briefly on the instrument The vehicle ahead indicator is in the
cluster. Subsequent presses cycle instrument cluster.
the 3 button through three The vehicle ahead indicator only
settings: Far, Medium, or Near. The displays when a vehicle is detected
gap setting will be maintained until it in your vehicle’s path moving in the
is changed. same direction.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

If this indicator is not displaying, . The radar falsely reports a
ACC will not respond to or brake to Warning (Continued) blockage when driving in a
vehicles ahead. desert or remote area with no
stop-and-go traffic or when a other vehicles or roadside
ACC automatically slows the vehicle vehicle suddenly appears due to
down and adjusts vehicle speed to objects. A DIC message may
a vehicle ahead changing lanes. display to indicate that ACC is
follow the vehicle in front at the Your vehicle may not stop and
selected follow gap. The vehicle temporarily unavailable.
could cause a crash. Use caution
speed increases or decreases to . There is a fault in the system.
when using ACC. Your complete
follow the vehicle in front of you, but A message will appear on the DIC
attention is always required while
will not exceed the set speed. It may indicating that cruise is disengaging.
driving and you should be ready
apply limited braking, if necessary.
When braking is active, the brake to take action and apply the The ACC active symbol will turn
lights will come on. The automatic brakes. white when ACC is no longer active.
braking may feel or sound different ACC Override
than if the brakes were applied ACC Automatically Disengages
manually. This is normal. If using the accelerator pedal while
ACC may automatically disengage ACC is active, a warning message
Stationary or Very Slow-Moving and you will need to manually apply in the DIC will indicate that
Objects the brakes to slow the vehicle if: automatic braking will not occur.
. Your vehicle speed goes below ACC will resume operation when the
{ Warning the minimum speed of 16 km/h accelerator pedal is not being
(10 mph). pressed.
ACC may not detect and react to
stopped or slow-moving vehicles . The sensors are blocked.
ahead of you. For example, the . The Traction Control System
system may not brake for a (TCS) or electronic stability
vehicle it has never detected control system has activated or
moving. This can occur in been disabled.
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

When following a vehicle and
{ Warning { Warning entering a curve, ACC may not
detect the vehicle ahead and
The ACC will not automatically On curves, ACC may respond to accelerate to the set speed. When
apply the brakes if your foot is a vehicle in another lane, or may this happens, the vehicle ahead
resting on the accelerator pedal. not have time to react to a vehicle indicator will not appear.
You could crash into a vehicle in your lane. You could crash into
ahead of you. a vehicle ahead of you, or lose
control of your vehicle. Give extra
Curves in the Road attention in curves and be ready
to use the brakes if necessary.
Select an appropriate speed while
{ Warning driving in curves.
On curves, ACC may not detect a
vehicle ahead in your lane. You ACC may operate differently in a
could be startled if the vehicle sharp curve. It may reduce the
accelerates up to the set speed, vehicle speed if the curve is too ACC may detect a vehicle that is
especially when following a sharp. not in your lane and apply the
vehicle exiting or entering exit brakes.
ramps. You could lose control of ACC may occasionally provide an
the vehicle or crash. Do not use alert and/or braking that is
ACC while driving on an entrance considered unnecessary. It could
or exit ramp. Always be ready to respond to vehicles in different
use the brakes if necessary. lanes, signs, guardrails, and other
stationary objects when entering or
exiting a curve. This is normal
operation. The vehicle does not
need service.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Other Vehicle Lane Changes Do not use ACC when driving on For cleaning instructions, see
steep hills or when towing a trailer. “Washing the Vehicle” under
ACC will not detect a vehicle in the Exterior Care 0 378.
lane while driving on steep hills. The System operation may also be
driver will often need to take over limited under snow, heavy rain,
acceleration and braking on steep or road spray conditions.
hills, especially when towing a
trailer. If the brakes are applied, the
ACC disengages.
Disengaging ACC
ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead There are three ways to
until it is completely in the lane. The disengage ACC:
brakes may need to be manually . Step lightly on the brake pedal.
applied.
. Press *.
Do Not Use ACC on Hills and
When Towing a Trailer . Press 5.
Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed is
erased from memory if 5 is pressed
or if the ignition is turned off.
Cleaning the Sensing System
The radar sensor on the front of the
vehicle can become blocked by
snow, ice, dirt, or mud. This area
needs to be cleaned for ACC to
operate properly.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Driver Assistance Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
Systems . Detect children, Complete attention is always
This vehicle may have features that pedestrians, bicyclists, required while driving, and you
work together to help avoid crashes or animals. should be ready to take action
or reduce crash damage while . and apply the brakes and/or steer
Detect vehicles or objects
driving, backing, and parking. Read the vehicle to avoid crashes.
outside the area monitored
this entire section before using
by the system.
these systems.
. Work at all driving speeds. Audible or Safety Alert Seat
{ Warning . Warn you or provide you Some driver assistance features
with enough time to avoid a alert the driver of obstacles by
Do not rely on the Driver crash. beeping. To change the volume of
Assistance Systems. These the warning chime, see “Comfort
. Work under poor visibility or
systems do not replace the need and Convenience” under Vehicle
bad weather conditions. Personalization 0 170.
for paying attention and driving
safely. You may not hear or feel . Work if the detection sensor If equipped with the Safety Alert
alerts or warnings provided by is not cleaned or is covered Seat, the driver seat cushion may
these systems. Failure to use by ice, snow, mud, or dirt. provide a vibrating pulse alert
proper care when driving may . Work if the detection sensor instead of beeping. To change this,
result in injury, death, or vehicle is covered up, such as with see “Collision/Detection Systems”
damage. See Defensive Driving a sticker, magnet, or metal under Vehicle Personalization
0 202. plate. 0 170.
Under many conditions, these . Work if the area surrounding
systems will not: the detection sensor is
(Continued) damaged or not properly
repaired.
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Assistance Systems for Displayed images may be farther or
closer than they appear. The area
Parking or Backing displayed is limited and objects that
If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera are close to either corner of the
(RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA), bumper or under the bumper do not
Front Parking Assist (FPA), and display.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) may A warning triangle may display to
help the driver park or avoid objects. show that RPA has detected an
Always check around the vehicle object. This triangle changes from
when parking or backing. amber to red and increases in size
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) the closer the object.
When the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse), the RVC displays an 1. View Displayed by the { Warning
image of the area behind the vehicle Camera
The camera(s) do not display
in the infotainment display. The
children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
previous screen displays when the
vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) crossing traffic, animals, or any
after a short delay. To return to the other object outside of the
previous screen sooner, press any cameras’ field of view, below the
button on the infotainment system, bumper, or under the vehicle.
shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle Shown distances may be different
speed of approximately 12 km/h (8 from actual distances. Do not
mph). The rear vision camera is drive or park the vehicle using
above the license plate. only these camera(s). Always
1. View Displayed by the check behind and around the
Camera vehicle before driving. Failure to
2. Corners of the Rear Bumper use proper care may result in
injury, death, or vehicle damage.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Parking Assist gets closer, more bars light up and
Warning (Continued) the bars change color from yellow to
With RPA, and if equipped with FPA,
as the vehicle moves at speeds of amber to red.
(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,
less than 8 km/h (5 mph) the or vehicle damage, even with When an object is first detected in
sensors on the bumpers may detect Parking Assist, always check the the rear, one beep will be heard
objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind and area around the vehicle and from the rear, or both sides of the
1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehicle check all mirrors before moving Safety Alert Seat will pulse two
within a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off forward or backing. times. When an object is very close
the ground and below bumper level. (<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear,
These detection distances may be or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front),
shorter during warmer or humid a continuous beep will sound from
weather. Blocked sensors will not the front or rear depending on
detect objects and can also cause object location, or both sides of the
false detections. Keep the sensors Safety Alert Seat will pulse five
clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and times. Beeps for FPA are higher
slush; and clean sensors after a car pitched than for RPA.
wash in freezing temperatures.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
{ Warning If equipped, when the vehicle is
shifted into R (Reverse), RCTA
The Parking Assist system does displays a red warning triangle with
not detect children, pedestrians, a left or right pointing arrow on the
bicyclists, animals, or objects RVC screen to warn of traffic
located below the bumper or that The instrument cluster may have a coming from the left or right. This
are too close or too far from the parking assist display with bars that system detects objects coming from
vehicle. It is not available at show “distance to object” and object up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left or
speeds greater than 8 km/h location information for RPA, and on right side of the vehicle. When an
some vehicles, FPA. As the object object is detected, either three
(Continued) beeps sound from the left or right or
three Safety Alert Seat pulses occur
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

on the left or right side, depending “Parking Assist” under Vehicle Forward Collision Alert
on the direction of the detected Personalization 0 170. If the parking
vehicle. assist is turned off through vehicle
(FCA) System
Use caution while backing up when personalization, the parking assist If equipped, the FCA system may
towing a trailer, as the RCTA button will be disabled. To turn the help to avoid or reduce the harm
detection zones that extend out parking assist on again, select On in caused by front-end crashes. When
from the back of the vehicle do not vehicle personalization. The On with approaching a vehicle ahead too
move further back when a trailer is Towbar setting allows for the quickly, FCA provides a red flashing
towed. parking assist to work properly with alert on the windshield and rapidly
an attached trailer hitch. Turn off beeps or pulses the driver seat.
Turning the Features On or Off parking assist when towing a trailer. FCA also lights an amber visual
To turn the rear parking assist alert if following another vehicle
symbols, guidance lines, or Rear much too closely.
Cross Traffic Alert on or off, see FCA detects vehicles within a
“Rear Camera” and “Collision/ distance of approximately 60 m
Detection Systems” under Vehicle (197 ft) and operates at speeds
Personalization 0 170. above 8 km/h (5 mph). If the vehicle
has Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),
The X button to the left of the Assistance Systems for it can detect vehicles to distances of
steering wheel is used to turn on or Driving approximately 110 m (360 ft) and
off the Front and Rear Parking operates at all speeds. See
Assist. The indicator light in the If equipped, when driving the Adaptive Cruise Control 0 248.
button comes on when the features vehicle in a forward gear, Forward
are on and turns off when the Collision Alert (FCA), Lane
Departure Warning (LDW), Lane
{ Warning
features have been disabled.
Keep Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone FCA is a warning system and
Front and Rear Parking Assist can Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert does not apply the brakes. When
be turned off, on, or on with towbar (LCA), and/or Forward Automatic approaching a slower-moving or
through vehicle personalization. See Braking (FAB) can help to avoid a
crash or reduce crash damage. (Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, or ice, or if the windshield is
or when following a vehicle too damaged. It may also not detect a
closely, FCA may not provide a vehicle on winding or hilly roads,
warning with enough time to help or in conditions that can limit
avoid a crash. It also may not visibility such as fog, rain,
provide any warning at all. FCA or snow, or if the headlamps or
does not warn of pedestrians, FCA warnings will not occur unless windshield are not cleaned or in
the FCA system detects a vehicle
animals, signs, guardrails, proper condition. Keep the
ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
bridges, construction barrels, windshield, headlamps, and FCA
the vehicle ahead indicator will
or other objects. Be ready to take display green. Vehicles may not be sensors clean and in good repair.
action and apply the brakes. See detected on curves, highway exit
Defensive Driving 0 202. ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; Collision Alert
or if a vehicle ahead is partially
FCA can be disabled with either the blocked by pedestrians or other
FCA steering wheel control or, objects. FCA will not detect another
if equipped, through vehicle vehicle ahead until it is completely
personalization. See “Collision/ in the driving lane.
Detection Systems” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 170. { Warning With Head-Up Display
FCA does not provide a warning
to help avoid a crash, unless it
detects a vehicle. FCA may not
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Tailgating Alert the alert timing. The range of
selectable alert timing may not be
appropriate for all drivers and
driving conditions.
If your vehicle is equipped with
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),
Without Head-Up Display changing the FCA timing setting
When your vehicle approaches automatically changes the ACC
The vehicle-ahead indicator will following gap setting (Far, Medium,
another detected vehicle too rapidly, display amber when you are
the red FCA display will flash on the or Near).
following a vehicle ahead much too
windshield. Also, eight rapid closely. Unnecessary Alerts
high-pitched beeps will sound from
the front, or both sides of the Safety Selecting the Alert Timing FCA may provide unnecessary
Alert Seat will pulse five times. alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles
The Collision Alert control is on the in other lanes, objects that are not
When this Collision Alert occurs, the
brake system may prepare for driver steering wheel. Press [ / 3 to vehicles, or shadows. These alerts
braking to occur more rapidly which set the FCA timing to Far, Medium, are normal operation and the
can cause a brief, mild deceleration. Near, or on some vehicles, Off. The vehicle does not need service.
Continue to apply the brake pedal first button press shows the current
setting on the DIC. Additional button Cleaning the System
as needed. Cruise control may be
disengaged when the Collision Alert presses will change this setting. The If the FCA system does not seem to
occurs. chosen setting will remain until it is operate properly, this may correct
changed and will affect the timing of the issue:
both the Collision Alert and the
. Clean the outside of the
Tailgating Alert features. The timing
of both alerts will vary based on windshield in front of the
vehicle speed. The faster the rearview mirror.
vehicle speed, the farther away the . Clean the entire front of the
alert will occur. Consider traffic and vehicle.
weather conditions when selecting
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

. Clean the headlamps. vehicle ahead indicator being lit.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Warning (Continued)
For cleaning instructions, see
“Washing the Vehicle” under System 0 258.
. Detect all vehicles,
Exterior Care 0 378. The system works when driving in a especially vehicles with a
System operation may also be forward gear between 8 km/h trailer, tractors, muddy
limited under snow, heavy rain, (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph), vehicles, etc.
or road spray conditions. or on vehicles with Adaptive Cruise
. Detect a vehicle when
Control (ACC), above 4 km/h
(2 mph). It can detect vehicles up to weather limits visibility, such
Forward Automatic approximately 60 m (197 ft). as in fog, rain, or snow.
Braking (FAB) . Detect a vehicle ahead if it
If the vehicle has Forward Collision { Warning is partially blocked by
pedestrians or other objects.
Alert (FCA), it also has FAB, which
includes Intelligent Brake FAB is an emergency crash Complete attention is always
Assist (IBA). When the system preparation feature and is not required while driving, and you
detects a vehicle ahead in your path designed to avoid crashes. Do should be ready to take action
that is traveling in the same not rely on FAB to brake the and apply the brakes and/or steer
direction that you may be about to vehicle. FAB will not brake the vehicle to avoid crashes.
crash into, it can provide a boost to outside of its operating speed
braking or automatically brake the range and only responds to
vehicle. This can help avoid or detected vehicles. FAB may slow the vehicle to a
lessen the severity of crashes when complete stop to try to avoid a
FAB may not: potential crash. The vehicle will only
driving in a forward gear. Depending
on the situation, the vehicle may . Detect a vehicle ahead on hold at a stop briefly. A firm press of
automatically brake moderately or winding or hilly roads. the accelerator pedal will also
hard. This forward automatic release FAB.
(Continued)
braking can only occur if a vehicle is
detected. This is shown by the FCA
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

. Heavy rain or snow is interfering
{ Warning { Warning with object detection.
FAB may automatically brake the IBA may increase vehicle braking . There is a problem with the
vehicle suddenly in situations in situations when it may not be StabiliTrak system.
where it is unexpected and necessary. You could block the The FAB system does not need
undesired. It could respond to a flow of traffic. If this occurs, take service.
turning vehicle ahead, guardrails, your foot off the brake pedal and
signs, and other non-moving then apply the brakes as needed. Side Blind Zone
objects. To override FAB, firmly Alert (SBZA)
press the accelerator pedal, if it is FAB and IBA can be disabled
safe to do so. If equipped, the SBZA system is a
through vehicle personalization. See
lane-changing aid that assists
“Collision/Detection Systems” under
drivers with avoiding crashes that
Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) Vehicle Personalization 0 170.
occur with moving vehicles in the
IBA may activate when the brake side blind zone (or spot) areas.
pedal is applied quickly by providing { Warning When the vehicle is in a forward
a boost to braking based on the gear, the left or right side mirror
Using FAB or IBA while towing a display will light up if a moving
speed of approach and distance to
trailer could cause you to lose vehicle is detected in that blind
a vehicle ahead.
control of the vehicle and crash. zone. If the turn signal is activated
Minor brake pedal pulsations or Turn the system to Alert, or if the and a vehicle is also detected on
pedal movement during this time is vehicle has ACC to Off, when the same side, the display will flash
normal and the brake pedal should towing a trailer. as an extra warning not to change
continue to be applied as needed. lanes. Since this system is part of
IBA will automatically disengage the Lane Change Alert (LCA)
only when the brake pedal is A system unavailable message may
display if: system, read the entire LCA section
released. before using this feature.
. The front of the vehicle or
windshield is not clean.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Lane Change Alert (LCA) LCA Detection Zones How the System Works
If equipped, the LCA system is a The LCA symbol lights up in the
lane-changing aid that assists side mirrors when the system
drivers with avoiding lane change detects a moving vehicle in the next
crashes that occur with moving lane over that is in the side blind
vehicles in the side blind zone (or zone or rapidly approaching that
spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly zone from behind. A lit LCA symbol
approaching these areas from indicates it may be unsafe to
behind. The LCA warning display change lanes. Before making a lane
will light up in the corresponding change, check the LCA display,
outside side mirror and will flash if check mirrors, glance over your
the turn signal is on. 1. SBZA Detection Zone shoulder, and use the turn signals.
2. LCA Detection Zone
{ Warning The LCA sensor covers a zone of
approximately one lane over from
LCA does not alert the driver to both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m
vehicles outside of the system (11 ft). The height of the zone is
detection zones, pedestrians, approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)
bicyclists, or animals. It may not and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror
provide alerts when changing Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) Display Display
lanes under all driving conditions. warning area starts at approximately
the middle of the vehicle and goes When the vehicle is started, both
Failure to use proper care when outside mirror LCA displays will
changing lanes may result in back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are also
warned of vehicles rapidly briefly come on to indicate the
injury, death, or vehicle damage. system is operating. When the
Before making a lane change, approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft)
behind the vehicle. vehicle is in a forward gear, the left
always check mirrors, glance over or right side mirror display will light
your shoulder, and use the turn up if a moving vehicle is detected in
signals. the next lane over in that blind zone
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

or rapidly approaching that zone. trailer. LCA may alert to objects both sides of the vehicle toward the
If the turn signal is activated in the attached to the vehicle, such as a rear corners of the vehicle, see your
same direction as a detected trailer, bicycle, or object extending dealer.
vehicle, this display will flash as an out to either side of the vehicle. If the LCA displays do not light up
extra warning not to change lanes. Attached objects may also interfere when moving vehicles are in the
LCA can be disabled. See with the detection of vehicles. This side blind zone or are rapidly
“Collision/Detection Systems” under is normal system operation; the approaching this zone and the
Vehicle Personalization 0 170. vehicle does not need service. system is clean, the system may
If LCA is disabled by the driver, the LCA may not always alert the driver need service. Take the vehicle to
LCA mirror displays will not light up. to vehicles in the next lane over, your dealer.
especially in wet conditions or when
When the System Does Not driving on sharp curves. The system Radio Frequency Information
Seem to Work Properly does not need to be serviced. The See Radio Frequency Statement
The LCA system requires some system may light up due to 0 414.
driving for the system to calibrate to guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and
maximum performance. This other non-moving objects. This is Lane Departure
calibration may occur more quickly if normal system operation; the
vehicle does not need service.
Warning (LDW)
the vehicle is driving on a straight
highway road with traffic and LCA may not operate when the LCA If equipped, LDW may help avoid
roadside objects (e.g., guardrails, sensors in the left or right corners of crashes due to unintentional lane
barriers). the rear bumper are covered with departures. It may provide a
mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in warning if the vehicle is crossing a
LCA displays may not come on detected lane marking without using
when passing a vehicle quickly, for heavy rainstorms. For cleaning
instructions, see "Washing the a turn signal in the lane departure
a stopped vehicle, or when towing a direction. Since this system is part
trailer. The LCA detection zones Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 378.
If the DIC still displays the system of the Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
that extend back from the side of system, read the entire LKA section
the vehicle do not move further back unavailable message after cleaning
before using this feature.
when a trailer is towed. Use caution
while changing lanes when towing a
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
(1500 Series)
If equipped, LKA may help avoid lane or give a Lane Departure alert when approaching the lane
crashes due to unintentional lane Warning (LDW) alert, even if a on the side where it has detected
departures. It may assist by gently lane marking is detected. a lane marking. Even with LKA
turning the steering wheel if the The LKA and LDW systems and LDW, you must steer the
vehicle approaches a detected lane may not: vehicle. Always keep your
marking without using a turn signal attention on the road and
. Provide an alert or enough maintain proper vehicle position
in that direction. It may also provide
a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) steering assist to avoid a within the lane, or vehicle
system alert as the lane marking is lane departure or crash. damage, injury, or death could
crossed. The LKA system will not . Detect lane markings under occur. Always keep the
assist or provide an LDW alert if it poor weather or visibility windshield, headlamps, and
detects that you are actively conditions. This can occur if camera sensors clean and in
steering. Override LKA by turning the windshield or good repair. Do not use LKA in
the steering wheel. LKA uses a headlamps are blocked by bad weather conditions.
camera to detect lane markings dirt, snow, or ice, if they are
between 60 km/h (37 mph) and not in proper condition, or if
180 km/h (112 mph). the sun shines directly into
the camera. { Warning
{ Warning . Detect road edges. Using LKA while towing a trailer
The LKA system does not . Detect lanes on winding or or on slippery roads could cause
continuously steer the vehicle. hilly roads. loss of control of the vehicle and
It may not keep the vehicle in the If LKA only detects lane markings a crash. Turn the system off.
(Continued) on one side of the road, it will
only assist or provide an LDW
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

How the System Works steering, an alert, chime, or DIC Fuel
message may be provided. Steer
The LKA camera sensor is on the GM recommends the use of TOP
the vehicle to dismiss.
windshield ahead of the rearview TIER® detergent gasoline to
mirror. When the System Does Not keep the engine cleaner and
To turn LKA on and off, press A Seem to Work Properly reduce engine deposits. See
to the left of the steering wheel. The system performance may be www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP
affected by: TIER detergent gasoline marketers
When on, A is green if LKA is and applicable countries.
available to assist and provide LDW . Close vehicles ahead.
alerts. It may assist by gently . Sudden lighting changes, such
turning the steering wheel and as when driving through tunnels.
display A as amber if the vehicle . Banked roads.
approaches a detected lane marking
. Roads with poor lane markings,
without using a turn signal in that
direction. It may also provide an such as two-lane roads.
LDW alert by flashing A amber If the LKA system is not functioning
as the lane marking is crossed. properly when lane markings are
Additionally, there may be three clearly visible, cleaning the
beeps, or the driver seat may pulse windshield may help.
three times, on the right or left, LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts
depending on the lane departure may occur due to tar marks,
direction. If the vehicle has a yellow sticker on
shadows, cracks in the road,
the fuel door, E85 or FlexFuel can
Take Steering temporary or construction lane
be used. See E85 or FlexFuel
markings, or other road
The LKA system does not 0 268.
imperfections. This is normal system
continuously steer the vehicle. operation; the vehicle does not need Use regular unleaded gasoline
If LKA does not detect active driver service. Turn LKA off if these meeting ASTM specification D4814
conditions continue. with a posted octane rating of 87 or
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

higher. Do not use gasoline with a federal specifications, but emission
posted octane rating of less than 87, Caution (Continued) control system performance may be
as this may cause engine knock and affected. The malfunction indicator
. Fuel containing metals such
will lower fuel economy. lamp could turn on and the vehicle
as methylcyclopentadienyl may not pass a smog-check test.
Prohibited Fuels manganese tricarbonyl See Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MMT), which can damage 0 153. If this occurs, return to your
Caution the emissions control authorized dealer for diagnosis. If it
system and spark plugs. is determined that the condition is
Do not use fuels with any of the . Fuel with a posted octane caused by the type of fuel used,
following conditions; doing so rating of less than the repairs may not be covered by the
may damage the vehicle and void recommended fuel. Using vehicle warranty.
its warranty: this fuel will lower fuel
. For vehicles which are not economy and performance, Fuels in Foreign
and may decrease the life of
FlexFuel, fuel labeled
the emissions catalyst.
Countries
greater than 15% ethanol by
volume, such as mid-level To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
ethanol blends (16 – 50% TIER detergent gasoline is
ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.
California Fuel recommended. See Fuel 0 266.
. Fuel with any amount of
Requirements If TOP TIER detergent gasoline is
methanol, methylal, and If the vehicle is certified to meet not available, one bottle of GM Fuel
aniline. These fuels can California Emissions Standards, it is System Treatment Cleaner added to
corrode metal fuel system designed to operate on fuels that the fuel tank at every engine oil
parts or damage plastic and meet California specifications. See change, can help. GM Fuel System
rubber parts. the underhood emission control Treatment Cleaner is the only
label. If this fuel is not available in gasoline additive recommended by
(Continued) General Motors. It is available at
states adopting California Emissions
Standards, the vehicle will operate your dealer.
satisfactorily on fuels meeting
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

If your vehicle is able to use E85 or Vehicles marked as “E85” or
FlexFuel, GM Fuel System FlexFuel can use either unleaded Caution
Treatment Cleaner - FlexFuel is the gasoline or ethanol fuel containing
only recommended additive for use. up to 85% ethanol (E85). All other Some additives are not
Do not use any other additives with vehicles should use only the compatible with E85 or FlexFuel
an E85 or FlexFuel vehicle. See unleaded gasoline as described in and can harm the vehicle's fuel
E85 or FlexFuel 0 268. Fuel 0 266. system. Do not add anything to
E85 or FlexFuel. Damage caused
The use of E85 or FlexFuel is by additives would not be covered
Fuel Additives encouraged when the vehicle is
by the vehicle warranty.
To keep fuel systems clean, TOP designed to use it. E85 or FlexFuel
TIER Detergent Gasoline is is made from renewable sources.
recommended. See Fuel 0 266. Many fuel stations will not have an
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump Caution
not available, one bottle of Fuel available. Those stations that do
have E85 should have a label Do not use fuel containing
System Treatment PLUS added to
indicating the FlexFuel ethanol methanol. It can corrode metal
the fuel tank at every engine oil
content. Do not use the fuel if the parts in the fuel system and also
change can help. Fuel System
Treatment PLUS is the only ethanol content is greater than 85%. damage plastic and rubber parts.
gasoline additive recommended by That damage would not be
The starting characteristics of E85
General Motors. It is available at covered under the vehicle
or FlexFuel make it unsuitable for
your dealer. warranty.
use when temperatures fall below
Do not use additives with E85 or -18 °C (0 °F). Use gasoline or add
FlexFuel. gasoline to the E85 or FlexFuel.
Because E85 or FlexFuel has less
E85 or FlexFuel energy per liter (gallon) than
For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the gasoline, the vehicle will need to be
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package refilled more often. See Filling the
supplement. Tank 0 269.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Filling the Tank Warning (Continued)
The vehicle has a capless refueling
system and does not have a fuel
cap. The filling nozzle must be fully
{ Warning . Fuel can spray out if the inserted and latched prior to starting
refueling nozzle is inserted fuel flow.
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn too quickly. This spray can
violently and can cause injury or happen if the tank is nearly
death. full, and is more likely in hot { Warning
. To help avoid injuries to you weather. Insert the refueling
Overfilling the fuel tank by more
and others, read and follow nozzle slowly and wait for
any hiss noise to stop prior than three clicks of a standard fill
all the instructions on the nozzle may cause:
fuel pump island. to beginning to flow fuel.
. Vehicle performance issues,
. Turn off the engine when including engine stalling and
refueling. damage to the fuel system.
. Keep sparks, flames, and . Fuel spills.
smoking materials away
from fuel. . Potential fuel fires.
. Do not leave the fuel pump
unattended. Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a
few seconds after you have finished
. Do not use a cell phone pumping before removing the
while refueling. nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
. Do not reenter the vehicle surfaces as soon as possible. See
while pumping fuel. Exterior Care 0 378.
. Keep children away from
the fuel pump and never let To open the fuel door, push and
children pump fuel. release the rearward center edge of
the door.
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
{ Warning { Warning Warning (Continued)

If a fire starts while you are Attempting to refuel without using . Use approved fuel
refueling, do not remove the the funnel adapter may cause fuel containers.
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by spillage and damage the capless . Remove the container from
shutting off the pump or by fuel system. This could cause a the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
notifying the station attendant. fire and you or others could be bed before filling.
Leave the area immediately. badly burned and the vehicle
. Place the container on the
could be damaged.
ground.
Filling the Tank with a Portable . Place the nozzle inside the
Gas Can 3. Remove and clean the funnel fill opening of the container
If the vehicle runs out of fuel and adapter and return to the before dispensing fuel, and
must be filled from a portable storage location. keep it in contact with the fill
gas can: opening until filling is
Filling a Portable Fuel complete.
Container . Fill the container no more
than 95% full to allow for
{ Warning expansion.
Filling a portable fuel container . Do not smoke, light
while it is in the vehicle can cause matches, or use lighters
1. Locate the capless funnel fuel vapors that can ignite either while pumping fuel.
adapter from inside the vehicle. by static electricity or other . Avoid using cell phones or
2. Insert and latch the funnel into means. You or others could be other electronic devices.
the capless fuel system. badly burned and the vehicle
could be damaged. Always:
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

. .
Trailer Towing The trailer must be equipped
with brakes adequate for the
Turn off Parking Assist and Rear
Cross Traffic Alert (RTCA) when
intended use. A loaded trailer towing.
General Towing weighing more than 900 kg . The Forward Automatic Braking
Information (2,000 lb) must be equipped with System should be set to Off
its own brake system, with when towing. See Forward
Only use towing equipment that has
brakes working on all axles. Automatic Braking (FAB) 0 24.
been designed for the vehicle.
Trailer braking equipment
Contact your dealer or trailering . Turn off Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
conforming to Canadian
dealer for assistance with preparing when towing. See Lane Keep
Standards Association (CSA)
the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read Assist (LKA) (1500 Series)
requirement CAN3-D313, or its
the entire section before towing a 0 265.
equivalent, is recommended.
trailer.
. Do not tow a trailer during the
For towing a disabled vehicle, see
Towing the Vehicle 0 372. For
first 800 km (500 mi) to prevent { Warning
damage to the engine, axle,
towing the vehicle behind another When towing a trailer, exhaust
or other parts.
vehicle such as a motor home, see gases may collect at the rear of
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 372. . Then during the first 800 km the vehicle and enter if the
(500 mi) of trailer towing, do not liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most
Driving Characteristics drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and window is open.
do not make starts at full throttle.
and Towing Tips When towing a trailer:
. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive).
Driving with a Trailer Shift the transmission to a lower . Do not drive with the
gear if the transmission shifts liftgate, trunk/hatch,
When towing a trailer:
too often under heavy loads and/ or rear-most window open.
. Become familiar with the state or hilly conditions. . Fully open the air outlets on
and local laws that apply to
. Do not use Adaptive Cruise or under the instrument
trailer towing. These
Control when towing. panel.
requirements vary from state to
state. (Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

tires, and mirrors. Get familiar with Backing Up
Warning (Continued) the handling and braking of the rig.
Hold the bottom of the steering
If the trailer has electric brakes, start
. Also adjust the climate wheel with one hand. To move the
the combination moving and then
control system to a setting trailer to the left, move that hand to
apply the trailer brake controller by
that brings in only outside the left. To move the trailer to the
hand to be sure the brakes work.
air. See “Climate Control right, move your hand to the right.
Systems” in the Index. During the trip, check occasionally Always back up slowly and,
to be sure that the load is secure if possible, have someone
For more information about and the lamps and any trailer guide you.
carbon monoxide, see Engine brakes still work.
Exhaust 0 227. Making Turns
Following Distance
Towing a trailer requires a certain Stay at least twice as far behind the Caution
amount of experience. The vehicle ahead as you would when
combination you are driving is driving the vehicle without a trailer. Making very sharp turns while
longer and not as responsive as the This can help to avoid heavy trailering could cause the trailer to
vehicle itself. Get acquainted with braking and sudden turns. come in contact with the vehicle.
the handling and braking of the rig The vehicle could be damaged.
before setting out for the open road.
Passing Avoid making very sharp turns
More passing distance is needed while trailering.
The structure, tires, and brakes of
the trailer must be rated to carry the when towing a trailer. The
load. Inadequate trailer equipment combination will not accelerate as When turning with a trailer, make
can cause the combination to quickly and is longer so it is wider turns than normal. Do this so
operate in an unexpected or unsafe necessary to go much farther the trailer will not strike soft
manner. beyond the passed vehicle before shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,
returning to the lane. or other objects. Avoid jerky or
Before starting, check all trailer hitch
parts and attachments, safety sudden maneuvers. Signal well in
chains, electrical connectors, lamps, advance.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn altitude on steep uphill grades, the 2. Have someone place chocks
out, the arrows on the instrument vehicle may show signs similar to under the trailer wheels.
cluster will still flash for turns. It is engine overheating. To avoid this, 3. When the wheel chocks are in
important to check occasionally to let the engine run while parked, place, release the regular
be sure the trailer bulbs are still preferably on level ground, with the brakes until the chocks absorb
working. transmission in P (Park) for a few the load.
minutes before turning the engine
Driving on Grades off. If the overheat warning comes 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
Reduce speed and shift to a lower on, see Engine Overheating 0 309. apply the parking brake and
gear before starting down a long or shift into P (Park).
steep downgrade. If the
Parking on Hills
5. Release the brake pedal.
transmission is not shifted down, the
brakes might get hot and no longer { Warning Leaving After Parking on a Hill
work well. 1. Apply and hold the brake
Parking the vehicle on a hill with
Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift the trailer attached can be pedal.
the transmission to a lower gear if dangerous. If something goes 2. Start the engine.
the transmission shifts too often wrong, the rig could start to move.
under heavy loads and/or hilly 3. Shift into a gear.
People can be injured, and both
conditions. 4. Release the parking brake.
the vehicle and the trailer can be
When towing, use the Tow/Haul damaged. When possible, always 5. Let up on the brake pedal.
Mode to prevent damage to the park the rig on a flat surface.
engine or transmission. See Tow/ 6. Drive slowly until the trailer is
Haul Mode 0 233. clear of the chocks.
If parking the rig on a hill: 7. Stop and have someone pick
When towing at high altitude on
steep uphill grades, consider the 1. Press the brake pedal, but do up and store the chocks.
following: Engine coolant will boil at not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
a lower temperature than at normal the wheels into the curb if
altitudes. If the engine is turned off facing downhill or into traffic if
immediately after towing at high facing uphill.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Maintenance when Trailer
Towing { Warning Caution
The vehicle needs service more The driver can lose control when Pulling a trailer improperly can
often when pulling a trailer. See pulling a trailer if the correct damage the vehicle and result in
Maintenance Schedule 0 389. equipment is not used or the costly repairs not covered by the
Things that are especially important vehicle is not driven properly. For vehicle warranty. To pull a trailer
in trailer operation are automatic example, if the trailer is too heavy correctly, follow the advice in this
transmission fluid, engine oil, axle or the trailer brakes are section and see your dealer for
lubricant, belts, cooling system, and inadequate for the load, the important information about
brake system. It is a good idea to vehicle may not stop as expected. towing a trailer with the vehicle.
inspect these before and during The driver and passengers could
the trip. be seriously injured. The vehicle To identify the trailering capacity of
Check periodically to see that all may also be damaged; the the vehicle, read the information in
hitch nuts and bolts are tight. resulting repairs would not be “Weight of the Trailer” following.
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Trailer Towing Pull a trailer only if all the steps in Trailering is different than just
this section have been followed. driving the vehicle by itself.
Do not tow a trailer during break-in. Trailering means changes in
See New Vehicle Break-In 0 216. Ask your dealer for advice and
handling, acceleration, braking,
information about towing a trailer
Before towing a trailer, see durability, and fuel economy.
with the vehicle. Successful, safe trailering takes
"Hands-Free Operation" under
Liftgate 0 47. correct equipment, and it has to be
used properly.
The following information has many
time-tested, important trailering tips
and safety rules. Many of these are
important for your safety and that of
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

your passengers. So please read
this section carefully before pulling a
trailer.
Weight of the Trailer
Safe trailering requires monitoring
the weight, speed, altitude, road
grades, outside temperature, and
how frequently the vehicle is used to
pull a trailer. Take into consideration
any special equipment on the
vehicle, and the amount of tongue
weight the vehicle can carry. See
“Weight of the Trailer Tongue” later
in this section for more information.
Trailer Weight Rating (TWR) is
calculated assuming the tow vehicle
has only the driver and all required
trailering equipment. Weight of
additional optional equipment,
passengers, and cargo in the tow
vehicle must be subtracted from the
trailer weight rating.
Use the following chart to determine
how much the trailer can weigh,
based upon the vehicle model and
options.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR*
1500 Series 2WD Short Wheelbase
5.3L V8 3.08 2 994 kg (6,600 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 3 901 kg (8,600 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb)
1500 Series 2WD Long Wheelbase
5.3L V8 3.08 2 858 kg (6,300 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 3 765 kg (8,300 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb)
1500 Series 4WD Short Wheelbase
5.3L V8 3.08 2 903 kg (6,400 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 3 810 kg (8,400 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb)
1500 Series 4WD Long Wheelbase
5.3L V8 3.08 2 722 kg (6,000 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 3 629 kg (8,000 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb)
*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and
trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be
exceeded.
Ask your dealer for trailering

information or advice.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is
very important because it is also
part of the vehicle weight. The
Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)
includes the curb weight of the
vehicle, any cargo carried in it, and
the people who will be riding in the
vehicle as well as trailer tongue
weight. Vehicle options, equipment,
passengers, and cargo in the
vehicle reduce the amount of
tongue weight the vehicle can carry, In general, trailer tongue weight (1)
which will also reduce the trailer should be 10-15 % of the loaded
weight the vehicle can tow. See trailer weight (2). Some specific
Vehicle Load Limits 0 212 for more trailer types (especially boat trailers)
information about the vehicle's fall outside of this range. In this
maximum load capacity. case, the recommended tongue
weight in the trailer owner’s manual
should be observed. In all cases,
the maximum loads for the vehicle
series and hitch type should not be
exceeded.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Maximum Tongue weight-distributing hitch, make sure
Vehicle Series Hitch Type Weight not to exceed the RGAWR before
applying the weight distribution
1500 Weight Carrying 272 kg (600 lb) spring bars.
1500 Weight Distributing 453 kg (1,000 lb) Weight of the Trailering
Combination
Do not exceed the maximum If a cargo carrier is used in the It is important that the combination
allowable tongue weight for the trailer hitch receiver, choose a of the tow vehicle and trailer does
vehicle. Choose the shortest hitch carrier that positions the load as not exceed any of its weight
extension that will position the hitch close to the vehicle as possible. ratings — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR,
ball closest to the vehicle. This will Make sure the total weight, Trailer Weight Rating, or Tongue
help reduce the effect of trailer including the carrier, is no more than Weight. The only way to be sure it is
tongue weight on the rear axle. half of the maximum allowable not exceeding any of these ratings
tongue weight for the vehicle or is to weigh the tow vehicle and
Trailer rating may be limited by the trailer combination, fully loaded for
vehicle's ability to carry tongue 227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less.
the trip, getting individual weights
weight. Tongue weight cannot cause Total Weight on the Vehicle's for each of these items.
the vehicle to exceed the GVWR Tires
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or Towing Equipment
the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle Be sure the vehicle's tires are
Weight Rating). See “Total Weight inflated to the inflation pressures Hitches
on the Vehicle's Tires” following. found on the Certification label on
the center pillar or see Vehicle Load The correct hitch equipment helps
After loading the trailer, weigh the Limits 0 212. Make sure not to maintain combination control. Most
trailer and then the tongue, exceed the GVWR limit for the small-to-medium trailers can be
separately, to see if the weights are vehicle, or the RGAWR, with the tow towed with a weight-carrying hitch
proper. If they are not, adjustments vehicle and trailer fully loaded for which simply features a coupler
might be made by moving some the trip including the weight of the latched to the hitch ball. Larger
items around in the trailer. trailer tongue. If using a trailers may require a
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

weight-distributing hitch that uses Consider using sway controls with Weight-Distributing Hitch and
spring bars to distribute the trailer any trailer. Ask a trailering Adjustment
tongue weight among the two professional about sway controls or
vehicle and trailer axles. See refer to the trailer manufacturer's A weight-distributing hitch may be
“Weight of the Trailer Tongue” in recommendations and instructions. useful with some trailers. Use the
Trailer Towing 0 274 for rating limits following guidelines to determine if a
with various hitch types. weight-distributing hitch should
be used.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Weight-Distributing Hitch
Vehicle Series Trailer Weight Usage Hitch Distribution
1500 Up to 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) Optional Refer to trailer
manufacturer’s
recommendation
1500 Over 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) Required 50%
spring bars so the distance (2) is as chains should be attached to holes

close as possible to halfway on the trailer hitch platform. Always
between the two measurements. leave just enough slack so the
combination can turn. Never allow
Safety Chains safety chains to drag on the ground.
Always attach chains between the
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the Trailer Brakes
safety chains under the tongue of A loaded trailer that weighs more
the trailer to help prevent the tongue than 900 kg (2,000 lb) must be
from contacting the road if it equipped with its own brake system,
becomes separated from the hitch. with brakes working on all axles.
Instructions about safety chains Trailer braking equipment
may be provided by the hitch conforming to Canadian Standards
1. Front of Vehicle manufacturer or by the trailer Association (CSA) requirement
2. Body to Ground Distance manufacturer. If the trailer being CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is
towed weighs up to 2 271 kg recommended.
When using a weight-distributing (5,000 lb) with a factory-installed
hitch, measure distance (2) before State and local regulations may also
step bumper, safety chains may be require the trailer to have its own
coupling the trailer to the hitch ball. attached to the attaching points on
Measure the height again after the braking system if loaded above a
the bumper, otherwise, safety
trailer is coupled and adjust the
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

certain threshold. These The seven-wire harness contains The harness should be installed by
requirements vary from state to the following trailer circuits: your dealer or a qualified service
state. . Yellow/Grey: Left Stop/Turn center.
Be sure to read and follow the Signal Tow/Haul Mode
instructions for the trailer brakes so . Green/Violet: Right Stop/Turn
they are installed, adjusted, and Signal
maintained properly.
. Grey/Brown: Taillamps
Do not tap into the vehicle's
hydraulic brake system. . White: Ground
Since the vehicle is equipped with . White/Green: Back-up Lamps
StabiliTrak, the trailer brakes cannot . Red/Green: Battery Feed
tap into the vehicle's hydraulic
system. . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake
To help charge a remote
Trailer Wiring Harness (non-vehicle) battery, press the Tow/
The seven-pin trailer connector is Haul Mode button at the end of the
mounted in the bumper. This shift lever. If the trailer is too light for
connector can be plugged into a Tow/Haul Mode, turn on the Pressing this button at the end of
seven-pin universal heavy-duty headlamps to help charge the the shift lever turns on and off the
trailer connector available through battery. Tow/Haul Mode.
your dealer.
Electric Brake Control Wiring
Use only a round, seven-wire Provisions
connector with flat blade terminals
meeting SAE J2863 specifications These wiring provisions are
for proper electrical connectivity. included with the vehicle as part of
the trailer wiring package. These
provisions are for an electric brake
controller.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

This indicator light on the instrument Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul This symbol is on the Trailer Brake
cluster comes on when the Tow/ when lightly loaded or with no trailer Control Panel on vehicles with an
Haul Mode is on. at all will not cause damage. ITBC system. The power output to
Tow/Haul is a feature that assists However, there is no benefit to the the trailer brakes is based on the
when pulling a heavy trailer or a selection of Tow/Haul when the amount of brake pressure being
large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul vehicle is unloaded. Such a applied by the vehicle’s brake
Mode 0 233. selection when unloaded may result system, and on the type of trailer
in unpleasant engine and brakes detected. This available
Tow/Haul is designed to be most transmission driving characteristics power output to the trailer brakes
effective when the vehicle and and reduced fuel economy. Tow/ can be adjusted to a wide range of
trailer combined weight is at least Haul is recommended only when trailering situations.
75 percent of the vehicle's Gross pulling a heavy trailer or a large or
Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). The ITBC system is integrated with
heavy load. the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake,
See “Weight of the Trailer” under
Trailer Towing 0 274. Tow/Haul is Integrated Trailer Brake and StabiliTrak systems. In trailering
most useful under the following Control System conditions that cause the vehicle’s
driving conditions: antilock brake or StabiliTrak
The vehicle may have an Integrated systems to activate, power sent to
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system the trailer's brakes will be
large or heavy load through for use with electric trailer brakes or automatically adjusted to minimize
rolling terrain. most electric-over-hydraulic trailer trailer wheel lock-up. This does not
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a brakes. imply that the trailer has StabiliTrak.
large or heavy load in If the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake,
stop-and-go traffic. or StabiliTrak systems are not
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a functioning properly, the ITBC
large or heavy load in busy system may not be fully functional
parking lots where improved low or may not function at all. Make sure
speed control of the vehicle is all of these systems are fully
desired. operational to ensure full
functionality of the ITBC system.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

The ITBC system is powered Trailer Brake Control Panel Page on the DIC to adjust and
through the vehicle's electrical display power output to the trailer
system. Turning the ignition off will brakes.
also turn off the ITBC system. The
ITBC system is fully functional only Trailer Brake DIC Display Page
when the ignition is on. The ITBC system displays
messages in the Driver Information
{ Warning Center (DIC).
The display page indicates Trailer
Connecting a trailer that has an Gain setting, power output to the
air brake system may result in trailer brakes, trailer connection, and
reduced or complete loss of trailer system operational status.
braking. There may be an
To display the Trailer Brake Display
increase in stopping distance or
Page do any of the following:
trailer instability which could 1. Manual Trailer Brake Apply
result in personal injury or . Scroll through the DIC menu
Lever
damage to the vehicle, trailer, pages.
2. Trailer Gain Adjustment
or other property. Use the ITBC Buttons . Press a Trailer Gain button.
system only with electric or If the Trailer Brake Display Page
electric over hydraulic trailer The ITBC system has a control is not currently displayed, press
brakes. panel on the instrument panel to the a Trailer Gain button to recall the
left of the steering column. The current Trailer Gain setting.
control panel allows adjustment to Each press and release of the
the amount of output, referred to as gain buttons will then change the
Trailer Gain, available to the trailer Trailer Gain setting.
brakes and allows manual
application of the trailer brakes. The . Activate the Manual Trailer
Trailer Brake Control Panel is used Brake apply lever.
along with the Trailer Brake Display
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

TRAILER GAIN: This setting can be . A trailer with electric brakes has Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure
adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either become disconnected (a Trailer Gain should be set for a
a trailer connected or disconnected. CHECK TRAILER WIRING specific trailering condition and must
To adjust the Trailer Gain, press one message will also display on be adjusted any time vehicle
of the Trailer Gain adjustment the DIC). loading, trailer loading, or road
buttons. Press and hold a gain . There is a fault present in the surface conditions change.
button to continuously adjust the wiring to the trailer brakes (a
Trailer Gain. To turn the output to
the trailer off, adjust the Trailer Gain
CHECK TRAILER WIRING
message will also display on
{ Warning
setting to 0.0 (zero). the DIC). Trailer brakes that are
TRAILER OUTPUT: Displays any . The ITBC system is not working over-gained or under-gained may
time a trailer with electric brakes is due to a fault (a SERVICE not stop the vehicle and the trailer
connected. Output to the trailer TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM as intended and can result in a
brakes is based on the amount of message will also display in crash. Always follow the
vehicle braking present and relative the DIC). instructions to set the Trailer Gain
to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is for the proper trailer stopping
displayed from 0 to 100% for each Manual Trailer Brake Apply
performance.
gain setting. The Manual Trailer Brake Apply
The Trailer Output will indicate “- - - lever is used to apply the trailer’s
To adjust Trailer Gain for each
- - -” on the Trailer Brake Display electric brakes independent of the
towing condition:
Page whenever the following occur: vehicle’s brakes. Sliding the lever to
. No trailer is connected. the left will apply only the trailer 1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer
brakes. Use this lever to adjust attached on a level road
. A trailer without electric brakes Trailer Gain to properly adjust the surface representative of the
is connected (no DIC message power output to the trailer brakes. towing condition and free of
displayed). traffic at about 32 to 40 km/h
The trailer's and the vehicle's brake
(20 to 25 mph) and fully apply
lamps will come on when either
the Manual Trailer Brake apply
vehicle brakes or manual trailer
lever.
brakes are applied.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Adjusting Trailer Gain at Other ITBC-Related DIC Messages If the disconnect occurs while
speeds lower than 32 to In addition to displaying TRAILER the vehicle is moving, this
40 km/h (20 to 25 mph) may GAIN and OUTPUT through the message will continue until the
result in an incorrect gain DIC, trailer connection and ITBC ignition is turned off. This
setting. system status are displayed on message will also turn off if it is
2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using the DIC. acknowledged or if the trailer
the Trailer Gain adjustment harness is reconnected.
TRAILER CONNECTED: This
buttons, to just below the point . There is an electrical fault in the
message will briefly display when a
of trailer wheel lock-up, trailer with electric brakes is first wiring to the trailer brakes. This
indicated by trailer wheel connected to the vehicle. This message will continue as long
squeal or tire smoke when a message will automatically turn off as there is an electrical fault in
trailer wheel locks. in about 10 seconds. This message the trailer wiring. This message
Trailer wheel lock-up may not can be acknowledged before it will also turn off if it is
occur if towing a heavily loaded automatically turns off. acknowledged.
trailer. In this case, adjust the CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This To determine if the electrical fault is
Trailer Gain to the highest message will display if: on the vehicle side or trailer side of
allowable setting for the towing the trailer wiring harness
condition. . The ITBC system first connection:
determines connection to a
3. Readjust Trailer Gain any time trailer with electric brakes and 1. Disconnect the trailer wiring
vehicle loading, trailer loading, then the trailer harness becomes harness from the vehicle.
or road surface conditions disconnected from the vehicle. 2. Turn the ignition off.
change or if trailer wheel
lock-up is noticed at any time If the disconnect occurs while 3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the
while towing. the vehicle is stationary, this ignition back to RUN.
message will automatically turn 4. If the CHECK TRAILER
off in about 30 seconds. This WIRING message reappears,
message will also turn off if it is the electrical fault is on the
acknowledged or if the trailer vehicle side.
harness is reconnected.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

If the CHECK TRAILER A GM dealer may be able to instrument cluster. Vehicle speed
WIRING message only diagnose and repair problems with must be reduced. If trailer sway
reappears when connecting the the trailer. However, any diagnosis continues, StabiliTrak can reduce
trailer wiring harness to the and repair of the trailer is not engine torque to help slow the
vehicle, the electrical fault is on covered under the vehicle warranty. vehicle. See Traction Control/
the trailer side. Contact your trailer dealer for Electronic Stability Control 0 242.
SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE assistance with trailer repairs and
SYSTEM: This message will display trailer warranty information. { Warning
when there is a problem with the
ITBC system. If this message Trailer Sway Even if the vehicle is equipped
continues over multiple ignition Control (TSC) with TSC, trailer sway could result
cycles, there is a problem with the in loss of control and the vehicle
Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a could crash. If excessive trailer
ITBC system. Have the vehicle
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) feature. sway is detected, slow down to a
serviced.
Trailer sway is unintended safe speed. Check the trailer and
If either the CHECK TRAILER side-to-side motion of a trailer while vehicle to help correct possible
WIRING or SERVICE TRAILER being towed. If the vehicle is towing
BRAKE SYSTEM message displays causes. These could include an
a trailer and the TSC detects that
while driving, the ITBC system may improperly or overloaded trailer,
sway is increasing, the vehicle
not be fully functional or may not brakes are selectively applied at unrestrained cargo, improper
function at all. When traffic each wheel, to help reduce trailer hitch configuration,
conditions allow, carefully pull the excessive trailer sway. If the vehicle excessive vehicle-trailer speed,
vehicle over to the side of the road is equipped with the Integrated or improperly inflated or incorrect
and turn the ignition off. Check the Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, vehicle or trailer tires. See Towing
wiring connection to the trailer and and the trailer has the electric Equipment 0 278 for trailer ratings
turn the ignition back on. If either of actuated brake system, StabiliTrak and hitch setup
these messages continues, either may also apply the trailer brakes. recommendations.
the vehicle or trailer needs service.
If TSC is enabled, the Traction
Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak
warning light will flash on the
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Adding non-dealer accessories can
affect the vehicle performance. See { Warning Warning (Continued)
Accessories and Modifications
0 291. Use of electronic trailer sway (20-25 mph) and fully apply
control devices could result in the manual trailer brake
Electronic Trailer Sway Control reduced trailer brake apply lever. Also check that
Devices performance, loss of trailer the trailer brake lamps and
brakes, or other malfunctions, and other lamps are functioning
Some trailers may come equipped correctly.
with an electronic device designed could cause a crash. You or
to reduce or control trailer sway. others could be injured or killed. . If the trailer brakes are not
Aftermarket equipment Before using one of these operating properly at any
manufacturers also offer similar devices: time, or if a DIC message
devices that connect to the wiring . Ask the device or trailer indicates problems with the
between the trailer and the vehicle. manufacturer if the device trailer connections or trailer
These devices may interfere with has been thoroughly tested brakes, carefully pull the
the vehicle’s trailer brake or other for compatibility with the vehicle over to the side of
systems, including integrated make, model, and year of the road when traffic
anti-sway systems, if equipped. the vehicle as well as conditions allow.
Messages related to trailer optional equipment installed
connections or trailer brakes could on the vehicle.
appear on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). The effect that these . Before driving on the open
devices may have on vehicle roads, check that the trailer
handling or trailer brake brakes are working properly.
performance is unknown. Drive the vehicle with the
trailer attached on a level
road surface that is free of
traffic at about 32-40 km/h
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Conversions and Caution
Add-Ons Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle or cause
Add-On Electrical components to not work and
Equipment would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always check
{ Warning with your dealer before adding
electrical equipment.
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
used for vehicle service and
Emission Inspection/Maintenance Add-on equipment can drain the
testing. See Malfunction Indicator vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
Lamp 0 153. A device connected
to the DLC — such as an The vehicle has an airbag system.
aftermarket fleet or Before attempting to add anything
driver-behavior tracking device — electrical to the vehicle, see
may interfere with vehicle Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
systems. This could affect vehicle Vehicle 0 103 and Adding
operation and cause a crash. Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
Such devices may also access Vehicle 0 103.
information stored in the vehicle’s
systems.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 289

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Vehicle Care Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Stoplamps, and Back-Up
Battery - North America . . . . . . 314 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 324
General Information Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 290 Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Electrical System
California Proposition Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 316 Electrical System Overload . . . 324
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Automatic Transmission Shift Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 325
California Perchlorate Lock Control Function Engine Compartment Fuse
Materials Requirements . . . . . 291 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Accessories and Ignition Transmission Lock Instrument Panel Fuse
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Block (Left) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Park Brake and P (Park) Instrument Panel Fuse Block
Vehicle Checks (Right) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Doing Your Own Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 317
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 318 Rear Compartment Fuse
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 319
Engine Compartment Windshield Replacement . . . . . 319 Wheels and Tires
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Headlamp Aiming All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 299 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Automatic Transmission Fluid Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
(6-Speed Transmission) . . . . . 301 Bulb Replacement All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Automatic Transmission Fluid Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 338
(10-Speed Transmission) . . . 304 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 304 High Intensity Discharge (HID) Tire Terminology and
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 309 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Engine Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Tire Pressure for High-Speed
Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . 311 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . 322
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
290 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure Monitor Appearance Care General Information
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Tire Pressure Monitor Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 For service and parts needs, visit
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 your dealer. You will receive
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 genuine GM parts and GM-trained
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 and supported service people.
When It Is Time for New Genuine GM parts have one of
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 these marks:
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Different Size Tires and
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 355
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 367
Jump Starting
Jump Starting - North
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Towing the Vehicle
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 291

California Proposition California Perchlorate Damage to suspension components
caused by modifying vehicle height
65 Warning Materials Requirements outside of factory settings will not be
Certain types of automotive covered by the vehicle warranty.
{ Warning applications, such as airbag Damage to vehicle components
initiators, seat belt pretensioners, resulting from modifications or the
Most motor vehicles, including and lithium batteries contained in
this one, as well as many of its installation or use of non-GM
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, certified parts, including control
service parts and fluids, contain may contain perchlorate materials. module or software modifications, is
and/or emit chemicals known to Special handling may be necessary. not covered under the terms of the
the State of California to cause For additional information, see vehicle warranty and may affect
cancer and birth defects or other www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ remaining warranty coverage for
reproductive harm. Engine perchlorate. affected parts.
exhaust, many parts and
systems, many fluids, and some Accessories and GM Accessories are designed to
component wear by-products complement and function with other
Modifications systems on the vehicle. See your
contain and/or emit these
chemicals. For more information Adding non-dealer accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle
making modifications to the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories
go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
can affect vehicle performance and installed by a dealer technician.
passenger-vehicle.
safety, including such things as Also, see Adding Equipment to the
airbags, braking, stability, ride and Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 103.
See Battery - North America 0 314 handling, emissions systems,
and Jump Starting - North America aerodynamics, durability, and
0 368 and the back cover. electronic systems like antilock
brakes, traction control, and stability
control. These accessories or
modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
292 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Checks This vehicle has an airbag system. 1. Pull the handle with this symbol
Before attempting to do your own on it. It is inside the vehicle
service work, see Servicing the under the steering wheel.
Doing Your Own Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 103.
Service Work Keep a record with all parts receipts
and list the mileage and the date of
{ Warning any service work performed. See
Maintenance Records 0 400.
It can be dangerous to work on
your vehicle if you do not have
Caution
the proper knowledge, service
manual, tools, or parts. Always Even small amounts of
follow owner’s manual procedures contamination can cause damage
and consult the service manual to vehicle systems. Do not allow
for your vehicle before doing any contaminants to contact the fluids,
service work. reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle to
If doing some of your own service find the secondary hood
work, use the proper service
Hood release. The handle is under
manual. It tells you much more To open the hood: the front edge of the hood near
about how to service the vehicle the center. Push the handle to
than this manual can. To order the the right and at the same time
proper service manual, see Service raise the hood.
Publications Ordering Information
0 413.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 293

Before closing the hood, be sure all
the filler caps are on properly. Then
bring the hood from full open to
within 15 cm (6 in) from the closed
position, pause, and push the front
center of the hood with a swift, firm
motion to fully close the hood.
Engine Compartment
Overview
For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package
supplement.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
294 Vehicle Care
Tahoe/Suburban 6-Speed
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 295

1. Positive (+) Terminal. See 9. Engine Oil Dipstick. See
Jump Starting - North America “Checking Engine Oil” under
0 368. Engine Oil 0 297.
2. Battery - North America 0 314. 10. Windshield Washer Fluid
3. Coolant Surge Tank and Reservoir. See “Adding Washer
Pressure Cap. See Cooling Fluid” under Washer Fluid
System 0 305. 0 311.
4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 304. 11. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See

Brake Fluid 0 312.
5. Automatic Transmission
Dipstick. See “How to Check 12. Engine Compartment Fuse
Automatic Transmission Fluid” Block 0 325.
under Automatic Transmission For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the
Fluid (6-Speed Transmission) Suburban Heavy-Duty Package
0 301 or Automatic supplement.
Transmission Fluid (10-Speed
Transmission) 0 304.
6. Remote Negative (–) Location
(Out of View). See Jump
Starting - North America 0 368.
7. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of
View). See Cooling System
0 305.
8. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When
to Add Engine Oil” under
Engine Oil 0 297.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
296 Vehicle Care
Tahoe Sport 10-Speed

Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 297

1. Positive (+) Terminal. See 11. Engine Compartment Fuse . Always dispose of engine oil
Jump Starting - North America Block 0 325. properly. See “What to Do with
0 368. Used Oil” in this section.
2. Battery - North America 0 314. Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil
3. Coolant Surge Tank and For a heavy-duty Suburban, see If equipped, the ENGINE OIL LOW
Pressure Cap. See Cooling “Engine Oil” in the Suburban
ADD OIL message displays when
System 0 305. Heavy-Duty Package supplement.
the engine oil level may be too low.
4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 304. To ensure proper engine Check the oil level before filling to
performance and long life, careful the recommended level. If the oil is
5. Remote Negative (–) Location attention must be paid to engine oil. not low and this message remains
(Out of View). See Jump Following these simple, but on, see your dealer.
Starting - North America 0 368. important steps will help protect Check the engine oil level regularly,
6. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of your investment:
every 650 km (400 mi), especially
View). See Cooling System . Use engine oil approved to the prior to a long trip. The engine oil
0 305. proper specification and of the dipstick handle is a loop. See
7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When proper viscosity grade. See Engine Compartment Overview
to Add Engine Oil” under “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” 0 293 for the location.
Engine Oil 0 297. in this section.
8. Engine Oil Dipstick. See . Check the engine oil level { Warning
“Checking Engine Oil” under regularly and maintain the
Engine Oil 0 297. proper oil level. See “Checking The engine oil dipstick handle
Engine Oil” and “When to Add may be hot; it could burn you.
9. Windshield Washer Fluid Use a towel or glove to touch the
Engine Oil” in this section.
Reservoir. See “Adding Washer dipstick handle.
Fluid” under Washer Fluid . Change the engine oil at the
0 311. appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Life System 0 299.
10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brake Fluid 0 312.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
298 Vehicle Care

Follow these guidelines: When to Add Engine Oil
Caution (Continued)
. To get an accurate reading, park
the vehicle on level ground. shown on the dipstick are harmful
Check the engine oil level after to the engine. If you find that you
the engine has been off for at have an oil level above the
least two hours. Checking the operating range, i.e., the engine
engine oil level on steep grades has so much oil that the oil level
or too soon after engine shutoff gets above the cross-hatched
can result in incorrect readings.
area that shows the proper
Accuracy improves when
operating range, the engine could
checking a cold engine prior to
starting. Remove the dipstick If the oil is below the cross-hatched be damaged. You should drain
and check the level. area at the tip of the dipstick and out the excess oil or limit driving
the engine has been off for at least of the vehicle and seek a service
. If unable to wait two hours, the professional to remove the
15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the
engine must be off for at least recommended oil and then recheck excess amount of oil.
15 minutes if the engine is the level. See “Selecting the Right
warm, or at least 30 minutes if
Engine Oil” later in this section for See Engine Compartment Overview
the engine is not warm. Pull out
an explanation of what kind of oil to 0 293 for the location of the engine
the dipstick, wipe it with a clean use. For engine oil crankcase
paper towel or cloth, then push it oil fill cap.
capacity, see Capacities and
back in all the way. Remove it Add enough oil to put the level
Specifications 0 402.
again, keeping the tip down, and somewhere in the proper operating
check the level. range. Push the dipstick all the way
Caution
back in when through.
Do not add too much oil. Oil
levels above or below the
acceptable operating range
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 299

Selecting the Right Engine Oil What to Do with Used Oil
Caution
Selecting the right engine oil Used engine oil contains certain
depends on both the proper oil Failure to use the recommended elements that can be unhealthy for
specification and viscosity grade. engine oil or equivalent can result your skin and could even cause
See Recommended Fluids and in engine damage not covered by cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
Lubricants 0 397. the vehicle warranty. your skin for very long. Clean your
skin and nails with soap and water,
Specification or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
Ask for and use engine oils that Viscosity Grade properly dispose of clothing or rags
meet the dexos1 specification. Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade containing used engine oil. See the
Engine oils that have been engine oil. manufacturer's warnings about the
approved by GM as meeting the use and disposal of oil products.
When selecting an oil of the
dexos1 specification are marked appropriate viscosity grade, it is Used oil can be a threat to the
with the dexos1 approved logo. See recommended to select an oil of the environment. If you change your
www.gmdexos.com. correct specification. See own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
“Specification” earlier in this section. from the filter before disposal. Never
dispose of oil by putting it in the
Engine Oil Additives/Engine trash or pouring it on the ground,
Oil Flushes into sewers, or into streams or
Do not add anything to the oil. The bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
recommended oils meeting the it to a place that collects used oil.
dexos1 specification are all that is
needed for good performance and Engine Oil Life System
engine protection.
When to Change Engine Oil
Engine oil system flushes are not
This vehicle has a computer system
recommended and could cause
that indicates when to change the
engine damage not covered by the
engine oil and filter. This is based
vehicle warranty.
on a combination of factors which
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
300 Vehicle Care

include engine revolutions, engine the oil regularly over the course of 2. Press and hold V, or the trip
temperature, and miles driven. an oil drain interval and keep it at odometer reset stem if the
Based on driving conditions, the the proper level. vehicle does not have DIC
mileage at which an oil change is If the system is ever reset buttons, for several seconds.
indicated can vary considerably. For accidentally, the oil must be The oil life will change
the oil life system to work properly, changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) to 100%.
the system must be reset every time since the last oil change.
the oil is changed. The oil life system can also be reset
Remember to reset the oil life as follows:
On some vehicles, when the system system whenever the oil is changed.
has calculated that oil life has been 1. Display the OIL LIFE
diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE How to Reset the Engine Oil REMAINING on the DIC.
OIL SOON message comes on to Life System See Driver Information Center
indicate that an oil change is (DIC) (Base Level) 0 161 or
Reset the system whenever the
necessary. Change the oil as soon Driver Information Center (DIC)
engine oil is changed so that the
as possible within the next 1 000 km (Uplevel) 0 162.
system can calculate the next
(600 mi). It is possible that, if driving engine oil change. Always reset the 2. Fully press the accelerator
under the best conditions, the oil life engine oil life to 100% after every oil pedal slowly three times within
system might indicate that an oil change. It will not reset itself. To five seconds.
change is not necessary for up to a reset the engine oil life system:
year. The engine oil and filter must 3. Display the OIL LIFE
be changed at least once a year 1. Display the OIL LIFE REMAINING on the DIC. If the
and, at this time, the system must REMAINING on the DIC. If the display shows 100%, the
be reset. For vehicles without the vehicle does not have DIC system is reset.
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON buttons, the vehicle must be in If the vehicle has a CHANGE
message, an oil change is needed P (Park) to access this display. ENGINE OIL SOON message and it
when the OIL LIFE REMAINING See Driver Information Center comes back on when the vehicle is
percentage is near 0%. Your dealer (DIC) (Base Level) 0 161 or started and/or the OIL LIFE
has trained service people who will Driver Information Center (DIC) REMAINING is near 0%, the engine
perform this work and reset the (Uplevel) 0 162. oil life system has not been reset.
system. It is also important to check Repeat the procedure.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 301

Automatic Transmission Caution Caution (Continued)
Fluid (6-Speed
Transmission) Use of the incorrect automatic fluid could come out and fall on
transmission fluid may damage hot engine parts or exhaust
For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the the vehicle, and the damage may system parts, starting a fire. Too
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package not be covered by the vehicle little fluid could cause the
supplement. warranty. Always use the transmission to overheat. Be sure
When to Check and Change automatic transmission fluid listed to get an accurate reading if
Automatic Transmission Fluid in Recommended Fluids and checking the transmission fluid.
Lubricants 0 397.
It is usually not necessary to check
the transmission fluid level. The only Before checking the fluid level,
reason for fluid loss is a Change the fluid and filter at the prepare the vehicle:
transmission leak or overheated scheduled maintenance intervals 1. Start the engine and park the
transmission. If a small leak is listed in Maintenance Schedule vehicle on a level surface.
suspected, then use the following 0 389. Be sure to use the Keep the engine running.
checking procedures to check the transmission fluid listed in
fluid level. However, if there is a Recommended Fluids and 2. Apply the parking brake and
large leak, then it may be necessary Lubricants 0 397. place the shift lever in P (Park).
to have the vehicle towed to a 3. With your foot on the brake
dealer service department and have
How to Check Automatic
pedal, move the shift lever
it repaired before driving the vehicle Transmission Fluid through each gear range,
further. pausing for about
Caution three seconds in each range.
Then, move the shift lever back
Too much or too little fluid can to P (Park).
damage the transmission. Too
much can mean that some of the
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
302 Vehicle Care

4. Allow the engine to idle (500– procedure can be made. The hot 3. Install the dipstick by pushing it
800 rpm) for at least check procedure is the most back in all the way; wait
one minute. Slowly release the accurate method to check the fluid three seconds, and then pull it
brake pedal. level. Perform the hot check back out again.
5. Keep the engine running and procedure at the first opportunity. 4. Check both sides of the
check the transmission fluid Use this cold check procedure to dipstick and read the lower
temperature on the Driver check fluid level when the level. Repeat the check
Information Center (DIC). transmission temperature is procedure to verify the reading.
See Driver Information Center between 27 °C and 32 °C (80 °F and
(DIC) (Base Level) 0 161 or 90 °F).
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 162.
6. Using the transmission fluid
temperature reading, determine
and perform the appropriate
check procedure. If the 5. If the fluid level is below the
transmission fluid temperature 1. Locate the transmission COLD check band, add only
reading is not within the dipstick at the rear of the enough fluid as necessary to
required temperature ranges, engine compartment, on the bring the level into the COLD
allow the vehicle to cool, passenger side of the vehicle. band. It does not take much
or operate the vehicle until the fluid, generally less than 0.5 L
appropriate transmission fluid See Engine Compartment
Overview 0 293. (1 pt). Do not overfill.
temperature is reached.
2. Flip the handle up, then pull out 6. Perform a hot check at the first
Cold Check Procedure opportunity after the
the dipstick and wipe it with a
Use this procedure only as a clean rag or paper towel. transmission reaches a normal
reference to determine if the operating temperature between
transmission has enough fluid to be 71 °C to 93 °C (160 °F to
operated safely until a hot check 200 °F).
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 303

7. If the fluid level is in the 1. Locate the transmission the transmission temperature is
acceptable range, push the dipstick at the rear of the between 71 °C and 93 °C
dipstick back in all the way, engine compartment, on the (160 °F and 200 °F), add or
then flip the handle down to passenger side of the vehicle. drain fluid as necessary to
lock the dipstick in place. See Engine Compartment bring the level into the HOT
Overview 0 293. band. If the fluid level is low,
Hot Check Procedure add only enough fluid to bring
Use this procedure to check the 2. Flip the handle up, then pull out the level into the HOT band.
transmission fluid level when the the dipstick and wipe it with a It does not take much fluid,
transmission fluid temperature is clean rag or paper towel. generally less than 0.5 L (1 pt).
between 71 °C and 93 °C (160 °F 3. Install the dipstick by pushing it Do not overfill.
and 200 °F). back in all the way; wait 6. If the fluid level is in the
The hot check is the most accurate three seconds, and then pull it acceptable range, push the
method to check the fluid level. The back out again. dipstick back in all the way,
hot check should be performed at 4. Check both sides of the then flip the handle down to
the first opportunity in order to verify dipstick and read the lower lock the dipstick in place.
the cold check. The fluid level rises level. Repeat the check
as fluid temperature increases, so it Consistency of Readings
procedure to verify the reading.
is important to ensure the Always check the fluid level at least
transmission temperature is within twice using the procedure described
range. previously. Consistency (repeatable
readings) is important to maintaining
proper fluid level. If readings are still
inconsistent, contact the dealer.
5. Safe operating level is within

the HOT cross hatch band on
the dipstick. If the fluid level is
not within the HOT band, and
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
304 Vehicle Care

Automatic Transmission Caution
When to Inspect the Engine Air
Fluid (10-Speed Cleaner/Filter
Transmission) Use of the incorrect automatic For intervals on changing and
transmission fluid may damage inspecting the engine air cleaner/
When to Check and Change the vehicle, and the damage may filter, see Maintenance Schedule
Automatic Transmission Fluid not be covered by the vehicle 0 389.
It is usually not necessary to check warranty. Always use the
How to Inspect the Engine Air
the transmission fluid level. The only automatic transmission fluid listed
Cleaner/Filter
reason for fluid loss is a in Recommended Fluids and
transmission leak or overheated Lubricants 0 397. Do not start the engine or have the
transmission. This vehicle is not engine running with the engine air
equipped with a transmission fluid cleaner/filter housing open. Before
Change the fluid and filter at the removing the engine air cleaner/
level dipstick. There is a special scheduled maintenance intervals
procedure for checking and filter, make sure the engine air
listed in Maintenance Schedule cleaner/filter housing and nearby
changing the transmission fluid in 0 389. Be sure to use the
these vehicles. Because this components are free of dirt and
transmission fluid listed in debris. Remove the engine air
procedure is difficult, this should be Recommended Fluids and
done at the dealer. Contact the cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake
Lubricants 0 397. the engine air cleaner/filter (away
dealer for additional information or
the procedure can be found in the from the vehicle), to release loose
service manual. See Service
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air
Publications Ordering Information See Engine Compartment Overview cleaner/filter for damage, and
0 413. 0 293 for the location of the engine replace if damaged. Do not clean
air cleaner/filter. the engine air cleaner/filter or
components with water or
compressed air.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 305

To inspect or replace the air cleaner/ 4. Remove the four screws (1) on
filter: top of the cover of the housing Caution
and lift up the cover.
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
5. Remove the engine air cleaner/ can easily get into the engine,
filter from the housing. Take which could damage it. Always
care to dislodge as little dirt as have the air cleaner/filter in place
possible. when driving.
6. Clean the engine air cleaner/
filter sealing surfaces and the
housing. Cooling System
7. Inspect or replace the engine For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the
air cleaner/filter. Suburban Heavy-Duty Package
supplement.
8. Reverse Steps 2-4 to reinstall
the filter cover housing. The cooling system allows the
1. Screws (4) engine to maintain the correct
working temperature.
2. Electrical Connector { Warning
3. Air Duct Clamp
Operating the engine with the air
1. Locate the air cleaner/filter
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
assembly. See Engine
others to be burned. The air
Compartment Overview 0 293.
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
2. Disconnect the outlet duct by helps to stop flames if the engine
loosening the air duct backfires. Use caution when
clamp (3). working on the engine and do not
3. Disconnect the electrical drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
connector (2) and the
connector harness from the
cover.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
306 Vehicle Care

What to Use
{ Warning
Do not touch heater or radiator { Warning
hoses, or other engine parts.
Plain water, or other liquids such
They can be very hot and can
as alcohol, can boil before the
burn you. Do not run the engine if
proper coolant mixture will. With
there is a leak; all coolant could
plain water or the wrong mixture,
leak out. That could cause an
the engine could get too hot but
engine fire and can burn you. Fix
there would not be an overheat
any leak before driving the
warning. The engine could catch
vehicle.
fire and you or others could be
1. Coolant Surge Tank burned.
2. Coolant Surge Tank Engine Coolant
Pressure Cap The cooling system in the vehicle is Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,
3. Engine Electric filled with DEX-COOL engine drinkable water and DEX-COOL
Cooling Fans coolant. This coolant is designed to coolant. This mixture:
remain in the vehicle for 5 years or . Gives freezing protection down
{ Warning 240 000 (150,000 mi), whichever
occurs first.
to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside
temperature
An underhood electric fan can The following explains the cooling
start up even when the engine is . Gives boiling protection up to
system and how to check and add
not running and can cause injury. 129 °C (265 °F), engine
coolant when it is low. If there is a
Keep hands, clothing, and tools temperature
problem with engine overheating,
away from any underhood see Engine Overheating 0 309. . Protects against rust and
electric fan. corrosion
. Will not damage aluminum parts
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 307

. Helps keep the proper engine Checking Coolant the full cold mark. If it is not, there
temperature may be a leak in the cooling
The coolant surge tank is in the
system.
engine compartment on the
Caution passenger side of the vehicle. See If coolant is visible but the coolant
Engine Compartment Overview level is not at or above the full cold
Do not use anything other than a 0 293. mark, see “How to Add Coolant to
mix of DEX-COOL coolant that the Coolant Surge Tank,” following.
meets GM Standard The vehicle must be on a level
GMW3420 and clean, drinkable surface when checking the coolant How to Add Coolant to the
water. Anything else can cause level. Coolant Surge Tank
damage to the engine cooling
system and the vehicle, which { Warning
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Spilling coolant on hot engine
parts can burn you. Coolant
contains ethylene glycol and it will
Never dispose of engine coolant by burn if the engine parts are hot
putting it in the trash, or by pouring
enough.
it on the ground, or into sewers,
streams, or bodies of water. Have
the coolant changed by an
authorized service center, familiar
with legal requirements regarding
{ Warning
used coolant disposal. This will help Plain water, or other liquids such
protect the environment and your Check to see if coolant is visible in
the coolant surge tank. If the coolant as alcohol, can boil before the
health. proper coolant mixture will. With
inside the coolant surge tank is
boiling, wait until it cools down. The plain water or the wrong mixture,
coolant level should be at or above the engine could get too hot but
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
308 Vehicle Care

Turn the pressure cap slowly
Warning (Continued) Caution counterclockwise about one full
turn. If a hiss is heard, wait for
there would not be an overheat Failure to follow the specific that to stop. A hiss means
warning. The engine could catch coolant fill procedure could cause there is still some pressure left.
fire and you or others could be the engine to overheat and could
burned. cause system damage. If coolant 2. Keep turning the pressure cap
is not visible in the surge tank, slowly, and remove it.
contact your dealer.
{ Warning If no coolant is visible in the surge
Steam and scalding liquids from a tank, add coolant.
hot cooling system are under
pressure. Turning the pressure
cap, even a little, can cause them
to come out at high speed and
you could be burned. Never turn
the cap when the cooling system,
including the pressure cap, is hot.
Wait for the cooling system and 1. Remove the coolant surge tank
pressure cap to cool. pressure cap when the cooling 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
system, including the coolant the proper mixture to the full
surge tank pressure cap and cold mark.
upper radiator hose, is no
longer hot. 4. With the coolant surge tank
pressure cap off, start the
engine and let it run until the
engine coolant temperature
gauge indicates approximately
90 °C (195 °F).
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 309

By this time, the coolant level Check to see if the engine cooling
inside the coolant surge tank Caution fan(s) are running. If the engine is
may be lower. If the level is overheating, the fans should be
lower, add more of the proper Running the engine without running. If they are not, do not
mixture to the coolant surge coolant may cause damage or a continue to run the engine. Have the
tank until the level reaches the fire. Vehicle damage would not be vehicle serviced.
full cold mark. covered by the vehicle warranty.
5. Replace the pressure cap Caution
tightly. The vehicle has several indicators
to warn of engine overheating. Do not run the engine if there is a
6. Verify coolant level after the leak in the engine cooling system.
engine is shut off and the There is a coolant temperature
This can cause a loss of all
coolant is cold. If necessary, gauge in the vehicle's instrument
cluster. See Engine Coolant coolant and can damage the
repeat coolant fill procedure
Temperature Gauge 0 149. system and vehicle. Have any
Steps 1–6.
leaks fixed right away.
In addition, there are ENGINE
Caution OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE,
ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE If Steam is Coming from the
If the pressure cap is not tightly ENGINE, and ENGINE POWER IS Engine Compartment
installed, coolant loss and engine REDUCED messages in the Driver
damage may occur. Be sure the
cap is properly and tightly
Information Center (DIC). { Warning
If the decision is made not to lift the
secured. hood when this warning appears, Steam and scalding liquids from a
get service help right away. hot cooling system are under
pressure. Turning the pressure
Engine Overheating If the decision is made to lift the cap, even a little, can cause them
For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the hood, make sure the vehicle is to come out at high speed and
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package parked on a level surface. you could be burned. Never turn
supplement. (Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
310 Vehicle Care

If the ENGINE OVERHEATED If the warning continues, pull over,
Warning (Continued) STOP ENGINE or the ENGINE stop, and park the vehicle
OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE right away.
the cap when the cooling system, message appears with no sign of
including the pressure cap, is hot. If there is still no sign of steam and
steam, try this for a minute or so: the vehicle is equipped with an
Wait for the cooling system and
pressure cap to cool. 1. Turn the air conditioning off. engine driven cooling fan, push
2. Turn the heater on to the down the accelerator until the
highest temperature and to the engine speed is about twice as fast
If No Steam is Coming from as normal idle speed for at least
highest fan speed. Open the
the Engine Compartment windows as necessary. five minutes while the vehicle is
parked. If the warning is still there,
The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off turn off the engine and get everyone
ENGINE or the ENGINE the road, shift to P (Park) or out of the vehicle until it cools down.
OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE N (Neutral), and let the
message, along with a low coolant engine idle. If there is no sign of steam, idle the
condition, can indicate a serious engine for five minutes while
problem. If the engine coolant temperature parked. If the warning is still
gauge is no longer in the overheat displayed, turn off the engine until it
If there is an engine overheat zone or an overheat warning no cools down.
warning, but no steam is seen or longer displays, the vehicle can be
heard, the problem may not be too driven. Continue to drive the vehicle
serious. Sometimes the engine can Engine Fan
slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a
get a little too hot when the vehicle: safe vehicle distance from the If the vehicle has electric cooling
. Climbs a long hill on a hot day. vehicle in front. If the warning does fans, the fans may be heard
not come back on, continue to drive spinning at low speed during most
. Stops after high-speed driving. everyday driving. The fans may turn
normally and have the cooling
. Idles for long periods in traffic. system checked for proper fill and off if no cooling is required. Under
. function. heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing,
Tows a trailer; see Trailer Towing
high outside temperatures,
0 274.
or operation of the air conditioning
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 311

system, the fans may change to Adding Washer Fluid
high speed and an increase in fan Caution
The vehicle has a low washer fluid
noise may be heard. This is normal
message on the DIC that comes on . Do not use washer fluid that
and indicates that the cooling
when the washer fluid is low. The contains any type of water
system is functioning properly. The
message is displayed for repellent coating. This can
fans will change to low speed when
15 seconds at the start of each cause the wiper blades to
additional cooling is no longer
ignition cycle. When the WASHER chatter or skip.
required.
FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message .
The electric engine cooling fans Do not use engine coolant
displays, washer fluid will need to
may run after the engine has been (antifreeze) in the
be added to the windshield washer
turned. off. This is normal and no windshield washer. It can
fluid reservoir.
service is required. damage the windshield
washer system and paint.
Power Steering Fluid . Do not mix water with
ready-to-use washer fluid.
For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the Water can cause the
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package solution to freeze and
supplement. damage the washer fluid
tank and other parts of the
Washer Fluid Open the cap with the washer
washer system.
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
What to Use the tank is full. See Engine . When using concentrated
Compartment Overview 0 293 for washer fluid, follow the
When windshield washer fluid needs
reservoir location. manufacturer instructions for
to be added, be sure to read the
adding water.
manufacturer's instructions before
use. Use a fluid that has sufficient . Fill the washer fluid tank
protection against freezing in an only three-quarters full when
area where the temperature may fall it is very cold. This allows
below freezing. (Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
312 Vehicle Care

Replacing Brake System Parts
Caution (Continued) Caution
Always replace brake system parts
for fluid expansion if Continuing to drive with worn-out with new, approved replacement
freezing occurs, which could brake pads could result in costly parts. If this is not done, the brakes
damage the tank if it is brake repair. may not work properly. The braking
completely full. performance expected can change
in many other ways if the wrong
Some driving conditions or climates replacement brake parts are
Brakes can cause a brake squeal when the installed or if parts are improperly
brakes are first applied or lightly installed.
Disc brake pads have built-in wear applied. This does not mean
indicators that make a high-pitched something is wrong with the brakes.
warning sound when the brake pads Brake Fluid
are worn and new pads are needed. Properly torqued wheel nuts are
The sound can come and go or can necessary to help prevent brake
be heard all the time when the pulsation. When tires are rotated,
vehicle is moving, except when inspect brake pads for wear and
applying the brake pedal firmly. evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
proper sequence to torque
{ Warning specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 402.
The brake master cylinder reservoir
The brake wear warning sound Brake pads should be replaced as is filled with GM approved DOT 3
means that soon the brakes will complete sets. brake fluid as indicated on the
not work well. That could lead to reservoir cap. See Engine
a crash. When the brake wear Brake Pedal Travel Compartment Overview 0 293 for
warning sound is heard, have the See your dealer if the brake pedal the location of the reservoir.
vehicle serviced. does not return to normal height,
or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a sign
that brake service may be required.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 313

Checking Brake Fluid installed. Add or remove fluid, as What to Add
With the vehicle in P (Park) on a necessary, only when work is done Use only GM approved DOT 3
level surface, the brake fluid level on the brake hydraulic system. brake fluid from a clean, sealed
should be between the minimum container. See Recommended
and maximum marks on the brake { Warning Fluids and Lubricants 0 397.
fluid reservoir.
If too much brake fluid is added, it
There are only two reasons why the can spill on the engine and burn, { Warning
brake fluid level in the reservoir may if the engine is hot enough. You
go down: The wrong or contaminated brake
or others could be burned, and fluid could result in damage to the
. Normal brake lining wear. When the vehicle could be damaged. brake system. This could result in
new linings are installed, the Add brake fluid only when work is the loss of braking leading to a
fluid level goes back up. done on the brake hydraulic possible injury. Always use the
. A fluid leak in the brake system. proper GM approved brake fluid.
hydraulic system. Have the
brake hydraulic system fixed. When the brake fluid falls to a low
With a leak, the brakes will not level, the brake warning light comes
work well. on. See Brake System Warning Caution
Always clean the brake fluid Light 0 155. If brake fluid is spilled on the
reservoir cap and the area around Brake fluid absorbs water over time vehicle's painted surfaces, the
the cap before removing it. which degrades the effectiveness of paint finish can be damaged.
Do not top off the brake fluid. the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid Immediately wash off any painted
Adding fluid does not correct a leak. at the specified intervals to prevent surface.
If fluid is added when the linings are increased stopping distance. See
worn, there will be too much fluid Maintenance Schedule 0 389.
when new brake linings are
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
314 Vehicle Care

Battery - North America See California Proposition Four-Wheel Drive
65 Warning 0 291 and the back
The original equipment battery is cover. Transfer Case
maintenance free. Do not remove
the cap and do not add fluid. Vehicle Storage When to Check Lubricant
Refer to the replacement number Refer to Maintenance Schedule
shown on the original battery label { Warning 0 389 to determine when to check
when a new battery is needed. See the lubricant.
Engine Compartment Overview Batteries have acid that can burn
you and gas that can explode. How to Check Lubricant
0 293 for battery location.
You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting -
{ Warning North America 0 368 for tips on
WARNING: Battery posts, working around a battery without
terminals, and related getting hurt.
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to Infrequent Usage: Remove the
the State of California to cause black, negative (−) cable from the
cancer and birth defects or other battery to keep the battery from
reproductive harm. Batteries also running down.
contain other chemicals known to Extended Storage: Remove the
the State of California to cause black, negative (−) cable from the Automatic Transfer Case
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER battery or use a battery trickle
HANDLING. For more information charger. 1. Fill Plug
go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ 2. Drain Plug
passenger-vehicle.
To get an accurate reading, the
vehicle should be on a level
surface.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 315

If the level is below the bottom of How to Check Lubricant . When the differential is at
the fill plug (1) hole, located on the To get an accurate reading, the operating temperature (warm),
transfer case, some lubricant will vehicle should be on a level add enough lubricant to raise the
need to be added. Add enough surface. level to the bottom of the fill
lubricant to raise the level to the plug (1) hole.
bottom of the fill plug (1) hole. Use
care not to overtighten the plug. What to Use
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
When to Change Lubricant Lubricants 0 397 to determine what
Refer to Maintenance Schedule kind of lubricant to use.
0 389 to determine how often to
change the lubricant. Rear Axle
What to Use When to Check Lubricant
Refer to Recommended Fluids and It is not necessary to regularly
Lubricants 0 397 to determine what check rear axle fluid unless a leak is
kind of lubricant to use. suspected or an unusual noise is
heard. A fluid loss could indicate a
Front Axle 1. Fill Plug problem. Have it inspected and
2. Drain Plug repaired.
When to Check and Change
Lubricant . When the differential is cold, add All axle assemblies are filled by
enough lubricant to raise the volume of fluid during production.
It is not necessary to regularly
level from 0 mm (0 in) to 3.2 mm They are not filled to reach a certain
check front axle fluid unless a leak
(1/8 in) below the fill level. When checking the fluid level
is suspected, or an unusual noise is
plug (1) hole. on any axle, variations in the
heard. A fluid loss could indicate a
problem. Have it inspected and readings can be caused by factory
repaired. fill differences between the minimum
and the maximum fluid volume.
Also, if a vehicle has just been
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
316 Vehicle Care

driven before checking the fluid Starter Switch Check
level, it may appear lower than
normal because fluid has traveled
out along the axle tubes and has { Warning
not drained back to the sump area. When you are doing this
Therefore, a reading taken
inspection, the vehicle could
five minutes after the vehicle has
move suddenly. If the vehicle
been driven will appear to have a
lower fluid level than a vehicle that moves, you or others could be
has been stationary for an hour or injured.
two. The rear axle assembly must
be supported on a flat, level surface 1. Before starting this check, be
to get a true reading. The proper level is 1.0 mm to sure there is enough room
19.0 mm (0.04 in to 0.7 in) below around the vehicle.
How to Check Lubricant
the bottom of the fill hole, located on 2. Apply both the parking brake
To get an accurate reading, the the rear axle. Add only enough fluid and the regular brake.
vehicle should be on a level to reach the proper level.
surface. Do not use the accelerator
What to Use pedal, and be ready to turn off
the engine immediately if it
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 397 to determine what starts.
kind of lubricant to use. 3. Try to start the engine in each
gear. The vehicle should start
only in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
If the vehicle starts in any other
position, contact your dealer for
service.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 317

Automatic Transmission normal effort. If the shift lever Park Brake and P (Park)
moves out of P (Park), contact
Shift Lock Control your dealer for service.
Mechanism Check
Function Check
Ignition Transmission { Warning
{ Warning Lock Check When you are doing this check,
When you are doing this If equipped with a Key Access the vehicle could begin to move.
inspection, the vehicle could ignition, while parked and with the You or others could be injured
move suddenly. If the vehicle parking brake set, try to turn the and property could be damaged.
moves, you or others could be ignition off in each shift lever Make sure there is room in front
injured. position. of the vehicle in case it begins to
. The ignition should turn off only roll. Be ready to apply the regular
when the shift lever is in brake at once should the vehicle
1. Before starting this check, be begin to move.
sure there is enough room P (Park).
around the vehicle. It should be . The key should come out only
parked on a level surface. when the ignition is off. Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
2. Apply the parking brake. Be Contact your dealer if service is your foot on the regular brake, set
ready to apply the regular required. the parking brake.
brake immediately if the vehicle
begins to move. . To check the parking brake's
holding ability: With the engine
3. With the engine off, turn the running and the transmission in
ignition on, but do not start the
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
engine. Without applying the
pressure from the regular brake
regular brake, try to move the pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
shift lever out of P (Park) with held by the parking brake only.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
318 Vehicle Care

. To check the P (Park) warranty. Do not allow the
mechanism's holding ability: wiper blade arm to touch the
With the engine running, shift to windshield.
P (Park). Then release the 5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
parking brake followed by the blade replacement.
regular brake.
Contact your dealer if service is Rear Wiper Blade Replacement
required. To replace the rear wiper blade:
1. With the rear wiper in the off
Wiper Blade Replacement position, open the liftglass to
Windshield wiper blades should be access the rear wiper arm/
inspected for wear or cracking. blade.
2. Lift up on the latch in the
For the proper type and size, see middle of the wiper blade The rear wiper blade will not
Maintenance Replacement Parts where the wiper arm attaches. lock in a vertical position so
0 398. care should be used when
3. With the latch open, pull the pulling it away from the vehicle.
Front Wiper Blade wiper blade down toward the
Replacement windshield far enough to
release it from the J-hooked
To replace the wiper blade end of the wiper arm.
assembly:
4. Remove the wiper blade.
1. Pull the windshield wiper
assembly away from the Allowing the wiper blade arm to
windshield. touch the windshield when no
wiper blade is installed could
damage the windshield. Any
damage that occurs would not
be covered by the vehicle
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 319

2. Push the release lever (2) to Driver Assistance Systems
disengage the hook and push
If the windshield needs to be
{ Warning
the wiper arm (1) out of the
replaced and the vehicle is If the gas struts that hold open
blade assembly (3).
equipped with a front camera sensor the hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail,
3. Push the new blade assembly for the Driver Assistance Systems, a you or others could be seriously
securely in the wiper arm hook GM replacement windshield is injured. Take the vehicle to your
until the release lever clicks recommended. The replacement dealer for service immediately.
into place. windshield must be installed Visually inspect the gas struts for
4. Return the wiper arm and according to GM specifications for signs of wear, cracks, or other
blade assembly to the rest proper alignment. If it is not, these damage periodically. Check to
position on the glass. systems may not work properly, they
make sure the hood/trunk/liftgate
may display messages, or they may
is held open with enough force.
not work at all. See your dealer for
Glass Replacement proper windshield replacement. If struts are failing to hold the
If the windshield or front side glass hood/trunk/liftgate, do not
operate. Have the vehicle
must be replaced, see your dealer Gas Strut(s) serviced.
to determine the correct
replacement glass. This vehicle is equipped with gas
strut(s) to provide assistance in
lifting and holding open the hood/
Windshield Replacement trunk/liftgate system in full open Caution
HUD System position.
Do not apply tape or hang any
The windshield is part of the HUD objects from gas struts. Also do
system. If the windshield must be not push down or pull on gas
replaced, get one that is designed struts. This may cause damage to
for HUD or the HUD image may the vehicle.
look out of focus.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 389.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
320 Vehicle Care

Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp aim has been preset and
should need no further adjustment.
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
the headlamp aim may be affected.
If adjustment to the headlamps is
necessary, see your dealer.
Hood Liftgate
Trunk
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 321

Bulb Replacement Warning (Continued)
Headlamps
For the proper type of replacement
bulbs, or any bulb changing service any of the system
procedure not listed in this section, components, you could be
contact your dealer. seriously injured. Have your
dealer or a qualified technician
Halogen Bulbs service them.
{ Warning After an HID headlamp bulb has

been replaced, the beam might be a
Halogen bulbs have pressurized slightly different shade than it was
gas inside and can burst if you originally. This is normal.
drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure LED Lighting Driver Side
to read and follow the instructions 1. Low-Beam Headlamp
This vehicle has several LED lamps.
on the bulb package. 2. High-Beam Headlamp
For replacement of any LED lighting
assembly, contact your dealer. 3. Turn Signal Lamp
High Intensity Discharge See your dealer for passenger side
(HID) Lighting replacement.
Headlamp
{ Warning
1. Open the hood. See Hood
The High Intensity Discharge 0 292
(HID) lighting system operates at
2. Remove the headlamp bulb
a very high voltage. If you try to assembly cover by turning it
(Continued) counterclockwise.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
322 Vehicle Care

3. Turn the bulb socket 2. Disconnect the electrical Taillamps, Turn Signal,
counterclockwise to remove it connector from the fog lamp
from the headlamp assembly bulb assembly by pressing the
Stoplamps, and Back-Up
and pull it straight out. connector release. Lamps
4. Unplug the electrical connector 3. Turn the bulb counterclockwise
from the old bulb by releasing to remove it from the housing.
the clip on the bulb socket.
Front Turn Signal Lamps
Fog Lamps 1. Open the hood. See Hood
0 292
2. Reach in and access the bulb
socket from inside the engine
compartment.
3. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it
from the headlamp assembly
and pull it straight out. 1. Back-up Lamp
2. Stoplamp/Turn Signal Lamp
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out of the socket bulb The taillamp on this vehicle is an
socket. LED. For replacement, contact your
dealer.
5. Replace it with a new bulb.
To replace the front fog lamp bulb: To replace one of these bulbs:
6. Reinstall the new bulb socket
1. Locate the fog lamp under the 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
into the headlamp assembly
front bumper. 0 47.
and turn it clockwise to secure.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 323

8. Reinstall the taillamp assembly
and tighten the screws.
9. Reinstall the taillamp cover by
snapping it into place.
2. Remove the taillamp closeout 3. Remove the two screws from

cover from the lamp assembly the taillamp assembly.
by pulling rearward from the 4. Pull the taillamp assembly
top and bottom at the same straight back to remove.
time to unfasten the snap tabs.
5. Turn the bulb socket
from the taillamp assembly.
6. Pull the bulb straight out from
the socket.
7. Put a new bulb into the socket,
insert it into the taillamp
assembly, and turn the bulb
socket clockwise until it clicks.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
324 Vehicle Care

License Plate Lamp 1. Bulb Socket Electrical System
2. Bulb
3. Lamp Assembly
Electrical System
To replace one of these bulbs: Overload
1. Push the lamp assembly (3)
The vehicle has fuses to protect
toward the center of the
against an electrical system
vehicle.
overload. Fuses also protect power
2. Pull the lamp assembly down devices in the vehicle.
to remove.
Replace a bad fuse with a new one
3. Turn the bulb socket (1) of the identical size and rating.
If there is a problem on the road and
from the lamp assembly (3).
a fuse needs to be replaced, there
Passenger Side Shown, Driver 4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of are some spare fuses and a fuse
Side Similar the bulb socket (1). puller in the left instrument panel
5. Push the replacement bulb fuse block. The same amperage
straight into the bulb socket fuse can also be borrowed. Choose
and turn the bulb socket some feature of the vehicle that is
clockwise to install it into the not needed to use and replace it as
lamp assembly. soon as possible.
6. Push the lamp assembly back Headlamp Wiring

into position until the release An electrical overload may cause
tab locks into place. the lamps to go on and off, or in
some cases to remain off. Have the
headlamp wiring checked right away
if the lamps go on and off or
remain off.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 325

Windshield Wipers Engine Compartment
If the wiper motor overheats due to
{ Danger Fuse Block
heavy snow or ice, the windshield Fuses and circuit breakers are The engine compartment fuse block
wipers will stop until the motor cools marked with their ampere rating. is in the engine compartment, on
and will then restart. Do not exceed the the driver side of the vehicle.
Although the circuit is protected specified amperage rating when
from electrical overload, overload replacing fuses and circuit
due to heavy snow or ice may breakers. Use of an oversized
cause wiper linkage damage. fuse or circuit breaker can result
Always clear ice and heavy snow in a vehicle fire. You and others
from the windshield before using the could be seriously injured or
windshield wipers. killed.
If the overload is caused by an
electrical problem and not snow or To check a fuse, look at the
ice, be sure to get it fixed. silver-colored band inside the fuse.
If the band is broken or melted,
Fuses and Circuit replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
Breakers a bad fuse with a new one of the
identical size and rating. Lift the cover to access the fuse
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are block.
protected from short circuits by a Fuses of the same amperage can
combination of fuses and circuit be temporarily borrowed from
breakers. This greatly reduces the another fuse location, if a fuse goes
chance of damage caused by out. Replace the fuse as soon as
electrical problems. possible.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
326 Vehicle Care
Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may
damage it. Always keep the
covers on any electrical
component.
A fuse puller is available in the left

instrument panel fuse block.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 327
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

1 Electric running 2 Antilock brake 3 Interior BEC LT1
boards system pump
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
328 Vehicle Care

4 Passenger 21 Automatic 35 Antilock brake
motorized seat belt headlamp leveling/ system valve
5 Suspension Exhaust solenoid 36 Trailer brakes
leveling 22 Fuel pump 38 –
compressor 23 Integrated chassis 39 Right trailer
6 4WD transfer case control module stoplamp/Turn
electronic control 24 Real time signal lamp
7 – dampening 40 Left trailer
8 – 25 Fuel pump power stoplamp/turn
10 Electric parking module signal lamp
brake/– 26 Active Hydraulic 41 Trailer parking
11 – Assist/ Battery lamps
regulated voltage 42 Right parking
12 – control lamps
13 Interior BEC LT2 27 – 43 Left parking lamps
14 Rear BEC 1 28 Upfitter 2 44 Upfitter 3
15 – 30 Wiper 45 Automatic level
16 – 31 Trailer interface control/Run/Crank
17 Driver motorized module 46 –
seat belt 32 – 47 Upfitter 4
18 – 33 – 49 Reverse lamps
19 – 34 Reverse lamps 50 –
20 –
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 329

52 – 70 VBAT 88 Injector A – odd
53 – upfitter 3 and 4 89 Injector B – even
54 – 71 – 90 O2 sensor B
55 – 73 – 91 Throttle control
56 – 74 Engine control 93 Horn
module/Ignition
57 – 94 Fog lamps
75 Miscellaneous/
58 – Ignition/– 95 High-beam
59 Euro trailer headlamps
76 Transmission/
60 Air conditioning Ignition 96 –
control 77 RC upfitter 1 and 2 97 –
61 – 78 VBAT 98 –
62 – upfitter 1 and 2 99 –
63 Upfitter 1 79 – 100 O2 sensor A
64 – 80 – 101 Engine control
65 – 81 – module
66 – 82 – 102 Engine control

module/
67 Trailer battery 83 Euro trailer/RC Transmission
68 Secondary 85 – control module
fuel pump 86 – 103 Auxiliary interior
69 RC upfitter 3 and 4 87 MAF/IAT/Humidity/ heater
TIAP sensor 104 Starter
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
330 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Relays Usage Instrument Panel Fuse
105 – 9 Fuel pump Block (Left)
106 – 29 Upfitter 2
107 Aeroshutter 37 Upfitter 3
109 Police upfitter 51 Parking lamp
110 – 64 Secondary
111 – fuel pump
114 Front windshield 84 Run/Crank

washer 92 Engine control
115 Rear window module
washer 112 Starter The left instrument panel fuse block
access door is on the driver side
116 Left cooling fan 120 Fuel pump prime edge of the instrument panel.
117 Fuel pump prime Pull off the cover to access the fuse
118 – block.
119 –
120 –
121 Right HID
headlamp
122 Left HID headlamp
123 Right cooling fan
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 331

Fuses Usage
3 –
4 Accessory power
outlet 1
5 Retained accessory
power
6 APO/BATT
7 Universal garage door
opener/Interior
rearview mirror
8 SEO/Retained
accessory power
9 –
10 Body control module 3
11 Body control module 5
12 Steering wheel control
backlighting
13 –
14 –
15 –
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage 16 Discrete logic ignition
with all of the fuses, relays, and sensor
features shown. 1 –
2 –
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
332 Vehicle Care

17 Video processing 30 – 44 Driver power seat
module 31 – 45 –
18 Mirror window module 32 – 46 Right heated, cooled,
19 Body control module 1 33 SEO/Automatic level or ventilated seat (if
20 Front bolster (if control/Left heated equipped)
equipped) second row seat 47 Left heated, cooled,
21 – 34 Park enable/Electric or ventilated seat (if
adjustable pedal (if equipped)
22 –
equipped) 48 –
23 –
35 – 49 –
24 HVAC/Ignition
36 Miscellaneous/Run 50 Accessory power
25 Instrument cluster/ crank outlet 2
Ignition sensing
diagnostic module/ 37 Heated steering wheel 51 –
Ignition 38 Steering column 54 –
26 Tilt column/SEO/Tilt lock 2 (if equipped) 55 –
column lock 1/SEO 39 Instrument cluster 56 –
27 Data link connector/ battery
Driver seat module 40 – Relays Usage
28 Passive entry/Passive 41 – 52 Retained accessory
start/HVAC battery 42 Euro trailer (if power
29 Content theft equipped) 53 Run/Crank relay
deterrent 43 Left doors
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 333

Instrument Panel Fuse
Block (Right)
The right instrument panel fuse

block access door is on the
passenger side edge of the
instrument panel.
Pull off the cover to access the fuse
block.
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage

with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown. 1 –
2 –
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
334 Vehicle Care

3 – 21 Sunroof 38 Body control module 2
4 Accessory power 22 – 39 DC to AC inverter
outlet 4 23 – 40 –
5 – 24 – 41 –
6 – 25 – 42 –
7 – 26 Infotainment/Airbag 43 –
8 Glove box 27 –/RF window switch/ 44 Right door window
9 – Rain sensor motor
10 – 28 Obstacle 45 Front blower
11 – detection/USB 46 Body control module 6
12 Steering wheel 29 Radio 47 Body control module 7
controls 30 – 48 Amplifier
13 Body control module 8 31 – 49 Right front seat
14 – 32 – 50 Accessory power
15 – 33 – outlet 3
16 – 34 – 51 –
17 – 35 – 53 –
18 – 36 Special equipment 54 –
19 Body control module 4 option B2 55 –
20 Rear seat 37 Special equipment 56 –
entertainment option
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 335

Relays Usage Fuses Usage
52 Retained accessory 2 –
power 3 Right heated second
row seat
Rear Compartment Fuse
4 Heated mirrors
Block
5 Liftgate
6 Glass breakage
7 Liftglass
8 Liftgate module logic
9 Rear wiper
10 Rear heating,
ventilation, and air
conditioning blower
11 Second row seat
12 Liftgate module
13 Third row seat
The rear compartment fuse block is
behind the access panel on the left 14 Rear accessory power
side of the compartment. outlet
Pull the panel out by grabbing the 15 Rear window
finger access slot at the rear edge. The vehicle may not be equipped defogger
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown. 19 Rear fog lamp (if
equipped)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
336 Vehicle Care

Relays Usage Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued)
1 Rear window
defogger Tires . Underinflated tires pose
16 Liftgate Every new GM vehicle has the same danger as
high-quality tires made by a overloaded tires. The
17 Liftglass resulting crash could
leading tire manufacturer. See
18 Rear fog lamp
the warranty manual for cause serious injury.
20 Heated mirror information regarding the tire Check all tires frequently
warranty and where to get to maintain the
service. For additional recommended pressure.
information refer to the tire Tire pressure should be
manufacturer. checked when the tires
are cold.
{ Warning . Overinflated tires are
more likely to be cut,
. Poorly maintained and punctured, or broken by
improperly used tires are a sudden impact — such
dangerous. as when hitting a pothole.
. Overloading the tires can Keep tires at the
cause overheating as a recommended pressure.
result of too much . Worn or old tires can
flexing. There could be a cause a crash. If the
blowout and a serious tread is badly worn,
crash. See Vehicle Load replace them.
Limits 0 212. (Continued)
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 337
Warning (Continued)
All-Season Tires Winter Tires
This vehicle may come with This vehicle was not originally
. Replace any tires that all-season tires. These tires are equipped with winter tires. Winter
have been damaged by designed to provide good overall tires are designed for increased
impacts with potholes, performance on most road surfaces traction on snow and ice-covered
curbs, etc. and weather conditions. Original roads. Consider installing winter
equipment tires designed to GM's tires on the vehicle if frequent
. Improperly repaired tires specific tire performance criteria driving on ice or snow covered
can cause a crash. Only have a TPC specification code roads is expected. See your dealer
the dealer or an molded onto the sidewall. Original for details regarding winter tire
authorized tire service equipment all-season tires can be availability and proper tire selection.
center should repair, identified by the last two characters Also, see Buying New Tires 0 352.
replace, dismount, and of this TPC code, which will With winter tires, there may be
mount the tires. be “MS.” decreased dry road traction,
. Consider installing winter tires on increased road noise, and shorter
Do not spin the tires in
the vehicle if frequent driving on tread life. After changing to winter
excess of 56 km/h snow or ice-covered roads is tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
(35 mph) on slippery expected. All-season tires provide handling and braking.
surfaces such as snow, adequate performance for most If using winter tires:
mud, ice, etc. Excessive winter driving conditions, but they
spinning may cause the may not offer the same level of . Use tires of the same brand and
tires to explode. traction or performance as winter tread type on all four wheel
tires on snow or ice-covered roads. positions.
See Winter Tires 0 337. . Use only radial ply tires of the
See Tire Pressure for
same size, load range, and
High-Speed Operation 0 344 for speed rating as the original
inflation pressure adjustment for equipment tires.
high-speed driving.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
338 Vehicle Care

Winter tires with the same speed
Caution (Continued)
Tire Sidewall Labeling
rating as the original equipment tires
may not be available for H, V, W, Y, Useful information about a tire is
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter occur when coming into contact molded into the sidewall. The
tires with a lower speed rating are with road hazards like potholes, example shows a typical
chosen, never exceed the tire's or sharp edged objects, or when passenger vehicle tire sidewall.
maximum speed capability. sliding into a curb. The warranty
does not cover this type of
Low-Profile Tires damage. Keep tires set to the
correct inflation pressure and
If the vehicle has P275/55R20 or when possible, avoid contact with
P285/45R22 size tires, they are curbs, potholes, and other road
classified as touring tires and hazards.
are designed for on road use.
The low-profile, wide tread
design is not recommended for All-Terrain Tires
off-road driving. See Off-Road This vehicle may have all-terrain
Driving 0 204, for additional tires. These tires provide good
information. performance on most road surfaces,
Passenger (P-Metric)/Spare Tire
weather conditions, and for off-road
Caution
driving. See Off-Road Driving 0 204. (1) Tire Size : The tire size code
The tread pattern on these tires may is a combination of letters and
Low-profile tires are more wear more quickly than other tires. numbers used to define a
susceptible to damage from road Consider rotating the tires more particular tire's width, height,
hazards or curb impact than frequently than at 12 000 km aspect ratio, construction type,
standard profile tires. Tire and/or (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular wear and service description. See the
wheel assembly damage can is noted when the tires are “Tire Size” illustration later in this
(Continued) inspected. See Tire Inspection section for more detail.
0 350.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 339

(2) TPC Spec (Tire week of the year 2010 would (7) Maximum Cold Inflation
Performance Criteria have a four-digit DOT date Load Limit : Maximum load that
Specification) : Original of 0310. can be carried and the
equipment tires designed to (4) Tire Identification Number maximum pressure needed to
GM's specific tire performance (TIN) : The letters and numbers support that load. For
criteria have a TPC specification following the DOT code are the information on recommended
code molded onto the sidewall. Tire Identification Number (TIN). tire pressure see Tire Pressure
GM's TPC specifications meet or The TIN shows the 0 343 and Vehicle Load Limits
exceed all federal safety manufacturer and plant code, 0 212.
guidelines. tire size, and date the tire was (8) Temporary Use Only : Only
(3) DOT (Department of manufactured. The TIN is use a temporary spare tire until
Transportation) : The molded onto both sides of the the road tire is repaired and
Department of Transportation tire, although only one side may replaced. This spare tire should
(DOT) code indicates that the have the date of manufacture. not be driven on over 112 km/h
tire is in compliance with the (5) Tire Ply Material : The type (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph)
U.S. Department of of cord and number of plies in when pulling a trailer, with the
Transportation Motor Vehicle the sidewall and under the tread. proper inflation pressure. See
Safety Standards. Full-Size Spare Tire 0 367.
(6) Uniform Tire Quality
DOT Tire Date of Grading (UTQG) : Tire
Manufacture : The last four Tire Designations
manufacturers are required to
digits of the TIN indicate the tire grade tires based on three Tire Size
manufactured date. The first two performance factors: treadwear, The example shows a typical
digits represent the week traction, and temperature passenger vehicle tire size.
(01-52) and the last two digits, resistance. For more
the year. For example, the third information, see Uniform Tire
Quality Grading 0 354.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
340 Vehicle Care

would mean that the tire's Tire Terminology and
sidewall is 75 percent as high as Definitions
it is wide.
Air Pressure : The amount of
(4) Construction Code : A letter air inside the tire pressing
code is used to indicate the type outward on each square inch of
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire of ply construction in the tire. the tire. Air pressure is
The letter R means radial ply expressed in kPa (kilopascal)
(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : construction; the letter D means
The United States version of a or psi (pounds per square inch).
diagonal or bias ply
metric tire sizing system. The construction; and the letter B Accessory Weight : The
letter P as the first character in means belted-bias ply combined weight of optional
the tire size means a passenger construction. accessories. Some examples of
vehicle tire engineered to optional accessories are
standards set by the U.S. Tire (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of automatic transmission, power
and Rim Association. the wheel in inches. windows, power seats, and air
(2) Tire Width : The three-digit (6) Service Description : These conditioning.
number indicates the tire section characters represent the load Aspect Ratio : The relationship
width in millimeters from index and speed rating of the of a tire's height to its width.
sidewall to sidewall. tire. The load index represents
the load carrying capacity a tire Belt : A rubber coated layer of
(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit is certified to carry. The speed cords between the plies and the
number that indicates the tire rating is the maximum speed a tread. Cords may be made from
height-to-width measurements. tire is certified to carry a load. steel or other reinforcing
For example, if the tire size materials.
aspect ratio is 75, as shown in
item C of the tire illustration, it
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 341

Bead : The tire bead contains Department of Transportation Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A
steel wires wrapped by steel (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety tire used on light duty trucks and
cords that hold the tire onto Standards. The DOT code some multipurpose passenger
the rim. includes the Tire Identification vehicles.
Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Load Index : An assigned
in which the plies are laid at designator which can also number ranging from 1 to 279
alternate angles less than identify the tire manufacturer, that corresponds to the load
90 degrees to the centerline of production plant, brand, and carrying capacity of a tire.
the tread. date of production.
Maximum Inflation Pressure :
Cold Tire Pressure : The GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight The maximum air pressure to
amount of air pressure in a tire, Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits which a cold tire can be inflated.
measured in kPa (kilopascal) 0 212. The maximum air pressure is
or psi (pounds per square inch) GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight molded onto the sidewall.
before a tire has built up heat Rating for the front axle. See Maximum Load Rating : The
from driving. See Tire Pressure Vehicle Load Limits 0 212. load rating for a tire at the
0 343. GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight maximum permissible inflation
Curb Weight : The weight of a Rating for the rear axle. See pressure for that tire.
motor vehicle with standard and Vehicle Load Limits 0 212. Maximum Loaded Vehicle
optional equipment including the Intended Outboard Sidewall : Weight : The sum of curb
maximum capacity of fuel, oil, The side of an asymmetrical tire weight, accessory weight,
and coolant, but without that must always face outward vehicle capacity weight, and
passengers and cargo. when mounted on a vehicle. production options weight.
DOT Markings : A code molded Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric
into the sidewall of a tire unit for air pressure.
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
342 Vehicle Care

Normal Occupant Weight : The tire inflation pressure as shown Treadwear Indicators : Narrow
number of occupants a vehicle on the tire placard. bands, sometimes called wear
is designed to seat multiplied by See Tire Pressure 0 343 and bars, that show across the tread
68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load Vehicle Load Limits 0 212. of a tire when only 1.6 mm
Limits 0 212. Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic (1/16 in) of tread remains. See
Occupant Distribution : tire in which the ply cords that When It Is Time for New Tires
Designated seating positions. extend to the beads are laid at 0 351.
Outward Facing Sidewall : The 90 degrees to the centerline of UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
side of an asymmetrical tire that the tread. Grading Standards) : A tire
has a particular side that faces Rim : A metal support for a tire information system that provides
outward when mounted on a and upon which the tire beads consumers with ratings for a
vehicle. The side of the tire that are seated. tire's traction, temperature, and
contains a whitewall, bears treadwear. Ratings are
Sidewall : The portion of a tire determined by tire
white lettering, or bears between the tread and the bead.
manufacturer, brand, and/or manufacturers using
model name molding that is Speed Rating : An government testing procedures.
higher or deeper than the same alphanumeric code assigned to The ratings are molded into the
moldings on the other sidewall a tire indicating the maximum sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
of the tire. speed at which a tire can Tire Quality Grading 0 354.
operate. Vehicle Capacity Weight : The
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A
tire used on passenger cars and Traction : The friction between number of designated seating
some light duty trucks and the tire and the road surface. positions multiplied by
multipurpose vehicles. The amount of grip provided. 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Recommended Inflation Tread : The portion of a tire that Limits 0 212.
Pressure : Vehicle comes into contact with
manufacturer's recommended the road.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 343

Vehicle Maximum Load on the The Tire and Loading
Tire : Load on an individual tire Caution Information label on the vehicle
due to curb weight, accessory Neither tire underinflation nor indicates the original equipment
weight, occupant weight, and overinflation is good. tires and the correct cold tire
cargo weight. Underinflated tires, or tires inflation pressures. The
Vehicle Placard : A label that do not have enough air, recommended pressure is the
permanently attached to a can result in: minimum air pressure needed to
vehicle showing the vehicle support the vehicle's maximum
. Tire overloading and load carrying capacity.
capacity weight and the original overheating which could
equipment tire size and lead to a blowout. For additional information
recommended inflation pressure. regarding how much weight the
See “Tire and Loading . Premature or vehicle can carry, and an
Information Label” under Vehicle irregular wear. example of the Tire and Loading
Load Limits 0 212. . Poor handling. Information label, see Vehicle
Load Limits 0 212. How the
. Reduced fuel economy.
Tire Pressure vehicle is loaded affects vehicle
Overinflated tires, or tires that handling and ride comfort. Never
Tires need the correct amount of
have too much air, can load the vehicle with more
air pressure to operate
result in: weight than it was designed to
effectively.
. Unusual wear. carry.
. Poor handling. When to Check
. Rough ride. Check the tires once a month
or more.
. Needless damage from
road hazards.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
344 Vehicle Care

Do not forget the spare tire, inflation pressure is high, press
if the vehicle has one. See on the metal stem in the center Warning (Continued)
Full-Size Spare Tire 0 367 for of the tire valve to release air. This could cause a crash, and
additional information. Re-check the tire pressure with you or others could be killed.
How to Check the tire gauge. Some high-speed rated tires
require inflation pressure
Use a good quality pocket-type Put the valve caps back on the adjustment for high-speed
gauge to check tire pressure. valve stems to keep out dirt and operation. When speed limits and
Proper tire inflation cannot be moisture and prevent leaks. Use road conditions allow the vehicle
determined by looking at the tire. only valve caps designed for the to be driven at high speeds, make
Check the tire inflation pressure vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors sure the tires are rated for
when the tires are cold, meaning could be damaged and would high-speed operation, are in
the vehicle has not been driven not be covered by the vehicle excellent condition, and are set to
for at least three hours or no warranty. the correct cold tire inflation
more than 1.6 km (1 mi). pressure for the vehicle load.
Tire Pressure for
Remove the valve cap from the
tire valve stem. Press the tire High-Speed Operation When driving the vehicle at speeds
gauge firmly onto the valve to of 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher, set
get a pressure measurement. { Warning the cold inflation pressure to 20 kPa
(3 psi) above the recommended tire
If the cold tire inflation pressure Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h pressure shown on the Tire and
matches the recommended (100 mph) or higher, puts Loading Information label. Return
pressure on the Tire and additional strain on tires. the tires to the recommended cold
Loading Information label, no Sustained high-speed driving tire inflation pressure when
further adjustment is necessary. causes excessive heat buildup high-speed driving has ended.
If the inflation pressure is low, and can cause sudden tire failure. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 212 and
add air until the recommended Tire Pressure 0 343.
(Continued)
pressure is reached. If the
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 345

Tire Pressure Monitor Accordingly, when the low tire remain continuously illuminated.
pressure telltale illuminates, you This sequence will continue upon
System should stop and check your tires as subsequent vehicle start-ups as
The Tire Pressure Monitor System soon as possible, and inflate them long as the malfunction exists.
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor to the proper pressure. Driving on a When the malfunction indicator is
technology to check tire pressure significantly under-inflated tire illuminated, the system may not be
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor causes the tire to overheat and can able to detect or signal low tire
the air pressure in your tires and lead to tire failure. Under-inflation pressure as intended. TPMS
transmit tire pressure readings to a also reduces fuel efficiency and tire malfunctions may occur for a variety
receiver located in the vehicle. tread life, and may affect the of reasons, including the installation
vehicle's handling and stopping of replacement or alternate tires or
Each tire, including the spare (if
ability. wheels on the vehicle that prevent
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to Please note that the TPMS is not a the TPMS from functioning properly.
the inflation pressure recommended substitute for proper tire Always check the TPMS malfunction
by the vehicle manufacturer on the maintenance, and it is the driver's telltale after replacing one or more
vehicle placard or tire inflation responsibility to maintain correct tire tires or wheels on your vehicle to
pressure label. (If your vehicle has pressure, even if under-inflation has ensure that the replacement or
tires of a different size than the size not reached the level to trigger alternate tires and wheels allow the
indicated on the vehicle placard or illumination of the TPMS low tire TPMS to continue to function
tire inflation pressure label, you pressure telltale. properly.
should determine the proper tire Your vehicle has also been See Tire Pressure Monitor
inflation pressure for those tires.) equipped with a TPMS malfunction Operation 0 346.
As an added safety feature, your indicator to indicate when the See Radio Frequency Statement
vehicle has been equipped with a system is not operating properly. 0 414.
tire pressure monitoring system The TPMS malfunction indicator is
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire combined with the low tire pressure
pressure telltale when one or more telltale. When the system detects a
of your tires is significantly malfunction, the telltale will flash for
under-inflated. approximately one minute and then
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
346 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure Monitor shown on the Tire and Loading inflation pressure for the tires when
Information label. See Vehicle Load they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Operation Limits 0 212. Limits 0 212, for an example of the
This vehicle may have a Tire A message to check the pressure in Tire and Loading Information label
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). a specific tire displays in the Driver and its location. Also see Tire
The TPMS is designed to warn the Information Center (DIC). The low Pressure 0 343.
driver when a low tire pressure tire pressure warning light and the The TPMS can warn about a low
condition exists. TPMS sensors are DIC warning message come on at tire pressure condition but it does
mounted onto each tire and wheel each ignition cycle until the tires are not replace normal tire
assembly, excluding the spare tire inflated to the correct inflation maintenance. See Tire Inspection
and wheel assembly. The TPMS pressure. If the vehicle has DIC 0 350, Tire Rotation 0 350 and Tires
sensors monitor the air pressure in buttons, tire pressure levels can be 0 336.
the tires and transmit the tire viewed. For additional information
pressure readings to a receiver and details about the DIC operation
located in the vehicle. Caution
and displays, see Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 161 or Tire sealant materials are not all
Driver Information Center (DIC) the same. A non-approved tire
(Uplevel) 0 162. sealant could damage the TPMS
The low tire pressure warning light sensors. TPMS sensor damage
may come on in cool weather when caused by using an incorrect tire
the vehicle is first started, and then sealant is not covered by the
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This vehicle warranty. Always use only
When a low tire pressure condition could be an early indicator that the the GM approved tire sealant
is detected, the TPMS illuminates air pressure is getting low and available through your dealer or
the low tire pressure warning light needs to be inflated to the proper
located on the instrument cluster. included in the vehicle.
pressure.
If the warning light comes on, stop
as soon as possible and inflate the A Tire and Loading Information label
tires to the recommended pressure shows the size of the original
equipment tires and the correct
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 347

TPMS Malfunction Light and . The TPMS sensor matching . Operating electronic devices or
Message process was not done or not being near facilities using radio
completed successfully after wave frequencies similar to the
The TPMS will not function properly rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS
if one or more of the TPMS sensors malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction.
are missing or inoperable. When the message should go off after
system detects a malfunction, the If the TPMS is not functioning
successfully completing the properly, it cannot detect or signal a
low tire pressure warning light sensor matching process. See
flashes for about one minute and low tire pressure condition. See
"TPMS Sensor Matching your dealer for service if the TPMS
then stays on for the remainder of Process" later in this section.
the ignition cycle. A DIC warning malfunction light and DIC message
message also displays. The . One or more TPMS sensors are come on and stay on.
malfunction light and DIC warning missing or damaged. The
malfunction light and the DIC Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)
message come on at each ignition
cycle until the problem is corrected. message should go off when the This feature provides visual and
Some of the conditions that can TPMS sensors are installed and audible alerts outside the vehicle to
cause these to come on are: the sensor matching process is help when inflating an underinflated
performed successfully. See tire to the recommended cold tire
. One of the road tires has been
your dealer for service. pressure.
replaced with the spare tire. The
spare tire does not have a . Replacement tires or wheels do When the low tire pressure warning
TPMS sensor. The malfunction not match the original equipment light comes on:
light and the DIC message tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level
should go off after the road tire other than those recommended
place.
is replaced and the sensor could prevent the TPMS from
matching process is performed functioning properly. See Buying 2. Set the parking brake firmly.
successfully. See "TPMS Sensor New Tires 0 352. 3. Place the vehicle in P (Park).
Matching Process" later in this
section. 4. Add air to the tire that is
underinflated. The turn signal
lamp will flash.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
348 Vehicle Care

When the recommended The TPMS will not activate the tire TPMS Sensor Matching
pressure is reached, the horn fill alert properly under the following Process
sounds once and the turn conditions:
signal lamp will stop flashing Each TPMS sensor has a unique
. There is interference from an identification code. The identification
and briefly turn solid. external device or transmitter. code needs to be matched to a new
Repeat these steps for all . The air pressure from the tire/wheel position after rotating the
underinflated tires that have inflation device is not sufficient vehicle’s tires or replacing one or
illuminated the low tire pressure to inflate the tire. more of the TPMS sensors. Also,
warning light. the TPMS sensor matching process
. There is a malfunction in should be performed after replacing
If the tire is overinflated by more the TPMS.
than 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will a spare tire with a road tire
sound multiple times and the turn . There is a malfunction in the containing the TPMS sensor. The
signal lamp will continue to flash for horn or turn signal lamps. malfunction light and the DIC
eight seconds after filling stops. To . The identification code of the message should go off at the next
release and correct the pressure, ignition cycle. The sensors are
TPMS sensor is not registered to
while the turn signal lamp is still matched to the tire/wheel positions,
the system.
flashing, briefly press the center of using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
the valve stem. When the . The battery of the TPMS sensor following order: driver side front tire,
recommended pressure is reached, is low. passenger side front tire, passenger
the horn sounds once. If the tire fill alert does not operate side rear tire, and driver side rear.
due to TPMS interference, move the See your dealer for service or to
If the turn signal lamp does not flash purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS
within 15 seconds after starting to vehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back or
forward and try again. If the tire fill relearn tool can also be purchased.
inflate the tire, the tire fill alert has See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor
not been activated or is not working. alert feature is not working, use a
tire pressure gauge. Activation Tool at
If the hazard warning flashers are www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
on, the tire fill alert visual feedback call 1-800-GM TOOLS
will not work properly. (1-800-468-6657).
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 349

There are two minutes to match the If the vehicle has a base level sensor identification code has
first tire/wheel position, and DIC, use the trip odometer been matched to this tire and
five minutes overall to match all four reset stem to scroll to the Tire wheel position.
tire/wheel positions. If it takes Pressure screen. 8. Proceed to the passenger side
longer, the matching process stops 5. If the vehicle has an uplevel front tire, and repeat the
and must be restarted. procedure in Step 7.
DIC, press and hold V in the
The TPMS sensor matching center of the DIC controls. 9. Proceed to the passenger side
process is: rear tire, and repeat the
If the vehicle has a base level
1. Set the parking brake. DIC, press and hold the trip procedure in Step 7.
2. Turn the ignition on without odometer reset stem for about 10. Proceed to the driver side rear
starting the vehicle or place the five seconds. A message tire, and repeat the procedure
vehicle in Service Mode. asking if the process should in Step 7. The horn sounds two
begin should appear. Select times to indicate the sensor
3. Uplevel DIC Only: Make sure yes and press the trip
the Tire Pressure info page identification code has been
odometer reset stem to confirm matched to the driver side rear
option is turned on. The info the selection.
pages on the DIC can be tire, and the TPMS sensor
turned on and off through the The horn sounds twice to matching process is no longer
Settings menu. signal the receiver is in relearn active. The TIRE LEARNING
See Driver Information Center mode and the TIRE ACTIVE message on the DIC
(DIC) (Base Level) 0 161 or LEARNING ACTIVE message display screen goes off.
Driver Information Center (DIC) displays on the DIC screen. 11. Turn the vehicle off.
(Uplevel) 0 162. 6. Start with the driver side 12. Set all four tires to the
4. If the vehicle has an uplevel front tire. recommended air pressure
DIC, use the DIC controls on 7. Place the relearn tool against level as indicated on the Tire
the right side of the steering the tire sidewall, near the valve and Loading Information label.
wheel to scroll to the Tire stem. Then press the button to
Pressure screen under the DIC activate the TPMS sensor.
info page. A horn chirp confirms that the
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
350 Vehicle Care

Tire Inspection Tire Rotation
We recommend that the tires, Tires should be rotated every
including the spare tire, if the 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
vehicle has one, be inspected Maintenance Schedule 0 389.
for signs of wear or damage at Tires are rotated to achieve a
least once a month. uniform wear for all tires. The
Replace the tire if: first rotation is the most
. The indicators at three or important.
more places around the tire Anytime unusual wear is
can be seen. noticed, rotate the tires as soon
. There is cord or fabric as possible, check for proper tire Use this rotation pattern when
showing through the tire's inflation pressure, and check for rotating the tires.
rubber. damaged tires or wheels. If the
Do not include the spare tire in
unusual wear continues after the
. The tread or sidewall is the tire rotation.
rotation, check the wheel
cracked, cut, or snagged alignment. Adjust the front and rear tires to
deep enough to show cord or See When It Is Time for New the recommended inflation
fabric. Tires 0 351 and Wheel pressure on the Tire and
. The tire has a bump, bulge, Replacement 0 355. Loading Information label after
or split. the tires have been rotated.
See Tire Pressure 0 343 and
. The tire has a puncture, cut, Vehicle Load Limits 0 212.
or other damage that cannot
be repaired well because of Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
the size or location of the System. See Tire Pressure
damage. Monitor Operation 0 346.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 351

Check that all wheel nuts are When It Is Time for New See Tire Inspection 0 350 and Tire
properly tightened. See “Wheel Rotation 0 350 for additional
Tires information.
Nut Torque” under Capacities
and Specifications 0 402. Factors, such as maintenance, The rubber in tires ages over time.
temperatures, driving speeds, This also applies to the spare tire,
vehicle loading, and road conditions
{ Warning affect the wear rate of the tires.
if the vehicle has one, even if it is
never used. Multiple factors
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the including temperatures, loading
parts to which it is fastened, can conditions, and inflation pressure
make wheel nuts become loose maintenance affect how fast aging
after time. The wheel could come takes place. GM recommends that
off and cause an accident. When tires, including the spare if
changing a wheel, remove any equipped, be replaced after six
rust or dirt from places where the years, regardless of tread wear. The
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In tire manufacture date is the last four
digits of the DOT Tire Identification
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
Number (TIN) which is molded into
towel can be used; however, use
one side of the tire sidewall. The
a scraper or wire brush later to first two digits represent the week
remove all rust or dirt. (01-52) and the last two digits, the
Treadwear indicators are one way to year. For example, the third week of
Lightly coat the center of the tell when it is time for new tires. the year 2010 would have a
wheel hub with wheel bearing Treadwear indicators appear when four-digit DOT date of 0310.
grease after a wheel change or the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) Vehicle Storage
tire rotation to prevent corrosion or less of tread remaining. Some
commercial truck tires may not have Tires age when stored normally
or rust build-up. Do not get mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
grease on the flat wheel treadwear indicators.
a vehicle that will be stored for at
mounting surface or on the least a month in a cool, dry, clean
wheel nuts or bolts.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
352 Vehicle Care

area away from direct sunlight to GM's exclusive TPC Spec maintenance have been done,
slow aging. This area should be free system considers over a dozen all four tires should wear out at
of grease, gasoline, or other critical specifications that impact about the same time. See Tire
substances that can deteriorate the overall performance of the Rotation 0 350 for information
rubber.
vehicle, including brake system on proper tire rotation. However,
Parking for an extended period can performance, ride and handling, if it is necessary to replace only
cause flat spots on the tires that traction control, and tire one axle set of worn tires, place
may result in vibrations while pressure monitoring the new tires on the rear axle.
driving. When storing a vehicle for performance. GM's TPC Spec
at least a month, remove the tires or
raise the vehicle to reduce the
number is molded onto the tire's { Warning
weight from the tires. sidewall near the tire size. If the
tires have an all-season tread Tires could explode during
design, the TPC Spec number improper service. Attempting
Buying New Tires to mount or dismount a tire
will be followed by MS for mud
GM has developed and matched and snow. See Tire Sidewall could cause injury or death.
specific tires for the vehicle. The Labeling 0 338 for additional Only your dealer or authorized
original equipment tires installed information. tire service center should
were designed to meet General mount or dismount the tires.
Motors Tire Performance Criteria GM recommends replacing worn
Specification (TPC Spec) tires in complete sets of four.
system rating. When Uniform tread depth on all tires
replacement tires are needed, will help to maintain the { Warning
GM strongly recommends performance of the vehicle.
Mixing tires of different sizes,
buying tires with the same TPC Braking and handling
brands, or types may cause
Spec rating. performance may be adversely
loss of control of the vehicle,
affected if all the tires are not
resulting in a crash or other
replaced at the same time.
If proper rotation and (Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 353

Spec rated tires are installed.
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) See Tire Pressure Monitor
vehicle damage. Use the A tire and/or wheel could fail System 0 345.
correct size, brand, and type suddenly and cause a crash. The Tire and Loading
of tires on all wheels. Use only radial-ply tires with Information label indicates the
This vehicle may have a the wheels on the vehicle. original equipment tires on the
different size spare than the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
road tires originally installed Winter tires with the same speed 0 212 for the label location and
on the vehicle. When new, the rating as the original equipment more information about the Tire
vehicle included a spare tire tires may not be available for H, and Loading Information label.
and wheel assembly with a V, W, Y and ZR speed rated
similar overall diameter as the tires. Never exceed the winter Different Size Tires and
road tires and wheels, so it is tires’ maximum speed capability Wheels
all right to drive on it. The when using winter tires with a If wheels or tires are installed that
spare tire was developed for lower speed rating. are a different size than the original
use on this vehicle and will not If the vehicle tires must be equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
affect vehicle handling. performance, including its braking,
replaced with a tire that does not
ride and handling characteristics,
have a TPC Spec number, make stability, and resistance to rollover
sure they are the same size, may be affected. If the vehicle has
{ Warning load range, speed rating, and electronic systems such as antilock
construction (radial) as the brakes, rollover airbags, traction
Using bias-ply tires on the original tires. control, electronic stability control,
vehicle may cause the wheel or All-Wheel Drive, the performance
rim flanges to develop cracks Vehicles that have a tire
of these systems can also be
after many miles of driving. pressure monitoring system affected.
could give an inaccurate
(Continued) low-pressure warning if non-TPC
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
354 Vehicle Care

applies only to vehicles sold in Treadwear 200 Traction AA
{ Warning the United States. The grades Temperature A
If different sized wheels are used, are molded on the sidewalls of All Passenger Car Tires Must
there may not be an acceptable most passenger car tires. The Conform to Federal Safety
level of performance and safety if Uniform Tire Quality Grading Requirements In Addition To
tires not recommended for those (UTQG) system does not apply These Grades.
wheels are selected. This to deep tread, winter tires,
increases the chance of a crash compact spare tires, tires with Treadwear
and serious injury. Only use GM nominal rim diameters of The treadwear grade is a
specific wheel and tire systems 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), comparative rating based on the
developed for the vehicle, and or to some limited-production wear rate of the tire when tested
have them properly installed by a tires. under controlled conditions on a
GM certified technician. specified government test
While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars course. For example, a tire
See Buying New Tires 0 352 and and light trucks may vary with graded 150 would wear one and
Accessories and Modifications respect to these grades, they one-half (1½) times as well on
0 291. the government course as a tire
must also conform to federal
safety requirements and graded 100. The relative
Uniform Tire Quality additional General Motors Tire performance of tires depends
Grading Performance Criteria (TPC) upon the actual conditions of
The following information relates standards. their use, however, and may
to the system developed by the depart significantly from the
Quality grades can be found norm due to variations in driving
United States National Highway where applicable on the tire
Traffic Safety Administration habits, service practices and
sidewall between tread shoulder differences in road
(NHTSA), which grades tires by and maximum section width. For
treadwear, traction, and characteristics and climate.
example:
temperature performance. This
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 355

Traction laboratory test wheel. Sustained Wheel Alignment and Tire
The traction grades, from high temperature can cause the Balance
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and The tires and wheels were aligned
and C. Those grades represent and balanced at the factory to
the tire's ability to stop on wet excessive temperature can lead
provide the longest tire life and best
pavement as measured under to sudden tire failure. The grade overall performance. Adjustments to
controlled conditions on C corresponds to a level of wheel alignment and tire balancing
specified government test performance which all are not necessary on a regular
surfaces of asphalt and passenger car tires must meet basis. Consider an alignment check
concrete. A tire marked C may under the Federal Motor Safety if there is unusual tire wear or the
have poor traction performance. Standard No. 109. Grades B and vehicle is significantly pulling to one
A represent higher levels of side or the other. Some slight pull to
Warning: The traction grade the left or right, depending on the
assigned to this tire is based on performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum crown of the road and/or other road
straight-ahead braking traction surface variations such as troughs
tests, and does not include required by law. Warning: The
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
acceleration, cornering, temperature grade for this tire is vibrating when driving on a smooth
hydroplaning, or peak traction established for a tire that is road, the tires and wheels may need
characteristics. properly inflated and not to be rebalanced. See your dealer
overloaded. Excessive speed, for proper diagnosis.
Temperature underinflation, or excessive
The temperature grades are A loading, either separately or in Wheel Replacement
(the highest), B, and C, combination, can cause heat
Replace any wheel that is bent,
representing the tire's resistance buildup and possible tire failure. cracked, or badly rusted or
to the generation of heat and its corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
ability to dissipate heat when loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and
tested under controlled wheel nuts should be replaced.
conditions on a specified indoor If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
356 Vehicle Care

Some aluminum wheels can be
Caution
Tire Chains
repaired. See your dealer if any of
these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of
The wrong wheel can also cause { Warning
problems with bearing life, brake
wheel that is needed. cooling, speedometer or If the vehicle has 265/65R18,
Each new wheel should have the odometer calibration, headlamp P265/65R18, P275/55R20,
same load-carrying capacity, aim, bumper height, vehicle or P285/45R22 size tires, do not
diameter, width, offset, and be ground clearance, and tire or tire use tire chains. There is not
mounted the same way as the one it chain clearance to the body and enough clearance. Tire chains
replaces. chassis. used on a vehicle without the
proper amount of clearance can
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
cause damage to the brakes,
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor Used Replacement Wheels suspension, or other vehicle
System (TPMS) sensors with new
GM original equipment parts. parts. The area damaged by the
{ Warning tire chains could cause loss of
control and a crash.
{ Warning Replacing a wheel with a used
one is dangerous. How it has Use another type of traction
Using the wrong replacement been used or how far it has been device only if its manufacturer
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel driven may be unknown. It could recommends it for the vehicle's
nuts can be dangerous. It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. tire size combination and road
affect the braking and handling of When replacing wheels, use a conditions. Follow that
the vehicle. Tires can lose air, new GM original equipment manufacturer's instructions. To
and cause loss of control, causing wheel. avoid vehicle damage, drive slow
a crash. Always use the correct and readjust or remove the
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel (Continued)
nuts for replacement.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 357

accelerator pedal and steer to
Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued) straighten the vehicle. It may be
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
traction device if it is contacting slow down until it stops. Driving to a stop, well off the road,
the vehicle. Do not spin the too fast or spinning the wheels if possible.
wheels. with chains on will damage the
vehicle.
If traction devices are used, install { Warning
them on the rear tires.
If a Tire Goes Flat Driving on a flat tire will cause
permanent damage to the tire.
It is unusual for a tire to blowout Re-inflating a tire after it has been
Caution while driving, especially if the tires driven on while severely
are maintained properly. If air goes underinflated or flat may cause a
If the vehicle has P255/70R17, out of a tire, it is much more likely to blowout and a serious crash.
P265/70R17, or LT265/70R17 leak out slowly. But if there ever is a Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
size tires, use tire chains only blowout, here are a few tips about that has been driven on while
where legal and only when what to expect and what to do:
severely underinflated or flat.
necessary. Use chains that are If a front tire fails, the flat tire Have your dealer or an authorized
the proper size for the tires. Install creates a drag that pulls the vehicle tire service center repair or
them on the rear tires only. Do not toward that side. Take your foot off replace the flat tire as soon as
use chains on the front tires. the accelerator pedal and grip the possible.
Tighten them as tightly as steering wheel firmly. Steer to
possible with the ends securely maintain lane position, and then
fastened. Drive slowly and follow gently brake to a stop, well off the
the chain manufacturer's road, if possible.
instructions. If the chains contact A rear blowout, particularly on a
the vehicle, stop and retighten curve, acts much like a skid and
them. If the contact continues, may require the same correction as
(Continued) used in a skid. Stop pressing the
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
358 Vehicle Care
{ Warning { Warning Warning (Continued)

Lifting a vehicle and getting under Changing a tire can be 6. Place wheel blocks,
it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous. The vehicle can slip if equipped, on both sides of
dangerous without the off the jack and roll over or fall the tire at the opposite
appropriate safety equipment and causing injury or death. Find a corner of the tire being
training. If a jack is provided with level place to change the tire. To changed.
the vehicle, it is designed only for help prevent the vehicle from
changing a flat tire. If it is used for moving: When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
anything else, you or others could 1. Set the parking brake firmly. use the following example as a
be badly injured or killed if the guide to assist in the placement of
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 2. Put the shift lever in the wheel blocks (1), if equipped.
is provided with the vehicle, only P (Park).
use it for changing a flat tire. 3. For vehicles with four-wheel
drive with an N (Neutral)
transfer case position, be
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
sure the transfer case is in a
and wheel damage by driving slowly
drive gear — not in
to a level place, well off the road,
N (Neutral).
if possible. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard 4. Turn off the engine and do
Warning Flashers 0 185. not restart while the vehicle
is raised.
1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
5. Do not allow passengers to 2. Flat Tire
remain in the vehicle.
(Continued) The following information explains
how to use the jack and change
a tire.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 359

Tire Changing 2. Wing Nut Retaining the Pull the tool bag toward the
Wheel Blocks front of the vehicle and lift the
Before changing a flat tire, see 3. Wing Nut Retaining the rear portion of the bag upward
“Hands-Free Operation” under Tool Bag to remove it.
Liftgate 0 47.
4. Turn the jack knob (1)
Removing the Spare Tire and counterclockwise to release the
Tools jack and wheel blocks from the
bracket.
For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package 5. Turn the wing nut retaining the
supplement. wheel blocks (2)
counterclockwise to remove the
The equipment needed to change a
wheel blocks and the wheel
flat tire is stored in the rear of the
block retainer.
vehicle, on the driver side, behind a
door in the trim panel. Use the following tools:
1. Pull to open the trim

panel door.
The third row driver side seat
may need to be folded to
access the trim panel door.
2. Lift the acoustic pad to access
the jack and tools.
3. Turn the wing nut retaining the
tool bag (3) counterclockwise to
remove it.
1. Jack Knob 1. Jack
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
360 Vehicle Care

2. Wheel Blocks 9. Spare Tire (Valve Stem
3. Jack Handle Pointed Down)
4. Jack Handle Extensions 10. Tire/Wheel Retainer
5. Wheel Wrench 11. Hoist Cable
To access the spare tire, refer to the 1. Open the hoist shaft access
following graphics and instructions: door (3) on the bumper to
access the spare tire lock (6).
3. Assemble the two jack handle

extensions (4) and wheel
wrench (5), as shown.
If equipped with a hitch cover,

turn the hitch cover retainers
counterclockwise and pull the
1. Hoist Assembly cover downward to remove it
2. Hoist Shaft before removing the hoist shaft
3. Hoist Shaft Access access door.
Cover/Hole
2. To remove the spare tire lock
4. Jack Handle Extensions
(6), insert the ignition key, turn
5. Wheel Wrench
it clockwise and then pull it
6. Spare Tire Lock straight out.
7. Hoist End of Extension Tool
8. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 361

4. Insert the open end of the 6. Use the wheel wrench hook to Removing the Flat Tire and
extension (7) through the hole pull the hoist cable closer to Installing the Spare Tire
in the rear bumper (8) (hoist assist in reaching the
shaft access hole). spare tire. 1. Do a safety check before
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Be sure the hoist end of the Flat 0 357 for more information.
extension (7) connects to the
hoist shaft. The ribbed square
end of the extension is used to
lower the spare tire.
5. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to lower the
spare tire to the ground.
Continue to turn the wheel
wrench until the spare tire can 7. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle
be pulled out from under the with some slack in the cable to
vehicle. access the tire/wheel retainer. 2. If the vehicle has a center cap
Tilt the retainer and pull it and that covers the wheel
the cable and spring through fasteners, place the chisel end
the center of the wheel. of the wheel wrench in the slot
on the wheel and gently pry the
Once the retainer is separated cap out.
from the guide pin, tilt the
retainer and pull it through the If the wheel has a bolt-on hub
center of the wheel along with cap, loosen the plastic nut caps
the cable and latch. by turning the wheel wrench
counterclockwise. The plastic
8. Put the spare tire near the nut caps will be retained in the
flat tire. hub cap after it is removed
from the wheel.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
362 Vehicle Care

Front Tire Flat: If the flat tire is
on a front tire of the vehicle,
use the jack handle and only
one jack handle extension.
Attach the wheel wrench to the
jack handle extension. Attach
the jack handle to the jack.
Position the jack on the frame
behind the flat tire where the
Jacking Locations (Overall View) frame sections overlap. Turn
4. Position the jack under the the wheel wrench clockwise to
vehicle, as shown. raise the vehicle. Raise the
vehicle far enough off the
3. Use the wheel wrench to ground so there is enough
loosen all the wheel nuts. Turn room for the spare tire to clear
the wheel wrench the ground.
counterclockwise to loosen the
wheel nuts. Do not remove the
wheel nuts yet.
Left Front Shown, Right Front

Similar
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 363
{ Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is
lifted on a jack is dangerous.
If the vehicle slips off the jack,
you could be badly injured or
killed. Never get under a vehicle
when it is supported only by
a jack.
Rear Position { Warning 5. Remove all of the wheel nuts.

Rear Tire Flat: If the flat tire is 6. Take off the flat tire.
on a rear tire of the vehicle, Raising the vehicle with the jack
use the jack handle (2) and improperly positioned can
both jack handle damage the vehicle and even
extensions (3). Attach the make the vehicle fall. To help
wheel wrench (4) to the jack avoid personal injury and vehicle
handle extensions (3). Attach damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
the jack handle (2) to the head into the proper location
jack (1). Use the jacking before raising the vehicle.
pad (5) provided on the rear
axle. Turn the wheel wrench (4)
clockwise to raise the vehicle.
Raise the vehicle far enough
off the ground so there is
enough room for the spare tire
to clear the ground.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
364 Vehicle Care

7. Remove any rust or dirt from
the wheel bolts, mounting { Warning
surfaces, and spare wheel.
Never use oil or grease on bolts
or nuts because the nuts might
{ Warning come loose. The vehicle's wheel
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the could fall off, causing a crash.
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose 9. Tighten each wheel nut by
after time. The wheel could come hand. Then use the wheel
off and cause an accident. When wrench to tighten the nuts until
changing a wheel, remove any the wheel is held against
rust or dirt from places where the the hub. 11. Tighten the nuts firmly in a
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In 10. Turn the wheel wrench crisscross sequence as shown
an emergency, a cloth or a paper counterclockwise to lower the by turning the wheel wrench
towel can be used; however, use vehicle. Lower the jack clockwise.
a scraper or wire brush later to completely.
remove all rust or dirt. { Warning
Wheel nuts that are improperly or
8. Put the wheel nuts back on
with the rounded end of the incorrectly tightened can cause
nuts toward the wheel after the wheels to become loose or
mounting the spare tire. come off. The wheel nuts should
be tightened with a torque wrench
to the proper torque specification
after replacing. Follow the torque
specification supplied by the
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 365

. For center caps, line up the tab
Warning (Continued) on the center cap with the slot in Caution
the wheel. The cap only goes in
aftermarket manufacturer when one way. Place the cap on the Storing an aluminum wheel with a
using accessory locking wheel wheel and press until it snaps flat tire under your vehicle for an
nuts. See Capacities and into place. extended period of time or with
Specifications 0 402 for original the valve stem pointing up can
. For bolt-on hub caps, line up the
equipment wheel nut torque damage the wheel. Always stow
specifications. plastic nut caps with the wheel the wheel with the valve stem
nuts and tighten clockwise by
pointing down and have the
hand to get them started. Then
wheel/tire repaired as soon as
tighten with the wheel wrench
until snug. possible.
Caution
Improperly tightened wheel nuts Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
can lead to brake pulsation and and Tools
Caution
rotor damage. To avoid expensive
brake repairs, evenly tighten the { Warning The tire hoist can be damaged if
wheel nuts in the proper there is no tension on the cable
sequence and to the proper Storing a jack, a tire, or other when using it. To have the
torque specification. See equipment in the passenger necessary tension, the spare or
Capacities and Specifications compartment of the vehicle could road tire and wheel assembly
0 402 for the wheel nut torque cause injury. In a sudden stop or must be installed on the tire hoist
specification. collision, loose equipment could to use it.
strike someone. Store all these in
the proper place.
When reinstalling the regular wheel Store the tire under the rear of the
and tire, also reinstall either the vehicle in the spare tire carrier.
center cap or the bolt-on hub cap, Refer to the following graphics and
depending on which one the instructions:
vehicle has.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
366 Vehicle Care

1. Put the tire (9) on the ground at 3. Assemble the two jack handle
the rear of the vehicle with the extensions (4) and wheel
valve stem pointed down, and wrench (5).
to the rear.
2. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle.
Separate the tire/wheel retainer
from the guide pin. Pull the pin
through the center of the
wheel. Tilt the retainer down
through the center wheel
opening.
Make sure the retainer is fully
1. Hoist Assembly seated across the underside of
2. Hoist Shaft the wheel.
3. Hoist Shaft Access
Cover/Hole
4. Jack Handle Extensions 4. Insert the open end of the
extension (7) through the hole
5. Wheel Wrench
in the rear bumper (8) (hoist
6. Spare Tire Lock
shaft access hole).
7. Hoist End of Extension Tool
8. Hoist Shaft Access Hole 5. Raise the tire part way upward.
9. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Make sure the retainer is
Pointed Down) seated in the wheel opening.
10. Tire/Wheel Retainer 6. Raise the tire fully against the
11. Hoist Cable underside of the vehicle by
turning the wheel wrench
clockwise until you hear two
clicks or feel it skip twice. The
cable cannot be overtightened.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 367

To store the tools: time. Check the inflation pressure
1. Return the tools (wheel regularly.
wrench, jack handle, and jack See Tire Pressure 0 343 and
handle extensions) to the Vehicle Load Limits 0 212. For
tool bag. instructions on how to remove,
install, or store a spare tire, see Tire
2. Assemble the wheel blocks Changing 0 359.
and jack together with the
wing nut. If equipped with a temporary use
full-size spare tire, it is indicated on
3. Position the jack and wheel the tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall
blocks in the driver side trim Labeling 0 338. This spare tire
panel over the wheelhouse. should not be driven on over
7. Make sure the tire is stored 4. Turn the jack knob clockwise 112 km/h (70 mph), or 88 km/h
securely. Push, pull, and then until the jack is secured tight in (55 mph) when pulling a trailer, at
try to turn the tire. If the tire the mounting bracket. Be sure the proper inflation pressure. Repair
moves, use the wheel wrench to position the holes in the and replace the road tire as soon as
to tighten the cable. base of the jack onto the pin in it is convenient, and stow the spare
the mounting bracket. tire for future use.
8. Reinstall the spare tire lock.
9. Reinstall the hoist shaft access 5. Use the retaining bracket to
fasten the tool bag on the stud Caution
cover.
and turn the wing nut clockwise If the vehicle has four-wheel drive
If equipped, reinstall the hitch to secure.
cover and turn the retainers and a different size spare tire is
clockwise. 6. Close the trim panel door. installed, do not drive in
four-wheel drive until the flat tire
Full-Size Spare Tire is repaired and/or replaced. The
If this vehicle came with a full-size vehicle could be damaged and
spare tire, it was fully inflated when (Continued)
new, however, it can lose air over
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
368 Vehicle Care

Do not mix tires and wheels of Jump Starting
Caution (Continued) different sizes, because they will not
fit. Keep your spare tire and its
the repairs would not be covered wheel together. If the vehicle has a Jump Starting - North
by the warranty. Never use spare tire that does not match the America
four-wheel drive when a different original road tires and wheels in size
size spare tire is installed on the For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the
and type, do not include the spare in
vehicle. Suburban Heavy-Duty Package
the tire rotation.
supplement.
The vehicle may have a different For more information about the
size spare tire than the road tires vehicle battery, see Battery - North
originally installed on the vehicle. America 0 314.
This spare tire was developed for If the vehicle's battery (or batteries)
use on this vehicle, so it is all right has run down, you may want to use
to drive on it. If the vehicle has another vehicle and some jumper
four-wheel drive and a different size cables to start your vehicle. Be sure
spare tire is installed, drive only in to use the following steps to do it
two-wheel drive. safely.
After installing the spare tire on the
vehicle, stop as soon as possible { Warning
and check that the spare tire is
correctly inflated. WARNING: Battery posts,
terminals, and related
Have the damaged or flat road tire accessories contain lead and lead
repaired or replaced and installed compounds, chemicals known to
back onto the vehicle as soon as
the State of California to cause
possible so the spare tire will be
cancer and birth defects or other
available in case it is needed again.
reproductive harm. Batteries also
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 369

electrical system and
Warning (Continued) Caution accessories. Always use the
passenger side battery in the
contain other chemicals known to Ignoring these steps could result rear of the engine compartment
the State of California to cause in costly damage to the vehicle for jump starting.
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER that would not be covered by the
HANDLING. For more information vehicle warranty. Trying to start 3. Get the vehicles close enough
go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ the vehicle by pushing or pulling it so the jumper cables can
passenger-vehicle. will not work, and it could damage reach, but be sure the vehicles
are not touching each other.
the vehicle.
If they are, it could cause an
See California Proposition unwanted ground connection.
65 Warning 0 291 and the back 1. Check the other vehicle. You would not be able to start
cover. It must have a 12-volt battery your vehicle, and the bad
with a negative ground system. grounding could damage the
{ Warning electrical systems.
Caution To avoid the possibility of the
Batteries can hurt you. They can vehicles rolling, set the parking
be dangerous because: If the other vehicle does not have brake firmly on both vehicles
. They contain acid that can a 12-volt system with a negative involved in the jump start
burn you. ground, both vehicles can be procedure. Put the automatic
damaged. Only use a vehicle that transmission in P (Park) or a
. They contain gas that can has a 12-volt system with a manual transmission in Neutral
explode or ignite. negative ground for jump starting. before setting the parking
. They contain enough brake. For vehicles with
electricity to burn you. four-wheel drive with an
2. If the vehicle is equipped with
If you do not follow these steps dual batteries, do not use the N (Neutral) transfer case
driver-side auxiliary battery to position, be sure the transfer
exactly, some or all of these
jump start the vehicle. This can case is in a drive gear — not
things can hurt you.
cause damage to the vehicle’s N (Neutral).
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
370 Vehicle Care

uncover the positive (+)
Caution terminal, open the red plastic Warning (Continued)
cover.
If any accessories are left on or Battery fluid contains acid that
plugged in during the jump For more information on the can burn you. Do not get it on
starting procedure, they could be location of the remote you. If you accidentally get it in
damaged. The repairs would not positive (+) and remote your eyes or on your skin, flush
be covered by the vehicle negative (−) terminals, see the place with water and get
warranty. Whenever possible, turn Engine Compartment Overview medical help immediately.
0 293.
off or unplug all accessories on
either vehicle when jump starting.
{ Warning
4. Turn the ignition off on both
{ Warning
An electric fan can start up even
vehicles. Unplug unnecessary when the engine is not running Fans or other moving engine
accessories plugged into the and can injure you. Keep hands, parts can injure you badly. Keep
accessory power outlets. Turn clothing, and tools away from any your hands away from moving
off the radio and all the lamps underhood electric fan. parts once the engine is running.
that are not needed. This will
avoid sparks and help save
both batteries. And it could 6. Check that the jumper cables
save the radio! { Warning do not have loose or missing
insulation. If they do, you could
5. Open the hood on the other Using a match near a battery can get a shock. The vehicles
vehicle and locate the could be damaged too.
cause battery gas to explode.
positive (+) and negative (−)
People have been hurt doing this, Before you connect the cables,
terminal locations on that
vehicle. and some have been blinded. here are some basic things you
Use a flashlight if you need more should know. Positive (+) will
The positive (+) terminal is light. go to positive (+) or to a remote
under a red plastic cover at the positive (+) terminal if the
positive battery post. To (Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 371

vehicle has one. Negative (−) 7. Connect the red positive (+)
will go to a heavy, unpainted cable to the positive (+)
metal engine part or to a terminal of the vehicle with the
remote negative (−) terminal if dead battery.
the vehicle has one. 8. Do not let the other end touch
Do not connect positive (+) to metal. Connect it to the
negative (−) or you will get a positive (+) terminal of the
short that would damage the good battery. Use a remote
battery and maybe other parts positive (+) terminal if the
too. And do not connect the vehicle has one.
negative (−) cable to the 9. Connect the black negative (−)
negative (−) terminal on the cable to the negative (−)
dead battery because this can 10. Connect the other end of the
terminal of the good battery.
cause sparks. negative (−) cable to the metal
Use a remote negative (−)
bracket that is bolted to the
terminal if the vehicle has one.
engine and supports the
Do not let the other end touch resonator, on the vehicle with
anything until the next step. the dead battery.
11. Start the vehicle with the good
battery and run the engine for a
while.
12. Try to start the vehicle that had
the dead battery. If it will not
start after a few tries, it
probably needs service.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
372 Vehicle Care

Towing the Vehicle Front Attachment Points
Caution
If the jumper cables are Caution
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting Incorrectly towing a disabled
may occur and damage the vehicle may cause damage. The
vehicle. The repairs would not be damage would not be covered by
covered by the vehicle warranty. the vehicle warranty.
Always connect and remove the Do not lash or hook to
jumper cables in the correct order, suspension components. Use the
making sure that the cables do proper straps around the tires to
not touch each other or other secure the vehicle.
metal.
Use only a flatbed tow truck for The vehicle is equipped with
Jumper Cable Removal towing a disabled vehicle. Never specific attachment points to be
Reverse the sequence exactly when use a sling type lift or damage will used to pull the vehicle onto a
removing the jumper cables. occur. Use ramps to help reduce flatbed car carrier from a flat road
approach angles if necessary. surface. Do not use these
After starting the disabled vehicle A towed vehicle should have its attachment points to pull the vehicle
and removing the jumper cables, drive wheels off the ground. from snow, mud or sand.
allow it to idle for several minutes.
Consult a professional towing
service if the disabled vehicle must
Recreational Vehicle
be towed. Towing
Recreational vehicle towing means
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle, such as a motor home. The
two most common types of
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 373

recreational vehicle towing are Dinghy Towing Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles
dinghy and dolly towing. Dinghy
towing is towing the vehicle with all Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles
four wheels on the ground. Dolly
towing is towing the vehicle with two
wheels on the ground and two
wheels on a dolly.
Follow the tow vehicle
manufacturer’s instructions. See
your dealer or trailering professional
for additional advice and equipment
recommendations.
Caution
Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive
Use of a shield mounted in front vehicles with a two speed transfer
of the vehicle grille could restrict case that has an N (Neutral) and a
Caution
airflow and cause damage to the 4n setting.
transmission. The repairs would If the two-wheel-drive vehicle is
not be covered by the vehicle towed with all four wheels on the
ground, the drivetrain
{ Warning
warranty. If using a shield, only
use one that attaches to the components could be damaged. Shifting a four-wheel-drive
towing vehicle. The repairs would not be covered vehicle's transfer case into
by the vehicle warranty. N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
to roll even if the transmission is
in P (Park). You or others could
Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not
be towed with all four wheels on the (Continued)
ground.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
374 Vehicle Care

5. With the transmission in D 8. Move the steering wheel to
Warning (Continued) (Drive), turn the ignition to make sure the steering column
ACC/ACCESSORY. If equipped is unlocked.
be injured. Set the parking brake with Keyless Access, turn the
before shifting the transfer case 9. Release the parking brake.
engine off.
to N (Neutral). 10. Keep the ignition key in the
Caution towed vehicle in ACC/
To dinghy tow: ACCESSORY to prevent the
Failure to disconnect the negative steering column from locking.
1. Position the vehicle being If equipped with Keyless
battery cable or to have it contact
towed behind the tow vehicle, Access, keep the RKE
facing forward and on a level the terminals can cause damage
to the vehicle. transmitter outside of the
surface. vehicle, and manually lock
2. Securely attach the vehicle doors. Access the vehicle as if
being towed to the tow vehicle. 6. Disconnect the negative it has a dead RKE transmitter
battery cable at the battery and battery, by using the key in the
3. Apply the parking brake and secure the nut and bolt. Cover door lock.
start the engine. the negative battery post with a
non-conductive material to Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle
4. Shift the transfer case to
N (Neutral). See “Shifting into prevent any contact with the Before disconnecting the towed
N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel negative battery terminal. vehicle:
Drive 0 234 for the proper 7. Shift the transmission to 1. Park on a level surface.
procedure. Check that the P (Park).
vehicle is in N (Neutral) by 2. Set the parking brake and shift
shifting the transmission to the transmission to P (Park).
R (Reverse) and then to D
Caution
3. Connect the battery.
(Drive). There should be no If the steering column is locked,
movement of the vehicle while 4. Apply the brake pedal.
vehicle damage may occur.
shifting.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 375

5. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN Dolly Towing – Front Towing
with the engine off. Shift the (Front Wheels Off the Ground) Caution (Continued)
transfer case out of N (Neutral)
Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles and warranty. Never tow the vehicle
to 2 m. See “Shifting out of with the rear wheels on the
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles with a
N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel Single Speed Automatic ground.
Drive 0 234. See your dealer if Transfer Case
the transfer case cannot be
shifted out of N (Neutral). Two-wheel-drive vehicles and
four-wheel-drive vehicles with a
6. Check that the vehicle is in 2 m single speed automatic transfer
by starting the engine and case should not be towed with the
shifting the transmission to rear wheels on the ground.
R (Reverse) and then to D
(Drive). There should be Two-wheel-drive transmissions have
movement of the vehicle while no provisions for internal lubrication
shifting. while being towed. Four-wheel-drive
vehicles with a single speed
7. Shift the transmission to automatic transfer case have no
P (Park) and turn off the N (Neutral) position and will spin the
ignition. transmission when the rear
8. Disconnect the vehicle from the wheels turn.
tow vehicle. Caution To dolly tow a two-wheel-drive
9. Release the parking brake. vehicle or a four-wheel-drive vehicle
If a two-wheel-drive vehicle is with a single speed automatic
10. Reset any lost presets. towed with the rear wheels on the transfer case, the vehicle must be
The outside temperature ground, the transmission could be towed with the rear wheels on the
display will default to 0 °C damaged. The repairs would not dolly. See “Rear Towing (Rear
(32 °F) but will reset with be covered by the vehicle Wheels Off the Ground)” later in this
normal usage. (Continued) section.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
376 Vehicle Care

Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles with a Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off
Two Speed Automatic { Warning the Ground)
Transfer Case
Shifting a four-wheel-drive
vehicle's transfer case into
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
to roll even if the transmission is
in P (Park). You or others could
be injured. Set the parking brake
before shifting the transfer case
to N (Neutral).
5. Use a clamping device

designed for towing to ensure
that the front wheels are locked
into the straight position. Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles and
To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles with a
vehicle from the front: 6. Shift the transfer case to
N (Neutral). See Four-Wheel Single Speed Automatic
1. Attach the dolly to the tow Drive 0 234. Transfer Case
vehicle following the dolly To dolly tow the vehicle from
manufacturer's instructions. 7. Secure the vehicle to the dolly
following the manufacturer's the rear:
2. Drive the front wheels onto the instructions. 1. Attach the dolly to the tow
dolly. vehicle following the dolly
8. Release the parking brake only
3. Shift the transmission to after the vehicle being towed is manufacturer's instructions.
P (Park). firmly attached to the towing 2. Drive the rear wheels onto the
4. Set the parking brake. vehicle. dolly.
9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. 3. Firmly set the parking brake.
See Parking Brake 0 240.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 377

4. Put the transmission in 3. Firmly set the parking brake. 8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
P (Park). See Parking Brake 0 240. After towing, see “Shifting Out of
5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly 4. Put the transmission in N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel Drive
following the manufacturer's P (Park). 0 234.
instructions. 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly
6. Use an adequate clamping following the manufacturer's
device designed for towing to instructions.
ensure that the front wheels 6. Use an adequate clamping
are locked into the straight device designed for towing to
position. ensure that the front wheels
7. For four-wheel-drive vehicles are locked into the straight
with a single speed automatic position.
transfer case, shift the transfer
case into 2 m. See Four-Wheel { Warning
Drive 0 234.
Shifting a four-wheel-drive
8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. vehicle's transfer case into
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles with a N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
Two Speed Automatic to roll even if the transmission is
Transfer Case in P (Park). You or others could
To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive be injured. Set the parking brake
vehicle from the rear: before shifting the transfer case
to N (Neutral).
1. Attach the dolly to the tow
vehicle following the dolly
manufacturer's instructions. 7. Shift the transfer case to
N (Neutral). See Four-Wheel
2. Drive the rear wheels onto the Drive 0 234.
dolly.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
378 Vehicle Care

Appearance Care Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)
Exterior Care your dealer. Follow all This could cause damage that
manufacturer directions regarding would not be covered by the
Locks correct product usage, necessary vehicle warranty.
Locks are lubricated at the factory. safety precautions, and
Use a de-icing agent only when appropriate disposal of any If using an automatic car wash,
absolutely necessary, and have the vehicle care product. follow the car wash instructions. The
locks greased after using. See windshield wiper and rear window
Recommended Fluids and wiper, if equipped, must be off.
Lubricants 0 397. Remove any accessories that may
Caution
Washing the Vehicle be damaged or interfere with the car
Avoid using high-pressure wash equipment.
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
wash it often and out of direct washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) Rinse the vehicle well, before
sunlight. to the surface of the vehicle. Use washing and after, to remove all
of power washers exceeding cleaning agents completely. If they
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result are allowed to dry on the surface,
Caution they could stain.
in damage or removal of paint
Do not use petroleum-based, and decals. Dry the finish with a soft, clean
acidic, or abrasive cleaning chamois or an all-cotton towel to
agents as they can damage the avoid surface scratches and water
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic spotting.
Caution
parts. If damage occurs, it would
Finish Care
not be covered by the vehicle Do not power wash any
warranty. Approved cleaning component under the hood that Application of aftermarket clearcoat
products can be obtained from sealant/wax materials is not
has this e symbol.
recommended. If painted surfaces
(Continued) (Continued) are damaged, see your dealer to
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 379

have the damage assessed and The bright metal moldings on the
repaired. Foreign materials such as Caution vehicle are aluminum, chrome or
calcium chloride and other salts, ice stainless steel. To prevent damage
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree Machine compounding or always follow these cleaning
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from aggressive polishing on a instructions:
industrial chimneys, etc., can basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
may damage it. Use only . Be sure the molding is cool to
damage the vehicle's finish if they the touch before applying any
remain on painted surfaces. Wash non-abrasive waxes and polishes
that are made for a basecoat/ cleaning solution.
the vehicle as soon as possible.
If necessary, use non-abrasive clearcoat paint finish on the . Use only approved cleaning
cleaners that are marked safe for vehicle. solutions for aluminum, chrome
painted surfaces to remove foreign or stainless steel. Some
matter. cleaners are highly acidic or
To keep the paint finish looking new, contain alkaline substances and
Occasional hand waxing or mild keep the vehicle garaged or can damage the moldings.
polishing should be done to remove covered whenever possible.
residue from the paint finish. See . Always dilute a concentrated
your dealer for approved cleaning Protecting Exterior Bright Metal cleaner according to the
products. Moldings manufacturer’s instructions.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to . Do not use cleaners that are not
Caution intended for automotive use.
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint Failure to clean and protect the . Use a nonabrasive wax on the
as damage can occur. bright metal moldings can result vehicle after washing to protect
in a hazy white finish or pitting. and extend the molding finish.
This damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
380 Vehicle Care

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ . Aftermarket appearance caps or Windshield and Wiper Blades
Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and covers while the lamps are
Clean the outside of the windshield
Stripes illuminated, due to excessive
with glass cleaner.
heat generated.
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
soft cloth, and a car washing soap cloth or paper towel soaked with
to clean exterior lamps, lenses, Caution
windshield washer fluid or a mild
emblems, decals, and stripes. Failure to clean lamps properly detergent. Wash the windshield
Follow instructions under "Washing can cause damage to the lamp thoroughly when cleaning the
the Vehicle" previously in this blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
cover that would not be covered
section. a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
Lamp covers are made of plastic, treatments may cause wiper
and some have a UV protective streaking.
coating. Do not clean or wipe them Replace the wiper blades if they are
when dry. Caution worn or damaged. Damage can be
Do not use any of the following on caused by extreme dusty
Using wax on low gloss black
lamp covers: conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
finish stripes can increase the
snow, and ice.
. Abrasive or caustic agents. gloss level and create a
. Washer fluids and other cleaning non-uniform finish. Clean low Weatherstrips
agents in higher concentrations gloss stripes with soap and Apply Dielectric silicone grease on
than suggested by the water only. weatherstrips to make them last
manufacturer. longer, seal better, and not stick or
. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, Air Intakes squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at
or other harsh cleaners. least once a year. Hot, dry climates
Clear debris from the air intakes, may require more frequent
. Ice scrapers or other hard items. between the hood and windshield, application. Black marks from
when washing the vehicle. rubber material on painted surfaces
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 381

can be removed by rubbing with a
clean cloth. See Recommended Caution Caution (Continued)
Fluids and Lubricants 0 397.
Chrome wheels and other chrome silicone carbide tire cleaning
Tires trim may be damaged if the brushes. Damage could occur
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to vehicle is not washed after driving and the repairs would not be
clean the tires. on roads that have been sprayed covered by the vehicle warranty.
with magnesium, calcium,
or sodium chloride. These
Caution Brake System
chlorides are used on roads for
Using petroleum-based tire conditions such as ice and dust. Visually inspect brake lines and
Always wash the chrome with hoses for proper hook-up, binding,
dressing products on the vehicle
soap and water after exposure. leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect
may damage the paint finish and/
disc brake pads for wear and rotors
or tires. When applying a tire for surface condition. Inspect drum
dressing, always wipe off any brake linings/shoes for wear or
overspray from all painted Caution cracks. Inspect all other brake parts.
surfaces on the vehicle.
To avoid surface damage, do not Steering, Suspension, and
use strong soaps, chemicals, Chassis Components
Wheels and Trim — Aluminum
or Chrome abrasive polishes, cleaners, Visually inspect steering,
brushes, or cleaners that contain suspension, and chassis
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild acid on aluminum or components for damaged, loose,
soap and water to clean the wheels. chrome-plated wheels. Use only or missing parts or signs of wear at
After rinsing thoroughly with clean approved cleaners. Also, never least once a year.
water, dry with a soft, clean towel. drive a vehicle with aluminum or
A wax may then be applied. Inspect power steering for proper
chrome-plated wheels through an attachment, connections, binding,
automatic car wash that uses leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
382 Vehicle Care

Visually check constant velocity joint on weatherstrips with a clean cloth material to parts repaired or
boots and axle seals for leaks. will make them last longer, seal replaced to restore corrosion
For 1500 Series vehicles, at least better, and not stick or squeak. protection.
every other oil change lubricate the Underbody Maintenance Original manufacturer replacement
outer tie rod ends. parts will provide the corrosion
At least twice a year, spring and fall, protection while maintaining the
Control arm ball joints on 1500 use plain water to flush any
Series vehicles are vehicle warranty.
corrosive materials from the
maintenance-free. underbody. Take care to thoroughly Finish Damage
clean any areas where mud and Quickly repair minor chips and
Caution other debris can collect. If equipped scratches with touch-up materials
with power assist steps, extend available from your dealer to avoid
Lubrication of applicable steering/ them and then use a high pressure corrosion. Larger areas of finish
suspension points should not be wash to clean all joints and gaps. damage can be corrected in your
done unless the temperature is
Do not directly power wash the dealer's body and paint shop.
−12 °C (10 °F) or higher, transfer case and/or front/rear axle
or damage could result. output seals. High pressure water Chemical Paint Spotting
can overcome the seals and Airborne pollutants can fall upon
For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the contaminate the fluid. Contaminated and attack painted vehicle surfaces
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package fluid will decrease the life of the causing blotchy, ring-shaped
supplement. transfer case and/or axles and discolorations, and small, irregular
should be replaced. dark spots etched into the paint
Body Component Lubrication surface. See “Finish Care”
Sheet Metal Damage previously in this section.
Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steel If the vehicle is damaged and
fuel door hinge and power assist requires sheet metal repair or Interior Care
step hinges, unless the components replacement, make sure the body
repair shop applies anti-corrosion To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
are plastic. Applying silicone grease
regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
Immediately remove any soils.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 383

Newspapers or dark garments can . Never use a brush with stiff
transfer color to the vehicle’s bristles. Caution
interior. . Never rub any surface To prevent scratching, never use
Use a soft bristle brush to remove aggressively or with too much abrasive cleaners on automotive
dust from knobs and crevices on the pressure. glass. Abrasive cleaners or
instrument cluster. Using a mild . Do not use laundry detergents or aggressive cleaning may damage
soap solution, immediately remove dishwashing soaps with the rear window defogger.
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
repellent from all interior surfaces or use approximately 20 drops per
permanent damage may result. Cleaning the windshield with water
3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
during the first three to six months
Use cleaners specifically designed A concentrated soap solution will
of ownership will reduce tendency
for the surfaces being cleaned to create streaks and attract dirt.
to fog.
prevent permanent damage. Apply Do not use solutions that contain
all cleaners directly to the cleaning strong or caustic soap. Speaker Covers
cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any . Do not heavily saturate the Vacuum around a speaker cover
switches or controls. Remove upholstery when cleaning.
cleaners quickly. gently, so that the speaker will not
. Do not use solvents or cleaners be damaged. Clean spots with water
Before using cleaners, read and containing solvents. and mild soap.
follow all safety instructions on the
label. While cleaning the interior, Interior Glass Coated Moldings
open the doors and windows to get Coated moldings should be cleaned.
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
proper ventilation.
dampened with water. Wipe droplets . When lightly soiled, wipe with a
To prevent damage, do not clean left behind with a clean dry cloth. sponge or soft, lint-free cloth
the interior using the following If necessary, use a commercial dampened with water.
cleaners or techniques: glass cleaner after cleaning with
. When heavily soiled, use warm
. Never use a razor or any other plain water.
soapy water.
sharp object to remove soil from
any interior surface.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
384 Vehicle Care

Fabric/Carpet/Suede to a clean area frequently to Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
prevent forcing the soil in to the and Vehicle Information and
Start by vacuuming the surface
fabric. Radio Displays
using a soft brush attachment. If a
rotating vacuum brush attachment is 4. Continue gently rubbing the Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss
being used, only use it on the floor soiled area until there is no surfaces or vehicle displays. First,
carpet. Before cleaning, gently longer any color transfer from use a soft bristle brush to remove
remove as much of the soil as the soil to the cleaning cloth. dirt that can scratch the surface.
possible: 5. If the soil is not completely Then gently clean by rubbing with a
. Gently blot liquids with a paper removed, use a mild soap microfiber cloth. Never use window
towel. Continue blotting until no solution followed only by plain cleaners or solvents. Periodically
more soil can be removed. water. hand wash the microfiber cloth
separately, using mild soap. Do not
. For solid soils, remove as much If the soil is not completely use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
as possible prior to vacuuming. removed, it may be necessary to thoroughly and air dry before
use a commercial upholstery next use.
To clean:
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
1. Saturate a clean, lint-free hidden area for colorfastness before
colorfast cloth with water. using a commercial upholstery Caution
Microfiber cloth is cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
recommended to prevent lint Do not attach a device with a
formation occurs, clean the entire
transfer to the fabric or carpet. fabric or carpet. suction cup to the display. This
may cause damage and would
2. Remove excess moisture by After cleaning, use a paper towel to not be covered by the vehicle
gently wringing until water does blot excess moisture. warranty.
not drip from the cleaning cloth.
3. Start on the outside edge of the
soil and gently rub toward the
center. Fold the cleaning cloth
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Vehicle Care 385

Instrument Panel, Leather, Cargo Cover and
Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Caution (Continued) Convenience Net
Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and the appearance and feel of If equipped, wash with warm water
Natural Open Pore Wood leather or soft trim, and are not and mild detergent. Do not use
Surfaces recommended. chlorine bleach. Rinse with cold
Use a soft microfiber cloth water, and then dry completely.
dampened with water to remove Do not use cleaners that increase Care of Seat Belts
dust and loose dirt. For a more gloss, especially on the instrument
thorough cleaning, use a soft Keep belts clean and dry.
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
microfiber cloth dampened with a visibility through the windshield
mild soap solution. under certain conditions. { Warning
Caution Do not bleach or dye seat belt
Caution webbing. It may severely weaken
Soaking or saturating leather, Use of air fresheners may cause the webbing. In a crash, they
especially perforated leather, as permanent damage to plastics might not be able to provide
well as other interior surfaces, and painted surfaces. If an air adequate protection. Clean and
may cause permanent damage. freshener comes in contact with rinse seat belt webbing only with
Wipe excess moisture from these any plastic or painted surface in mild soap and lukewarm water.
surfaces after cleaning and allow the vehicle, blot immediately and Allow the webbing to dry.
them to dry naturally. Never use clean with a soft cloth dampened
heat, steam, or spot removers. Do with a mild soap solution.
not use cleaners that contain Damage caused by air fresheners
silicone or wax-based products. would not be covered by the
Cleaners containing these vehicle warranty.
solvents can permanently change
(Continued)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
386 Vehicle Care

Floor Mats . Do not use a floor mat if the
vehicle is not equipped with a
floor mat retainer on the driver
{ Warning side floor.
If a floor mat is the wrong size or . Use the floor mat with the
is not properly installed, it can correct side up. Do not turn
interfere with the pedals. it over.
Interference with the pedals can . Do not place anything on top of
cause unintended acceleration the driver side floor mat.
and/or increased stopping
. Use only a single floor mat on
distance which can cause a crash
the driver side.
and injury. Make sure the floor
mat does not interfere with the . Do not place one floor mat on Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
pedals. top of another. retainer openings over the carpet
retainers and snapping into position.
Removing and Replacing the
Use the following guidelines for Floor Mats Make sure the floor mat is properly
proper floor mat usage: secured in place.
Pull up on the rear of the driver side
. The original equipment floor Verify the floor mat does not
floor mat to unlock each retainer
mats were designed for your interfere with the pedals.
and remove.
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the pedals. Always
check that the floor mats do not
interfere with the pedals.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Service and Maintenance 387

Service and General Information for routine maintenance such as oil
changes and tire rotations and
Maintenance Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
additional maintenance items like
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
the required maintenance for the blades.
General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 387 protect against major repair Caution
expenses resulting from neglect or
Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may Damage caused by improper
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 389 also help to maintain the value of maintenance can lead to costly
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the repairs and may not be covered
Special Application Services responsibility of the owner to have
Special Application by the vehicle warranty.
all required maintenance performed. Maintenance intervals, checks,
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Your dealer has trained technicians inspections, recommended fluids,
Additional Maintenance who can perform required and lubricants are important to
and Care maintenance using genuine keep the vehicle in good working
Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have condition.
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many Do not have chemical flushes that
Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and are not approved by GM
Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy performed on the vehicle. The
Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online use of flushes, solvents, cleaners,
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 scheduling to assist with service or lubricants that are not
Maintenance Replacement needs. approved by GM could damage
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 the vehicle, requiring expensive
Your dealer recognizes the
Maintenance Records repairs that are not covered by
importance of providing
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 400 competitively priced maintenance the vehicle warranty.
and repair services. With trained
technicians, the dealer is the place
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
388 Service and Maintenance

The Tire Rotation and Required The Additional Required Services -
Services are the responsibility of the Severe are for vehicles that are: Warning (Continued)
vehicle owner. It is recommended to . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
have your dealer perform these have a trained technician do the
in hot weather work. See Doing Your Own
services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Proper vehicle maintenance helps to . Mainly driven in hilly or Service Work 0 292.
keep the vehicle in good working mountainous terrain
condition, improves fuel economy, . Frequently towing a trailer
and reduces vehicle emissions.
. Used for high speed or
Because of the way people use competitive driving
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
There may need to be more . Used for taxi, police, or delivery
frequent checks and services. The service
Additional Required Services - Refer to the information in the
Normal are for vehicles that: Maintenance Schedule Additional
. Carry passengers and cargo Required Services - Severe chart.
within recommended limits on
the Tire and Loading Information { Warning
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 212. Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous and can cause
. Are driven on reasonable road
serious injury. Perform
surfaces within legal driving
maintenance work only if the
limits.
required information, proper tools,
. Use the recommended fuel. See and equipment are available.
Fuel 0 266. If they are not, see your dealer to
Refer to the information in the (Continued)
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Normal chart.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Maintenance filter must be changed at least once Tire Rotation and Required
a year and the oil life system must Services Every 12 000 km/
Schedule be reset. Your trained dealer 7,500 mi
technician can perform this work.
Owner Checks and Services If the engine oil life system is reset Rotate the tires, if recommended for
accidentally, service the vehicle the vehicle, and perform the
At Each Fuel Stop following services. See Tire
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the
. Check the engine oil level. See last service. Reset the oil life Rotation 0 350.
Engine Oil 0 297. system when the oil is changed. . Check engine oil level and oil
Once a Month See Engine Oil Life System 0 299. life percentage. If needed,
change engine oil and filter, and
. Check the tire inflation Power Take Off (PTO) and
reset oil life system.
pressures. See Tire Pressure Extended Idle Use See Engine Oil 0 297 and
0 343.
When the vehicle is used with the Engine Oil Life System 0 299.
. Inspect the tires for wear. See PTO equipment or used in a way . Check engine coolant level. See
Tire Inspection 0 350. that requires extended idle time, Cooling System 0 305.
. Check the windshield washer one hour of use shall be deemed
the same as 53 km (33 mi). . Check windshield washer fluid
fluid level. See Washer Fluid
See Driver Information Center (DIC) level. See Washer Fluid 0 311.
0 311.
(Base Level) 0 161 or Driver . Visually inspect windshield wiper
Engine Oil Change Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) blades for wear, cracking,
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL 0 162 for hourmeter. or contamination. See Exterior
SOON message displays, have the Care 0 378. Replace worn or
engine oil and filter changed within damaged wiper blades. See
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven Wiper Blade Replacement
under the best conditions, the 0 318.
engine oil life system may not . Check tire inflation pressures.
indicate the need for vehicle service See Tire Pressure 0 343.
for up to a year. The engine oil and
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

. Inspect tire wear. See Tire . Lubricate body components. See . Inspect sunroof track and seal,
Inspection 0 350. Exterior Care 0 378. if equipped. See Sunroof 0 62.
. Visually check for fluid leaks. . Check starter switch. See Starter . Verify spare tire key lock
. Inspect engine air cleaner filter. Switch Check 0 316. operation and lubricate as
See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . Check automatic transmission needed. See Tire Changing
0 304. shift lock control function. See 0 359.
. Inspect brake system. See Automatic Transmission Shift
Exterior Care 0 378. Lock Control Function Check
0 317.
. Visually inspect steering,
. Check ignition transmission lock.
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose, See Ignition Transmission Lock
or missing parts or signs of wear Check 0 317.
at least once a year. See . Check parking brake and
Exterior Care 0 378. Lubricate automatic transmission park
the suspension and steering mechanism. See Park Brake and
components at least every other P (Park) Mechanism Check
oil change (if equipped with 0 317.
grease fittings). . Check accelerator pedal for
. Check restraint system damage, high effort, or binding.
components. See Safety System Replace if needed.
Check 0 91. . Visually inspect gas strut for
. Visually inspect fuel system for signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage or leaks. damage. Check the hold open
. Visually inspect exhaust system ability of the strut. If the hold
and nearby heat shields for open is low, service the gas
loose or damaged parts. strut. See Gas Strut(s) 0 319.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
4WD. (4)
@
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7)
Footnotes — Maintenance or environmental allergens. (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor
Schedule Additional Required Passenger compartment air filter lines and hoses for proper
Services - Normal replacement may also be needed if attachment, connection, routing, and
(1) Or every two years, whichever there is reduced airflow, window condition.
comes first. More frequent fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer (3) Or every four years, whichever
passenger compartment air filter can help determine when to replace comes first. If driving in dusty
replacement may be needed if the filter. conditions, inspect the filter at each
driving in areas with heavy traffic, oil change or more often as needed.
poor air quality, high dust levels,
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

(4) Do not directly power wash the (5) Or every five years, whichever (7) Replace brake fluid every five
transfer case and/or front/rear axle comes first. See Cooling System years. See Brake Fluid 0 312.
output seals. High pressure water 0 305.
can overcome the seals and (6) Or every 10 years, whichever
contaminate the transfer case fluid. comes first. Inspect for fraying,
Contaminated fluid will decrease the excessive cracking, or damage;
life of the transfer case and/or axles replace, if needed.
and should be replaced.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @
Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
4WD. (4)
@ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7)
Footnotes — Maintenance driving in areas with heavy traffic, fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
Schedule Additional Required poor air quality, high dust levels, can help determine when to replace
Services - Severe or environmental allergens. the filter.
(1) Or every two years, whichever Passenger compartment air filter (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor
comes first. More frequent replacement may also be needed if lines and hoses for proper
passenger compartment air filter there is reduced airflow, window attachment, connection, routing, and
replacement may be needed if condition.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

(3) Or every four years, whichever Special Application Additional
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each Services Maintenance and Care
oil change or more often as needed. . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important
(4) Do not directly power wash the Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly
transfer case and/or front/rear axle components every oil change. may help to avoid future costly
output seals. High pressure water . repairs. To maintain vehicle
Have underbody flushing service
can overcome the seals and performance, additional
performed. See "Underbody
contaminate the transfer case fluid. maintenance services may be
Maintenance" in Exterior Care
Contaminated fluid will decrease the required.
0 378.
life of the transfer case and/or axles
It is recommended that your dealer
and should be replaced.
perform these services — their
(5) Or every five years, whichever trained dealer technicians know
comes first. See Cooling System your vehicle best. Your dealer can
0 305. also perform a thorough
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever assessment with a multi-point
comes first. Inspect for fraying, inspection to recommend when your
excessive cracking, or damage; vehicle may need attention.
replace, if needed. The following list is intended to
(7) Replace brake fluid every five explain the services and conditions
years. See Brake Fluid 0 312. to look for that may indicate
services are required.
Battery
The 12-volt battery supplies power
to start the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

. To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have Lamps
start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment Properly working headlamps,
battery with full cranking power. to inspect the brakes and taillamps, and brake lamps are
. Trained dealer technicians have recommend quality parts important to see and be seen on
the diagnostic equipment to test engineered for the vehicle. the road.
the battery and ensure that the Fluids . Signs that the headlamps need
connections and cables are attention include dimming, failure
corrosion-free. Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems to light, cracking, or damage.
Belts and components. See The brake lamps need to be
Recommended Fluids and checked periodically to ensure
. Belts may need replacing if they
Lubricants 0 397 for GM approved that they light when braking.
squeak or show signs of
cracking or splitting. fluids. . With a multi-point inspection,
. Engine oil and windshield your dealer can check the lamps
. Trained dealer technicians have
washer fluid levels should be and note any concerns.
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the belts and checked at every fuel fill. Shocks and Struts
recommend adjustment or . Instrument cluster lights may
Shocks and struts help aid in control
replacement when necessary. come on to indicate that fluids for a smoother ride.
may be low and need to be
Brakes filled. . Signs of wear may include
Brakes stop the vehicle and are steering wheel vibration, bounce/
crucial to safe driving. Hoses sway while braking, longer
Hoses transport fluids and should stopping distance, or uneven
. Signs of brake wear may include
be regularly inspected to ensure tire wear.
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping. that there are no cracks or leaks. . As part of the multi-point
With a multi-point inspection, your inspection, trained dealer
dealer can inspect the hoses and technicians can visually inspect
advise if replacement is needed. the shocks and struts for signs
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

of leaking, blown seals, Vehicle Care . Trained dealer technicians can
or damage, and can advise To help keep the vehicle looking like inspect the windshield and
when service is needed. new, vehicle care products are recommend proper replacement
available from your dealer. For if needed.
Tires
information on how to clean and Wiper Blades
Tires need to be properly inflated, protect the vehicle’s interior and
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining exterior, see Interior Care 0 382 and Wiper blades need to be cleaned
the tires can save money and fuel, Exterior Care 0 378. and kept in good condition to
and can reduce the risk of tire provide a clear view.
failure. Wheel Alignment . Signs of wear include streaking,
. Signs that the tires need to be Wheel alignment is critical for skipping across the windshield,
replaced include three or more ensuring that the tires deliver and worn or split rubber.
visible treadwear indicators; cord optimal wear and performance. . Trained dealer technicians can
or fabric showing through the . Signs that the alignment may check the wiper blades and
rubber; cracks or cuts in the need to be adjusted include replace them when needed.
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or pulling, improper vehicle
split in the tire. handling, or unusual tire wear.
. Trained dealer technicians can . Your dealer has the required
inspect and recommend the right equipment to ensure proper
tires. Your dealer can also wheel alignment.
provide tire/wheel balancing
services to ensure smooth Windshield
vehicle operation at all speeds. For safety, appearance, and the
Your dealer sells and services best viewing, keep the windshield
name brand tires. clean and clear.
. Signs of damage include
scratches, cracks, and chips.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Automatic Transmission (6-Speed DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Transmission)
Automatic Transmission (10-Speed DEXRON ULV Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19352619, in
Transmission) Canada 19352620).
Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
See Cooling System 0 305.
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. ACDelco dexos1 is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 297.
Front Axle (Four-Wheel Drive) SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88900401, in
Canada 89021678).
Front Axle Propshaft Spline or Spline Lubricant, Special Lubricant (GM Part No. 19257121, in
One-Piece Propshaft Spline Canada 19257122).
(Two-Wheel Drive)
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19353126, in
Canada 19299819).
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Power Assist Steps, and Outer Canada 10953474).
Liftgate Handle Pivot Points
Rear Axle SAE 75W-85 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 19300457, in
Canada 19300458).
Transfer Case (Four-Wheel Drive) DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in
Canada 10953437).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 22845992 A3181C
Oil Filter 19330000 PF63E
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 23281440 CF188
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Spark Plugs 12622441 41-114
Wiper Blades
Front Driver Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 22756331 —
Front Passenger Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 22756331 —
Rear – 33 cm (13.0 in) 22956295 —
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Technical Data 401

Technical Data Vehicle Identification parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 402 for the vehicle's engine code.
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Vehicle Identification Service Parts
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 Identification Label
Service Parts Identification
There may be a label on the inside
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
of the glove box that contains the
Vehicle Data following information:
Capacities and . Vehicle Identification
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 Number (VIN)
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 403
This legal identifier is in the front . Model designation
corner of the instrument panel, on
. Paint information
the driver side of the vehicle. It can
be seen through the windshield from . Production options and special
outside. The Vehicle Identification equipment
Number (VIN) also appears on the If there is no label, there is a
Vehicle Certification and Service barcode on the certification label on
Parts labels and certificates of title the center (B) pillar to scan for this
and registration. same information.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
402 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 397 for more information.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System 16.8 L 17.8 qt
Engine Oil with Filter 7.6 L 8.0 qt
Fuel Tank
Short Wheelbase 98.4 L 26.0 gal
Long Wheelbase 119.2 L 31.5 gal
Transfer Case Fluid 1.5 L 1.6 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Technical Data 403

Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap
5.3L V8 (L83) C 0.95–1.10mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
6.2L V8 (L86) J 0.95–1.10mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
Engine Drive Belt Routing

Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
404 Customer Information

Customer Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to
Customer Information
Information the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 Customer Satisfaction
Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure
Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 Reporting Safety Defects to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
Customer Assistance General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
with the sales transaction or the
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 407
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 407 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 416 of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 417 been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 411 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications Ordering If the matter has already been
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 reviewed with the sales, service,
Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 of your dealership or the general
manager.
STEP TWO : If after contacting a
member of dealership management,
it appears your concern cannot be
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Customer Information 405

resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line
further help, in the U.S., call the Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
Chevrolet Customer Assistance dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
Canada, call General Motors of with your new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program
Canada Customer Care Centre at if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
1-800-263-3777 (English), after following the procedure Inc.
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Boulevard
We encourage you to call the can file with the Better Business Suite 600
toll-free number in order to give your Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program to Arlington, VA 22201
inquiry prompt attention. Have the enforce your rights.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
following information available to The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/
give the Customer Assistance out-of-court program administered programs-services/
representative: by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/
. Vehicle Identification Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line
Number (VIN). This is available disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle This program is available in all
from the vehicle registration or 50 states and the District of
title, or the plate at the top left of Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
the instrument panel and visible vehicle age, mileage, and other
through the windshield. dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves
. Dealership name and location. program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility
. Vehicle delivery date and case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its
present mileage. 40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program.
decision given in your case, you STEP THREE — Canadian
When contacting Chevrolet, may reject it and proceed with any
remember that your concern will Owners : In the event that you do
other venue for relief available not feel your concerns have been
likely be resolved at a dealer's to you.
facility. That is why we suggest addressed after following the
following Step One first. procedure outlined in Steps One
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

and Two, General Motors of Canada The Mediation/Arbitration Program United States and Puerto Rico
Company wants you to be aware of c/o Customer Care Centre
Chevrolet Motor Division
its participation in a no-charge General Motors of Canada
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Mediation/Arbitration Program. Company
Center
General Motors of Canada Mail Code: CA1-163-005
P.O. Box 33170
Company has committed to binding 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
arbitration of owner disputes Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
www.Chevrolet.com
involving factory-related vehicle Your inquiry should be accompanied
service claims. The program 1-800-222-1020
by the Vehicle Identification
provides for the review of the facts 1-800-833-2438 (For Text
Number (VIN).
involved by an impartial third party Telephone Devices (TTYs))
arbiter, and may include an informal Roadside Assistance:
hearing before the arbiter. The Customer Assistance 1-800-243-8872
program is designed so that the Offices From U.S. Virgin Islands:
entire dispute settlement process, Chevrolet encourages customers to
from the time you file your complaint 1-800-496-9994
call the toll-free number for
to the final decision, should be assistance. However, if a customer Canada
completed in about 70 days. We wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
believe our impartial program offers General Motors of Canada
the letter should be addressed to:
advantages over courts in most Company
jurisdictions because it is informal, Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
quick, and free of charge. CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
For further information concerning
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
eligibility in the Canadian Motor
www.gm.ca
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call 1-800-263-3777 (English)
the General Motors Customer Care 1-800-263-7854 (French)
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), 1-800-263-3830 (For Text
1-800-263-7854 (French),
or write to:
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Telephone devices (TTYs)) Online Owner Center J : View active recalls by Vehicle
Roadside Assistance: Identification Number (VIN). See
1-800-268-6800 Online Owner Experience Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com 0 401.
Overseas
Please contact the local General
The Chevrolet online owner H : View GM Card, SiriusXM
experience allows interaction with Satellite radio (if equipped), and
Motors Business Unit. Chevrolet and keeps important OnStar account information (if
vehicle-specific information in one equipped).
Customer Assistance for place.
Text Telephone (TTY) F : Chat with online help
Membership Benefits representatives.
Users
E : Download owner’s manuals See my.chevrolet.com to register
To assist customers who are deaf, and view vehicle-specific how-to your vehicle.
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired videos.
and who use Text Telephones Chevrolet Owner Centre
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
G : View maintenance schedules, (Canada) chevroletowner.ca
alerts, and OnStar Vehicle
equipment available at its Customer Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:
Diagnostic Information. Schedule
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in
service appointments. . Chat live with online help
the U.S. can communicate with
Chevrolet by dialing: I : View and print dealer-recorded representatives.
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in service records and self-recorded . Locate owner resources such as
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. service records. lease-end, financing, and
D : Select a preferred dealer and warranty information.
view locations, maps, phone . Retrieve your favorite articles,
numbers, and hours. quizzes, tips, and multimedia
r : Track your vehicle’s warranty galleries organized into the
information. Featured Articles and Auto Care
Sections.
. Download owner’s manuals.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

. Find the General Motors of Canada also has . Model, year, color, and license
Chevrolet-recommended a Mobility program. See www.gm.ca plate number of the vehicle
maintenance services. or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE . Odometer reading, Vehicle
(800-463-7483) for details. TTY Identification Number (VIN), and
GM Mobility users call 1-800-263-3830. delivery date of the vehicle
Reimbursement Program . Description of the problem
Roadside Assistance
Program Coverage
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call Services are provided for the
1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone duration of the vehicle’s powertrain
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.) warranty.
For Canadian-purchased vehicles, In the U.S., anyone driving the
call 1-800-268-6800. vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
This program is available to person driving the vehicle without
qualified applicants for cost Service is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year. permission from the owner is not
reimbursement, up to certain limits, covered.
of eligible aftermarket adaptive Calling for Assistance
equipment required for the vehicle, Roadside Assistance is not a part of
such as hand controls or a When calling Roadside Assistance, the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
wheelchair/scooter lift for the have the following information General Motors North America and
vehicle. ready: Chevrolet reserve the right to make
. Your name, home address, and any changes or discontinue the
To learn about the GM Mobility Roadside Assistance program at
program, see www.gmmobility.com home telephone number
any time without notification.
or call the GM Mobility Assistance . Telephone number of your
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text General Motors North America and
location
Telephone (TTY) users, call Chevrolet reserve the right to limit
. Location of the vehicle services or payment to an owner or
1-800-833-9935.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

driver if they decide the claims are responsibility for the repair or regularly traveled or maintained
made too often, or the same type of replacement of the tire if it is not public road, which includes ice and
claim is made many times. covered by the warranty. winter roads. Off-road use is not
. Battery Jump Start: Service to covered.
Services Provided
jump start a dead battery. Services Specific to
. Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the . Trip Interruption Benefits and Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
vehicle to get to the nearest Assistance: If your trip is . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
service station. interrupted due to a warranty is up to 7 liters. If available,
event, incidental expenses may diesel fuel delivery may be
. Lock-Out Service: Service to be reimbursed within the
unlock the vehicle if you are restricted. Propane and other
Powertrain warranty period. fuels are not provided through
locked out. A remote unlock may Items considered are reasonable
be available if you have OnStar. this service.
and customary hotel, meals,
For security reasons, the driver rental car, or a vehicle being . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
must present identification delivered back to the customer, registration is required.
before this service is given. up to 500 miles. . Trip Interruption Benefits and
. Emergency Tow from a Public Assistance: Must be over
Road or Highway: Tow to the
Services Not Included in
150 km from where your trip was
nearest Chevrolet dealer for Roadside Assistance started to qualify.
warranty service, or if the vehicle . Impound towing caused by Pre-authorization, original
was in a crash and cannot be violation of any laws detailed receipts, and a copy of
driven. Assistance is not given . the repair orders are required.
Legal fines
when the vehicle is stuck in the Once authorization has been
sand, mud, or snow. . Mounting, dismounting, received, the Roadside
. or changing of snow tires, Assistance advisor will help to
Flat Tire Change: Service to
chains, or other traction devices make arrangements and explain
change a flat tire with the spare
tire. The spare tire, if equipped, Service is not provided if a vehicle how to receive payment.
must be in good condition and is in an area that is not accessible
properly inflated. It is the owner's to the service vehicle or is not a
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

. Alternative Service: If unless, of course, the problem is Courtesy Transportation is not a
assistance cannot be provided safety related. If it is, please call part of the New Vehicle Limited
right away, the Roadside your dealership, let them know this, Warranty. A separate booklet
Assistance advisor may give and ask for instructions. entitled “Limited Warranty and
permission to get local If your dealer requests you to bring Owner Assistance Information”
emergency road service. You will the vehicle for service, you are furnished with each new vehicle
receive payment, up to $100, urged to do so as early in the work provides detailed warranty coverage
after sending the original receipt day as possible to allow for information.
to Roadside Assistance. same-day repair.
Mechanical failures may be Transportation Options
covered, however any cost for Warranty service can generally be
parts and labor for repairs not Courtesy Transportation completed while you wait. However,
covered by the warranty are the Program if you are unable to do so, your
owner responsibility. To enhance your ownership dealer may offer the following
experience, we and our participating transportation options:
Scheduling Service dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Shuttle Service
Appointments Transportation, a customer support
program for vehicles with the This includes one-way or round-trip
When the vehicle requires warranty Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty shuttle service within reasonable
service, contact your dealer and Coverage period in Canada), time and distance parameters of
request an appointment. By extended powertrain, and/or your dealer's area.
scheduling a service appointment hybrid-specific warranties in both
and advising the service consultant Public Transportation or Fuel
the U.S. and Canada. Reimbursement
of your transportation needs, your
dealer can help minimize your Several Courtesy Transportation If overnight warranty repairs are
inconvenience. options are available to assist in needed, and public transportation is
reducing inconvenience when used, the expense must be
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled warranty repairs are required.
into the service department supported by original receipts and
immediately, keep driving it until it within the maximum amount allowed
can be scheduled for service, by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

customers arrange their own Additional Program Collision Parts
transportation, limited Information Genuine GM Collision parts are new
reimbursement for reasonable fuel
All program options, such as shuttle parts made with the same materials
expenses may be available. Claim
service, may not be available at and construction methods as the
amounts should reflect actual costs
every dealer. Contact your dealer parts with which the vehicle was
and be supported by original
for specific availability. originally built. Genuine GM
receipts. See your dealer for
Collision parts are the best choice to
information. General Motors reserves the right to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
unilaterally modify, change,
Courtesy Rental Vehicle appearance, durability, and safety
or discontinue Courtesy
are preserved. The use of Genuine
For an overnight warranty repair, the Transportation at any time and to
GM parts can help maintain the GM
dealer may provide an available resolve all questions of claim
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for eligibility pursuant to the terms and
reimbursement of a rental vehicle. conditions described herein at its Recycled original equipment parts
Reimbursement is limited and must sole discretion. may also be used for repair. These
be supported by original receipts as parts are typically removed from
well as a signed and completed Collision Damage Repair vehicles that were total losses in
rental agreement and meet state/ prior crashes. In most cases, the
provincial, local, and rental vehicle If the vehicle is involved in a parts being recycled are from
provider requirements. collision and it is damaged, have the undamaged sections of the vehicle.
Requirements vary and may include damage repaired by a qualified A recycled original equipment GM
minimum age requirements, technician using the proper part may be an acceptable choice to
insurance coverage, credit card, etc. equipment and quality replacement maintain the vehicle's originally
Additional fees such as fuel usage parts. Poorly performed collision designed appearance and safety
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, repairs diminish the vehicle resale performance; however, the history of
excessive mileage, or rental usage value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts
beyond the completion of the repair be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New
are also your responsibility. collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
It may not be possible to provide a
that warranty.
like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Aftermarket collision parts are also Insuring the Vehicle parts. Read the lease carefully, as
available. These are made by you may be charged at the end of
Protect your investment in the GM
companies other than GM and may the lease for poor quality repairs.
vehicle with comprehensive and
not have been tested for the vehicle.
collision insurance coverage. There If a Crash Occurs
As a result, these parts may fit
are significant differences in the
poorly, exhibit premature durability/ If there has been an injury, call
quality of coverage afforded by
corrosion problems, and may not emergency services for help. Do not
various insurance policy terms.
perform properly in subsequent leave the scene of a crash until all
Many insurance policies provide
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not matters have been taken care of.
reduced protection to the GM
covered by the GM New Vehicle Move the vehicle only if its position
vehicle by limiting compensation for
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle puts you in danger, or you are
damage repairs through the use of
failure related to such parts is not instructed to move it by a police
aftermarket collision parts. Some
covered by that warranty. officer.
insurance companies will not
Repair Facility specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information
When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved
GM also recommends that you recommend that you ensure that the in the crash.
choose a collision repair facility that vehicle will be repaired with GM
meets your needs before you ever For emergency towing see
original equipment collision parts. Roadside Assistance Program
need collision repairs. Your dealer If such insurance coverage is not
may have a collision repair center 0 408.
available from your current
with GM-trained technicians and insurance carrier, consider switching Gather the following information:
state-of-the-art equipment, or be to another insurance carrier.
able to recommend a collision repair . Driver name, address, and
center that has GM-trained If the vehicle is leased, the leasing telephone number
technicians and comparable company may require you to have . Driver license number
equipment. insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment . Owner name, address, and
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or telephone number
Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Vehicle license plate number
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

. Vehicle make, model, and original GM parts. Remember, Service Publications
model year recycled parts will not be covered by
the GM vehicle warranty.
Ordering Information
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals
. Insurance company and policy but you must live with the repair. Service Manuals have the diagnosis
number Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the
your insurance company may engines, transmission, axle,
. General description of the initially value the repair using suspension, brakes, electrical,
damage to the other vehicle aftermarket parts. Discuss this with steering, body, etc.
Choose a reputable repair facility the repair professional, and insist on
that uses quality replacement parts. Genuine GM parts. Remember, Owner Information
See “Collision Parts” earlier in this if the vehicle is leased, you may be Owner publications are written
section. obligated to have the vehicle specifically for owners and intended
repaired with Genuine GM parts, to provide basic operational
If the airbag has inflated, see What even if your insurance coverage
Will You See after an Airbag information about the vehicle. The
does not pay the full cost. Owner’s Manual includes the
Inflates? 0 97.
If another party's insurance Maintenance Schedule for all
Managing the Vehicle Damage company is paying for the repairs, models.
Repair Process you are not obligated to accept a In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
repair valuation based on that Owner’s Manual, and Warranty
In the event that the vehicle requires
insurance company's collision policy Manual.
damage repairs, GM recommends
repair limits, as you have no
that you take an active role in its RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –
contractual limits with that company.
repair. If you have a pre-determined $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
In such cases, you can have control
repair facility of choice, take the shipping fees.
of the repair and parts choices as
vehicle there, or have it towed there.
long as the cost stays within Without Pouch: Owner’s
Specify to the facility that any
reasonable limits. Manual only.
required replacement collision parts
be original equipment parts, either
new Genuine GM parts or recycled
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

RETAIL SELL PRICE: Radio Frequency Reporting Safety
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.
Statement Defects
This vehicle has systems that
Current and Past Models operate on a radio frequency that Reporting Safety Defects
Service and Owner publications are complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
available for many current and past Federal Communications
to the United States
model year GM vehicles. Commission (FCC) rules and with Government
Innovation, Science and Economic If you believe that your vehicle
ORDER TOLL FREE:
Development (ISED) Canada's
1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday has a defect which could cause
RSP-100 / license-exempt RSS's /
8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time a crash or could cause injury or
ICES-001.
For Credit Card Orders Only death, you should immediately
Operation is subject to the following inform the National Highway
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see
two conditions: Traffic Safety Administration
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
1. The device may not cause (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Or write to:
harmful interference. General Motors.
Helm, Incorporated
2. The device must accept any If NHTSA receives similar
Attention: Customer Service
interference received, including complaints, it may open an
47911 Halyard Drive
interference that may cause
Plymouth, MI 48170 investigation, and if it finds that
undesired operation of the
Prices are subject to change without device. a safety defect exists in a group
notice and without incurring of vehicles, it may order a recall
Changes or modifications to any of and remedy campaign.
obligation. Allow ample time for
these systems by other than an
delivery. However, NHTSA cannot
authorized service facility could void
All listed prices are quoted in U.S. authorization to use this equipment. become involved in individual
funds. Make checks payable in U.S. problems between you, your
funds. dealer, or General Motors.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

To contact NHTSA, you may call www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French) General Motors of Canada
the Vehicle Safety Hotline or write to: Company
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
1-800-424-9153); go to http:// Transport Canada CA1-163-005
www.safercar.gov; or write to: Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Defect Investigations and Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Administrator, NHTSA Recalls Division In Mexico, call 01-800-466-0811.
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. 80 Noel Street
Washington, D.C. 20590 In other Central America and
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 Caribbean Countries, call
You can also obtain other 52-722-236-0680.
information about motor vehicle Reporting Safety Defects
safety from http:// to General Motors
www.safercar.gov.
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Transport Canada) in a situation like
Reporting Safety Defects this, notify General Motors.
to the Canadian Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
Government
Chevrolet Motor Division
If you live in Canada, and you Chevrolet Customer Assistance
believe that the vehicle has a Center
safety defect, notify Transport P.O. Box 33170
Canada immediately, and notify Detroit, MI 48232-5170
General Motors of Canada In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
Company. Call Transport (English) or 1-800-263-7854
Canada at 1-800-333-0510; (French), or write:
go to:
www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a
better understanding of the
Recording and This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and
event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur.
Privacy main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near Note
The vehicle has a number of
crash-like situations, such as an air EDR data are recorded by your
computers that record information
bag deployment or hitting a road vehicle only if a non-trivial crash
about the vehicle’s performance and
how it is driven. For example, the obstacle, data that will assist in situation occurs; no data are
understanding how a vehicle’s recorded by the EDR under normal
vehicle uses computer modules to
systems performed. The EDR is driving conditions and no personal
monitor and control engine and
designed to record data related to data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
transmission performance, to
monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle dynamics and safety crash location) are recorded.
systems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as law
deployment and deploy them in a
typically 30 seconds or less. The enforcement, could combine the
crash, and, if equipped, to provide
EDR in this vehicle is designed to EDR data with the type of
antilock braking to help the driver
control the vehicle. These modules record such data as: personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
may store data to help the dealer . How various systems in your
investigation.
technician service the vehicle. vehicle were operating;
Some modules may also store data To read data recorded by an EDR,
. Whether or not the driver and
about how the vehicle is operated, special equipment is required, and
such as rate of fuel consumption or passenger safety belts were access to the vehicle or the EDR is
average speed. These modules may buckled/fastened; needed. In addition to the vehicle
retain personal preferences, such as . How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such as
radio presets, seat positions, and depressing the accelerator and/ law enforcement, that have the
temperature settings. or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the
. How fast the vehicle was information if they have access to
traveling. the vehicle or the EDR.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17

GM will not access these data or OnStar Terms and Conditions and
share it with others except: with the Privacy Statement on the OnStar
consent of the vehicle owner or, website.
if the vehicle is leased, with the See OnStar Additional Information
consent of the lessee; in response 0 424.
to an official request by police or
similar government office; as part of
GM's defense of litigation through Infotainment System
the discovery process; or, as If the vehicle is equipped with a
required by law. Data that GM navigation system as part of the
collects or receives may also be infotainment system, use of the
used for GM research needs or may system may result in the storage of
be made available to others for destinations, addresses, telephone
research purposes, where a need is numbers, and other trip information.
shown and the data is not tied to a See the infotainment manual for
specific vehicle or vehicle owner. information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.
OnStar
If the vehicle is equipped with
OnStar and has an active service
plan, additional data may be
collected through the OnStar
system. This includes information
about the vehicle’s operation;
collisions involving the vehicle; the
use of the vehicle and its features;
and, in certain situations, the
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
418 OnStar
OnStar OnStar Overview Terms, Privacy Statement, and
Software Terms for more details
including system limitations at
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
OnStar Overview
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
The OnStar system status light is
OnStar Services next to the OnStar buttons. If the
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 status light is:
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 = Voice Command Button . Solid Green: System is ready.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 Q Blue OnStar Button . Flashing Green: On a call.
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
> Red Emergency Button . Red: Indicates a problem.
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a . Off: System is active. Press Q
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424 comprehensive, in-vehicle system twice to speak with an OnStar
that can connect to an OnStar Advisor.
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
Navigation, Connections, and Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Diagnostics Services. OnStar (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
services may require a paid service Advisor.
plan and data plan. OnStar requires Functionality of the Voice Command
the vehicle battery and electrical button may vary by vehicle and
system, cellular service, and GPS region.
satellite signals to be available and
operating. OnStar acts as a link to
existing emergency service
providers. OnStar may collect
information about you and your
vehicle, including location
information. See OnStar User
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
OnStar 419
= to: . Manage Wi-Fi Settings,
Press
if equipped.
OnStar Services
. Open the OnStar app on the
infotainment display. See the Press > to get a priority connection Emergency
infotainment manual for to an OnStar Advisor available Emergency Services require an
information on how to use the 24/7 to: active, OnStar service plan
OnStar app. . Get help for an emergency. (excludes Basic Plan). With
Or . Be a Good Samaritan or Automatic Crash Response, built-in
. Make a call, end a call, respond to an AMBER Alert. sensors can automatically alert a
or answer an incoming call. specially trained OnStar Advisor
. Get assistance in severe who is immediately connected in to
. Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling weather or other crisis situations the vehicle to help.
voice commands. and find evacuation routes.
Press > for a priority connection to
. Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
an OnStar Advisor who can contact
Navigation voice commands. emergency service providers, direct
. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi them to your exact location, and
hotspot name or SSID and relay important information.
password, if equipped. With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially
Press Q to connect to an trained Advisors are available
Advisor to: 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
provide a central point of contact,
. Verify account information or assistance, and information during a
update contact information. crisis.
. Get driving directions. With Roadside Assistance, Advisors
. Receive a Diagnostic check of can locate a nearby service provider
the vehicle's key operating to help with a flat tire, a battery
systems. jump, or an empty gas tank.
. Receive Roadside Assistance.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
420 OnStar
Security Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn 2. Say “Cancel route.” System
directions or have them sent to the responds: “Do you want to
If equipped, OnStar provides these cancel directions?”
services: vehicle’s navigation screen,
if equipped. 3. Say “Yes.” System responds:
. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, “OK, request completed, thank
OnStar Advisors can use GPS to Turn-by-Turn Navigation you, goodbye.”
pinpoint the vehicle and help
1. Press Q to connect to an Route Preview
authorities quickly recover it.
Advisor.
. With Remote Ignition Block, 1. Press =. System responds:
2. Request directions to be
if equipped, OnStar can block “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
downloaded to the vehicle.
the engine from being restarted.
3. Follow the voice-guided 2. Say “Route preview.” System
. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, responds with the next three
commands.
if equipped, OnStar can work maneuvers.
with law enforcement to Using Voice Commands
gradually slow the vehicle down. Repeat
During a Planned Route
Theft Alarm Notification Functionality of the Voice Command 1. Press =. System responds:
button may vary by vehicle and “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
If equipped, if the doors are locked
and the vehicle alarm sounds, a region. For some vehicles, press = 2. Say “Repeat.” System
notification by text, e-mail, or phone to open the OnStar app on the responds with the last direction
call will be sent. If the vehicle is infotainment display. For other given, then responds with
stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work vehicles press = as follows. “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
with authorities to recover the Get My Destination
vehicle. Cancel Route
1. Press =. System responds:
1. Press =. System responds:
Navigation “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
OnStar navigation requires a
specific OnStar service plan.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
OnStar 421
2. Say “Get my destination.” Ensuring Security 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot
System responds with the . Change the default passwords information, press = to open
address and distance to the for the Wi-Fi hotspot and the OnStar app on the
destination, then responds with myChevrolet mobile application. infotainment display, then
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. Make these passwords different select Wi-Fi Hotspot. On some
Send Destination to Vehicle from each other and use a vehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-Fi
combination of letters, numbers, Settings on the screen.
Directions can be sent to the and symbols to increase the
vehicle’s navigation screen, 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display
security. the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),
if equipped.
. Change the default name of the password, and on some
Press Q, then ask the Advisor to SSID (Service Set Identifier). vehicles, the connection type
download directions to the vehicle’s This is your network’s name that (no Internet connection, 3G,
navigation system, if equipped. After is visible to other wireless 4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality
the call ends, the navigation screen devices. Choose a unique name (poor, good, excellent).
will provide prompts to begin driving and avoid family names or 3. To change the SSID or
directions. Routes that are sent to vehicle descriptions.
the navigation screen can only be password, press Q or call
canceled through the navigation OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
system. The vehicle may have a built-in with an Advisor. On some
Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access vehicles, the SSID and
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or password can be changed in
www.onstar.ca (Canada). to the Internet and web content at
4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.
Connections devices can be connected. A data After initial set-up, your vehicle’s
plan is required. Use the in-vehicle Wi-Fi hotspot will connect
The following OnStar services help controls only when it is safe to automatically to your mobile
with staying connected. do so. devices. Manage data usage by
For coverage maps, see turning Wi-Fi on or off on your
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or mobile device, using the
www.onstar.ca (Canada). myChevrolet mobile app, or by
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
422 OnStar
contacting an OnStar Advisor. On . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot OnStar AtYourService
some vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be on/off, manage settings, and
OnStar Advisors can provide offers
managed from the Wi-Fi monitor data consumption,
from restaurants and retailers on
Hotspot menu. if equipped.
your route, help locate hotels,
MyChevrolet Mobile App (If . Locate a dealer and schedule or book a room. These services
Available) service. vary by market.
Download the myChevrolet mobile . Request roadside assistance. OnStar Hands-Free Calling
app to compatible Apple and . Set a parking reminder with pin
Android smartphones. Chevrolet Make and receive calls with the
drop, take a photo, make a note, built-in wireless calling service,
users can access the following and set a timer.
services from a smartphone: which requires available minutes.
. Connect with Chevrolet on social Functionality of the Voice Command
. Remotely start/stop the vehicle, media. button may vary by vehicle and
if factory-equipped. region. For some vehicles, press =
For myChevrolet mobile app
. Lock/unlock doors, if equipped information and compatibility, see to open the OnStar app on the
with automatic locks. www.my.chevrolet.com. infotainment display, then select
. Activate the horn and lamps. Hands-Free calling. For other
An active OnStar service,
. compatible device, factory-installed vehicles press = as follows.
Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil
life, or tire pressure, remote start, and power locks are Make a Call
if factory-equipped with the Tire required. Data rates apply. See
Pressure Monitor System. www.onstar.com for details and 1. Press =. System responds:
system limitations. “OnStar ready.”
. Send destinations to the vehicle.
Remote Services 2. Say “Call.” System responds:
. Locate the vehicle on a map “Call. Please say the name or
(U.S. market only). Contact an OnStar Advisor to number to call.”
unlock the doors or sound the horn
and flash the lamps.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
OnStar 423
3. Say the entire number without Verify Minutes and Expiration . Proactive Alerts: Receive a
pausing, including a “1” and the real-time e-mail or text message
area code. System responds: Press = and say “Minutes” then regarding potential issues with
“OK, calling.” “Verify” to check how many minutes key vehicle components, such
remain and their expiration date. as the battery, fuel system,
Calling 911 Emergency or starter system. Alerts for
1. Press =. System responds: Diagnostics potential issues appear on the
“OnStar ready.” infotainment display. Proactive
By monitoring and reporting on the
Alerts are designed to help
2. Say “Call.” System responds: vehicle’s key systems, OnStar
predict specific types of issues
“Call. Please say the name or Advanced Diagnostics provides a
based on information collected
number to call.” way to keep up on maintenance.
from the vehicle. Other factors
Capabilities vary by model. See
3. Say “911” without pausing. may affect vehicle performance.
www.onstar.com for details and
System responds: “911.” Not all issues will deliver alerts.
system limitations. Message and
In some cases, a dealer service
4. Say “Call.” System responds: data rates may apply.
check may be required to
“OK, dialing 911.” Advanced Diagnostics requires an confirm the accuracy of the
Retrieve My Number active OnStar paid service plan, alerts.
e-mail address on file, and . Dealer Maintenance Notification:
1. Press =. System responds: enrollment in Advanced Diagnostics.
Have the vehicle notify your
“OnStar ready.” Includes: preferred dealer when it is time
2. Say “My number.” System . Diagnostic Alerts: Set for maintenance. Your dealer will
responds: “Your OnStar preferences to receive real-time then contact you to set up an
Hands-Free Calling number is,” e-mails, texts, or monthly reports appointment.
then says the number. of the vehicle’s health. Or press To begin, press Q to speak to an
End a Call Q to have an Advisor initiate a Advisor, or see www.onstar.com.
remote diagnostic report.
Press =. System responds: “Call
ended.”
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
424 OnStar
.
OnStar Additional After change in ownership and
at 90 days.
Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics,
Remote Services, Roadside
Information Assistance, Turn-by-Turn
Transferring Service Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling
OnStar Smart Driver are available on most vehicles. Not
Press Q to request account transfer
OnStar Smart Driver provides eligibility information. The Advisor all OnStar services are available
information about driving behavior to can cancel or change account everywhere or on all vehicles. For
help maximize overall vehicle information. more information, a full description
performance, reduce wear and tear, of OnStar services, system
and enhance fuel efficiency. An Selling/Transferring the limitations, and OnStar User Terms,
Insurance Discounts Eligibility Vehicle Privacy Statement, and Software
feature is also offered within OnStar Terms:
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Smart Driver. See www.onstar.com (1-888-466-7827) immediately to . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
for details regarding vehicle terminate your OnStar services if (1-888-466-7827).
eligibility and system limitations. the vehicle is disposed of, sold,
OnStar, General Motors, and their . See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
transferred, or if the lease ends.
affiliates are not insurance . See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
providers. Obtain insurance only Reactivation for Subsequent . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
from licensed insurance providers. Owners
In-Vehicle Audio Messages
. Press Q to speak with an
Press Q and follow the prompts to Advisor.
Audio messages may play important speak to an Advisor as soon as
information at the following times: possible. The Advisor will update OnStar services cannot work unless
vehicle records and explain OnStar the vehicle is in a place where
. Prior to vehicle purchase. Press OnStar has an agreement with a
service options.
Q to set up an account. wireless service provider for service
. With the OnStar Basic Plan, How OnStar Service Works in that area. The wireless service
every 60 days. Automatic Crash Response, provider must also have coverage,
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, network capacity, reception, and
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, technology compatible with OnStar
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
OnStar 425
services. Service involving location Press Q to help: change the OnStar PIN, contact an
information about the vehicle cannot OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or
work unless GPS signals are . Locate a gas station with an
attendant to pump gas. calling 1-888-4ONSTAR.
available, unobstructed, and
compatible with the OnStar . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., Warranty
hardware. OnStar services may not that meets accessibility needs. OnStar equipment may be
work if the OnStar equipment is not warranted as part of the vehicle
. Provide directions to the closest
properly installed or it has not been warranty.
properly maintained. If equipment or hospital or pharmacy in urgent
situations.
software is added, connected, Languages
or modified, OnStar services may TTY Users The vehicle can be programmed to
not work. Other problems beyond
OnStar has the ability to respond in multiple languages.
the control of OnStar — such as
hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, communicate to deaf, Press Q and ask for an Advisor.
electrical system design and hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired Advisors are available in English,
architecture of the vehicle, damage customers while in the vehicle. The Spanish, and French. Available
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless available dealer-installed TTY languages may vary by country.
phone network congestion or system can provide in-vehicle
access to all OnStar services, Potential Issues
jamming — may prevent service.
except Virtual Advisor and OnStar OnStar cannot perform Remote
See Radio Frequency Statement Turn-by-Turn Navigation. Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
0 414.
OnStar Personal Identification Assistance after the vehicle has
Services for People with been off continuously for 10 days
Number (PIN) without an ignition cycle. If the
Disabilities
A PIN is needed to access some vehicle has not been started for
Advisors provide services to help OnStar services. The PIN will need 10 days, OnStar can contact
with physical disabilities and to be changed the first time when Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
medical conditions. speaking with an Advisor. To to help gain access to the vehicle.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
426 OnStar
Global Positioning or near the antenna to prevent equipment may interfere with the
System (GPS) blocking cellular and GPS signal operation of the OnStar system and
reception. cause it to not operate.
. Obstruction of the GPS can
occur in a large city with tall Unable to Connect to OnStar Vehicle Software Updates
buildings; in parking garages; Message OnStar or GM may remotely deliver
around airports; in tunnels and
If there is limited cellular coverage software updates or changes to the
underpasses; or in an area with
or the cellular network has reached vehicle without further notice or
very dense trees. If GPS signals
maximum capacity, this message consent. These updates or changes
are not available, the OnStar
may come on. Press Q to try the may enhance or maintain safety,
system should still operate to
call again or try again after driving a security, or the operation of the
call OnStar. However, OnStar
few miles into another cellular area. vehicle or the vehicle systems.
could have difficulty identifying
Software updates or changes may
the exact location.
Vehicle and Power Issues affect or erase data or settings that
. In emergency situations, OnStar are stored in the vehicle, such as
OnStar services require a vehicle
can use the last stored GPS OnStar Hands-Free Calling name
electrical system, wireless service,
location to send to emergency tags, saved navigation destinations,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
responders. or pre-set radio stations. Neither
available and operating for features
A temporary loss of GPS can cause OnStar nor GM is responsible for
to function properly. These systems
loss of the ability to send a any affected or erased data or
may not operate if the battery is
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The settings. These updates or changes
discharged or disconnected.
Advisor may give a verbal route or may also collect personal
may ask for a call back after the Add-on Electrical Equipment information. Such collection is
vehicle is driven into an open area. described in the OnStar privacy
The OnStar system is integrated statement or separately disclosed at
Cellular and GPS Antennas into the electrical architecture of the the time of installation. These
vehicle. Do not add any electrical updates or changes may also cause
Cellular reception is required for equipment. See Add-On Electrical a system to automatically
OnStar to send remote signals to Equipment 0 288. Added electrical communicate with GM servers to
the vehicle. Do not place items over
collect information about vehicle
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
OnStar 427
system status, identify whether OnStar - Software IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
updates or changes are available, Acknowledgements LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
or deliver updates or changes. An OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
active OnStar agreement constitutes Certain OnStar components include FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
consent to these software updates libcurl and unzip software and other AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
or changes and agreement that third party software. Below are the THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
either OnStar or GM may remotely notices and licenses associated with EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
deliver them to the vehicle. libcurl and unzip and for other third COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
party software please see http:// LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
Privacy opensource.lge.com/index DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
The complete OnStar Privacy www.onstar.com/us/en/ WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
Statement may be found at CONTRACT, TORT OR
libcurl: OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
www.onstar.com (U.S.),
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
recommend that you review it. If you NOTICE WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
have any questions, call USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) THE SOFTWARE.
Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>.
or press Q to speak with an Except as contained in this notice,
All rights reserved.
Advisor. Users of wireless the name of a copyright holder shall
communications are cautioned that Permission to use, copy, modify, not be used in advertising or
the privacy of any information sent and distribute this software for any otherwise to promote the sale, use
via wireless cellular communications purpose with or without fee is or other dealings in this Software
cannot be assured. Third parties hereby granted, provided that the without prior written authorization of
may unlawfully intercept or access above copyright notice and this the copyright holder.
transmissions and private permission notice appear in all
communications without consent. copies. unzip:
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF Info-ZIP copyright and license. The
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR definitive version of this document
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
428 OnStar
should be available at ftp:// liable for any direct, indirect, normal SFX banner has not
ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ incidental, special or consequential been removed from the binary
license.html indefinitely. damages arising out of the use of or or disabled.
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All inability to use this software. 3. Altered versions–including, but
rights reserved. Permission is granted to anyone to not limited to, ports to new
For the purposes of this copyright use this software for any purpose, operating systems, existing
and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as including commercial applications, ports with new graphical
the following set of individuals: and to alter it and redistribute it interfaces, and dynamic,
freely, subject to the following shared, or static library
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, restrictions: versions–must be plainly
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, marked as such and must not
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed 1. Redistributions of source code
must retain the above copyright be misrepresented as being
Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris the original source. Such
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, notice, definition, disclaimer,
and this list of conditions. altered versions also must not
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, be misrepresented as being
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, 2. Redistributions in binary form Info-ZIP releases–including,
Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, (compiled executables) must but not limited to, labeling of
Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, reproduce the above copyright the altered versions with the
Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, notice, definition, disclaimer, names “Info-ZIP” (or any
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai and this list of conditions in variation thereof, including, but
Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, documentation and/or other not limited to, different
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, materials provided with the capitalizations), “Pocket
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, distribution. The sole exception UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, to this condition is redistribution without the explicit permission
Rich Wales, Mike White. of a standard UnZipSFX binary of Info-ZIP. Such altered
This software is provided “as is,” (including SFXWiz) as part of a versions are further prohibited
without warranty of any kind, self-extracting archive; that is from misrepresentative use of
express or implied. In no event shall permitted without inclusion of the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held this license, as long as the addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
OnStar 429
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and “MacZip” for its own
source and binary releases.
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
430 Index
Airbag System (cont'd)
Index A
Accessories and What Will You See after an
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 When Should an Airbag
Active Fuel Management . . . . . . . 226 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . 248 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 94
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 288 Airbags
Additional Information Adding Equipment to the
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Additional Maintenance Passenger Status Indicator . . . 152
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Adjustable Throttle and Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Adjustments System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Alarm
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 304 Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . .192, 196 Alert
Air Filter, Passenger Lane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 262
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Airbag System All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 239
How Does an Airbag Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Appearance Care
Passenger Sensing System . . . . 99 Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
What Makes an Airbag Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Index 431
Assistance Program, Battery (cont'd) Bulb Replacement (cont'd)
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Assistance Systems for Battery - North America . . . .314, 368 Stoplamps, and Back-up
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 318 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Assistance Systems for Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 256 Brake
C
Automatic Pedal and Adjustable
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
California
Forward Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 155
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Perchlorate Materials
Level Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
California
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . 301, 304 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Proposition
Automatic Transmission Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .291, 314, 368,
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Back Cover
Shift Lock Control Function Automatic Forward . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 216
Capacities and
Auxiliary Bulb Replacement
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Roof Mounted Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 186 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Carbon Monoxide
Axle, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . 322
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
B Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Battery Cargo
High Intensity Discharge
Exterior Lighting Battery Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 324
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 128
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
432 Index
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Customer Information
Charging Connections Service Publications
Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 413
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 153 Control Customer Satisfaction
Check Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
Engine Light (Malfunction Traction and Electronic
D
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 411
Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 317 Control Light
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3
Child Restraints Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Data Collection
Infants and Young Children . . . 107 Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 417
Lower Anchors and Tethers Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 416
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Coolant
Daytime Running
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121, 123 Engine Temperature Gauge . . 149
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192, 196
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Child-View Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Courtesy Transportation
Diagnostics
Cleaning Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Climate Control Systems Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . 248
Door
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Text Telephone (TTY)
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 411 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 403
Compartments
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 255
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Index 433
Driver Information Electrical System (cont'd) Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 416
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . .161, 162 Instrument Panel Fuse Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Driving Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330, 333 Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 258 Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Characteristics and Rear Compartment Fuse Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 181
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 183
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Emergency Exterior Lighting Battery
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 29 Engine
F
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 210 Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Fan
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . .211 Check Light (Malfunction
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Features
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 293
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Coolant Temperature
Filter,
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 185
Dual Automatic Climate Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
E FlexFuel
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 E85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . 148
Electrical Equipment, Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Fluid
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Electrical System Automatic
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 227
Engine Compartment Fuse Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 301, 304
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 325
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
434 Index
Fluid (cont'd) Fuel (cont'd) Gauges (cont'd)
Four-Wheel Drive Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 159 Warning Lights and
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311 Management, Active . . . . . . . . . . 226 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Requirements, California . . . . . 267 General Information
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 387
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Fuses Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Forward Automatic Braking . . . . . 261 Engine Compartment Fuse Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Forward Collision Alert Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 325 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . .234, 314 Instrument Panel Fuse GM Mobility Reimbursement
Four-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . . . 156 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330, 333 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Frequency Statement Rear Compartment Fuse
H
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
G Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 185
Front Fog Lamp
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Front Seats
Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Gauges Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . 72
Engine Coolant Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . 322
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 148 Daytime Running
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Filling a Portable Fuel
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 High Intensity Discharge
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Index 435
Headlamps (cont'd) I Lamps
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 159 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . .217, 219 Auxiliary Roof
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 183 Ignition Transmission Lock Mounted Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 160 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 184
Heated Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Indicator Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Exterior Lamps Off
Heated and Ventilated Front Infants and Young Children, Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Exterior Lighting Battery
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Heater Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Front Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192, 196 Instrument Panel Malfunction Indicator
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 (Check Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 344 Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . 6 On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 210 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 59 Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . 244 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 263
Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . . . 157 Lane Departure
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 241
J
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Jump Starting - North
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 265
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 157
How to Wear Seat Belts K Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Keyless Entry Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192, 196 Remote (RKE) System . . . . . 35, 41 LATCH System
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 33 Replacing Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
L
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 338 LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
436 Index
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Lights (cont'd) Maintenance
Level Control Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Maintenance and Care
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Lighting Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 389
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Traction Control System Recommended Fluids and
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 (TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 153
Lights Locks Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Antilock Brake System Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Messages
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 155 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Check Engine (Malfunction Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Mirror
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 159 Child-View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Mirrors
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Lower Anchors and Tethers Automatic Dimming
Four-Wheel-Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 for Children (LATCH Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Blind Spot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 183 Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Hill Descent Control . . . . . . . . . . 157 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
M
Lane Keep Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Magnetic Ride Control . . . . . . . . . . 244
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 151 Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Index 437
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 59 OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 Perchlorate Materials
Monitor System, Tire OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 Requirements, California . . . . . . 291
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Operation Personalization
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
N
Ordering Power
Navigation
Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 413 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Outlets Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
O Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 224
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
P
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Park
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Parking
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 89
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Oil Privacy
Brake and P (Park)
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 416
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 317
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 299 Program
Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . 148 Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 410
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 226
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . 105 Proposition
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 407 65 Warning,
Parking or Backing
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 California . . . . . . . . . . . .291, 314, 368,
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 256
OnStar Additional Back Cover
Passenger Airbag Status
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
OnStar Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 R
Passenger Compartment Air Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 414
OnStar Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 99
OnStar Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
438 Index
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Replacing LATCH System S
Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Safety Defects Reporting
Rear Climate Control System . . . 196 Replacing Seat Belt System Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 415
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Reporting Safety Defects U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 415 Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 256 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 136 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 410
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Restraints Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Retained Accessory Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Recommended Fluids and Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 How to Wear Seat Belts
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Records Ride Control Systems Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 Magnetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 372 Roads Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Reimbursement Program, Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 91
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 Roadside Assistance Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 89
Remote Keyless Entry Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 Seats
(RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . 34, 35, 41 Roof Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Replacement Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . 72
Replacement Parts Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 403 Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Running the Vehicle While Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 67
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . 104 Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 67
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Index 439
Seats (cont'd) Shift Lock Control Function Storage
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Check, Automatic Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Second Row . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Storage Areas
Third Row Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Shifting Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Securing Child Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121, 123 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 262 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Security Signals, Turn and Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 Special Application Services . . . . 394 Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Specifications and Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 127
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 Struts
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Accessories and StabiliTrak Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 292 Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 400 Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Maintenance, General Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 316 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 System
Parts Identification Label . . . . . 401 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Forward Collision
Publications Ordering Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311 Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191, 417
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 410 Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Services Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Systems
Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Steps Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Power Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
T
Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
440 Index
Taillamps Tires (cont'd) Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Uniform Tire Quality Transmission
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 407 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 55 Wheel Alignment and Tire Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . 301, 304
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Transportation Program,
Third-Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 355 Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Throttle, Adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 When It Is Time for New Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Turn and Lane-Change
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Turn Signal
All-Terrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 Towing
U
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 271
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 354
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Universal Remote System . . . . . . 178
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 271
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 372
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 286
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 V
Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Traction Vehicle
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343, 344 Control System (TCS)/ Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Pressure Monitor Operation . . 346 Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 345 Traction Control/Electronic Identification Number (VIN) . . . 401
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Trailer Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Terminology and Definitions . . 340 Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . 286 Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Mexico-11349385) - 2018 - crc - 11/3/17
Index 441
Vehicle (cont'd) When It Is Time for New
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 111
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 157 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Vehicle Care Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 Windshield
Vehicle Data Recording and Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Winter
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 318
W
Wipers
Warning
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 264
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Warnings
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Wheels
Alignment and Tire Balance . . 355
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
18_CHEV_Tahoe_Suburban_COV_en_US_84016523B_2017NOV15.ai 1 11/2/2017 9:40:26 AM
CM
MY
CY
CMY
84016523 B

2018 Chevrolet Tahoe and Suburban Owners Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2018 Chevrolet Tahoe and Suburban Owners Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

18_CHEV_Tahoe_Suburban_COV_en_US_84016523B_2017NOV15.

Press 7 again to cancel the panic

To adjust a power seat, if equipped: To adjust the power lumbar support,

Heated and Ventilated

The buttons are on the center stack

Press m or n next to each reading

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

The ignition key and key rings, and

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Remote Keyless Entry

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43

44 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 45

46 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 47

48 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 49

50 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 51

52 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 53

54 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 55

56 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 57

58 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 59

60 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 61

62 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 63

64 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 65

66 Seats and Restraints

The third row seat head restraint

Seats and Restraints 67

68 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 69

To adjust a manual seatback:

70 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 71

72 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 73

74 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 75

76 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 77

Using the third row seating Automatic Fold and Tumble

78 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 79

If either seatback is not locked, it Folding the Seatback

80 Seats and Restraints